Full text of "Interface Age 1980 08"

See other formats

AUGUST 1980 [$2.50/canada/mexico $ 3 . 00 1

EXCLUSIVE!
Apple III Is Here

How to Plan for

Your Computer’s Home

Hard

Fast...

Now you don't have to look hard for fast computing power. Contact your Industrial Micro Systems Dealer today.

THE NEW MODEL 16

The new Industrial Micro Systems Model 16 Hard Disk
Subsystem is a "fixed-removable" high speed, bulk
storage device providing from 32 megabytes (32
million characters) to 96 megabytes of on-line storage
for the Industrial Micro Systems 8000 or Series 5000
microcomputer systems. The Model 16 includes a
credenza enclosure that provides a quiet, strong and
attractive package for office
or industrial applications
where large memory is
required. The Model 16 also
includes a fully buffered
DMA S-100 bus controller for
fast and easy interfacing.

WINCHESTER
TECHNOLOGY WITH
BUILT-IN BACKUP

The Model 16 includes a 16
megabyte removable
cartridge and a 16, 48, or 80

megabyte fixed media that employs Winchester 3340
technology. Files and programs may be copied
between the fixed media and the removable cartridge
for fast, easy backup and archival storage.

FAST ACCESS

The interface between the Model 16 hard disk and the

Industrial Micro Systems
computer is provided by the
Hard Disk Controller. The
Hard Disk Controller utilizes
Direct Memory Access (DMA)
for fast data transfer with
minimum processor interven-
tion. The maximum data
transfer rate is 1.2 megabytes
per second and the controller
fully buffers the data, a
sector at a time, to and from
the d i sk . Available in 220 V,
50 HZ Versions

...Bulk Storage from
Industrial Micro Systems

INDUSTRIAL MICRO SYSTEMS

Marketing

628 N. Eckhoff, Orange, CA 92668
(714) 978-6966

Manufacturing

2800 Lockheed Way, Carson City, NV 89701
(702) 883-7611

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 25

Management Information Display

Ultrasonic heart sector scan

High-resolution display with alphanumerics

Get the professional color
display that has

basic/fortran simplicity

LOW-PRICED, TOO

Here's a color display that has
everything: professional-level resolution,
enormous color range, easy software,
NTSC conformance, and low price.

Basically, this new Cromemco Model
SDI* is a two-board interface that plugs
into any Cromemco computer.

The SDI then maps computer display
memory content onto a convenient color
monitor to give high-quality, high-
resolution displays (756 H x 482 V pixels).

When we say the SDI results in a high-
quality professional display, we mean you
can't get higher resolution than this
system offers in an NTSC-conforming
display.

The resolution surpasses that of a color
TV picture.

BASIC/FORTRAN programming

Besides its high resolution and low
price, the new SDI lets you control with
optional Cromemco software packages
that use simple BASIC- and FORTRAN-
like commands.

Pick any of 16 colors (from a
4096-color palette) with instructions like
DEFCLR (c, R, G, B). Or obtain a circle of
specified size, location, and color with
XCIRC (x, y, r, c).

*U.S. Pat. No. 4121283

W 5

Mode! SDI High-Resolution Color
Graphics Interface

HIGH RESOLUTION

The SDI's high resolution gives a
professional-quality display that strictly
meets NTSC requirements. You get 756
pixels on every visible line of the NTSC
standard display of 482 image lines. Ver-
tical line spacing is 1 pixel.

To achieve the high-quality display, a
separate output signal is produced for
each of the three component colors (red,
green, blue). This yields a sharper image
than is possible using an NTSC-composite
video signal and color TV set. Full image
quality is readily realized with our high-
quality RGB Monitor or any conventional
red/green/blue monitor common in TV
work.

Model SDI plugs into Z-2H 11 -megabyte
hard disk computer or any Cromemco
computer

DISPLAY MEMORY

Along with the SDI we also offer an
optional fast and novel two-port memory
that gives independent high-speed access
to the computer memory. The two-port
memory stores one full display, permit-
ting fast computer operation even during
display.

CONTACT YOUR REP NOW

The Model SDI has been used in scien-
tific work, engineering, business, TV,
color graphics, and other areas. It's a
good example of how Cromemco keeps
computers in the field up to date, since it
turns any Cromemco computer into an
up-to-date color display computer.

The SDI has still more features that
you should be informed about. So contact
your Cromemco representative now and
see all that the SDI will do for you.

AUGUST 1980

Cromemco

incorporated

280 BERNARDO AVE., MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94040 • (415)964-7400

Tomorrow’s computers today

INTERFACE AGE 1

VOL. ISMJt a

SINCE DECEMBER 1975

nuvjwvj i i yuw

Home for Computer

Flight Simulation

Cover by

Fino Ortiz

FEATURES

Add A Terminal — and More — toYourS-100

What alternatives the Matrox 2480 can provide.

And In This Corner. . .The Information Analyst . .

An exclusive review of the latest electronic workhorse for the office

A Home for Your Computer

Down to earth suggestions for setting up a system for the first time. .....

Fly Your Computer - A Flight Simulation Program

Get into the cockpit of a 747. . and take off.

Put a Daisy on Your Apple

A general purpose interface for word processing

System of the Month: Heath WH89/Zenith Z89 . .

What happened when Zenith took over Heath

. . by Roger Edelson

........ .58

. . by Frank Vaughan

by Tom Fox

. by Thomas Carbone

. by John MacDougal!

by Tom Fox

Software Review: Z-80 Debugger for CP/M by Alan r. Miller

Analyzing this recent entry in the D-bug series 88

Oops by Sid Owen

Retrieving your accidentally-deleted files. 92

Format Integer Basic Programs byR.F. Zant. Ph D.

An ‘indenting* technique for a program in Basic. . . 96

Subroutine COLUMNS for the TRS-80 by Daniel Jacob

A beneficial method for analyzing closely-related data printouts. ...... 100

Motorola’s MEK 6800 D2 Evaluation Kit by Stanley F, Lundgren

Gain insight on a system with both machine level and high level language capabilities. 112

Masthead: Why Not Title Your Printouts? . . . . by Leo P. Biese and Emilio lannuccillo
Distinguishing your printer listings. 122

COLUMNS

Game Corner: An Atari becomes a window on the universe

Jurisprudent Computerist: Tax breaks for software vendors . . . .

Inventor’s Sketchpad: 3-D vision with computers .

Mind Revolution: Groundwork for a natural computer language

Learning with Micros: EDS “discovers" education

Micro Mathematician: Power of linear regression . .

Business Software Review: Payroll program on a Micropolis . . . .
My TRS-80 Likes Me: More of Wandering Star in the cosmos

DEPARTMENTS

Editor’s Notebook 6 New Products

Letters to the Editor 8 Calendar . . .

Update 20 Book Reviews

Free Literature 142

106

110

111

Contact authors of monthly columns by writing to them at INTERFACE AGE, P.O.
Box 1234, Cerritos, CA 90701 in care of their respective columns.

INTERFACE AGE Magazine, published monthly by McPheters, Wolfe & Jones, 16704 Marquardt Ave., Cerritos, CA
90701. Subscription rates: U.S. $18.00. Canada/Mexico $20.00, all other countries $28.00. Make checks payable in
U.S. funds drawn on a U.S. bank. Opinions expressed in by-lined articles do not necessarily reflect the opinion of this
magazine or the publisher. Mention of products by trade name in editorial material or advertisements contained herein in
no way constitutes endorsement of the product or products by this magazine or the publisher. Circulation Department,
(213) 926-9540.

INTERFACE AGE Magazine COPYRIGHT © 1979 by INTERFACE AGE Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Material in
this publication may not be reproduced in any form without permission. Requests for permission should be directed to
Nancy Jones, Rights and Permission, McPheters, Wolfe & Jones, 16704 Marquardt Ave,, Cerritos. CA 90701.
INTERFACE AGE Magazine is catalogued in the Library of Congress, Classification No. QA75.5. 155. USPS No.
528150. ISSN Publication No. 0147-2992. Membership in Audit Bureau of Circulations applied for.
POSTMASTER: Please send change of address form 3579 and undelivered copies to INTERFACE AGE Magazine,
16704 Marquardt Ave., Cerritos, CA 90701. Controlled circulation postage paid at Olive Branch, Mississippi and
Artesia, California.

2 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

One company

has sola
more printers

to this planet
than anybody.

Surprised? You shouldn't be. Because we've man-
ufactured over half the print mechanisms in exis-
tence on this planet. And we've sold more of them
than all the others — combined. Now that's the
kind of experience you can count on.

But maybe you haven't heard of us. And that's
understandable. You see, for years, different
companies have marketed the lion's share of our
print mechanisms for hundreds of applications in
dozens of markets. Our products, their names.
Now we're changing that: our product, our name.

We'll tell you right
now that we intend to be as
big in printers for personal
computers as we are in
printers for the rest of the
world. And we intend to get
there the same way. By mak-
ing printers you can count
on to perform. With the op-

tions and interfaces you need. And by deliver-
ing what we promise. When we promise it.

The funny thing is that we never set out
to be the biggest printer company in the world
— only the best. And we didn't get here by
turning out inferior products or charging an
arm and a leg. We got here by turning out qual-
ity mechanisms at the rate of one for every
second of every working day. So we can sell each
one for a little less.

You'll find Epson in better computer stores
everywhere. Look for us.
Because even if you haven't
heard of us up to now,
you'll be hearing a lot
more of us from now on.

EPSON

EPSON AMERICA, INC.

Western: 23844 Hawthorne Boulevard, Torrance, California 90505 • (213) 378-2220 TWX: 910-344-7390
Eastern: 98 Cutter Mill Road, Rm. 350, Great Neck, New York 11021 • (516) 487-0660

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 19

INTERFACE AGE 3

P&T CP/M® 2 “ TRS-80 MOD II

versatility!

P&T CP/M 2 is customized to take maximum advantage of the Mod II hardware
and still be compatible with standard CP/M.

So What? There are hundreds of applications programs available (from dozens
of sources) to run under CP/M and most of them can run unmodified on the Mod
II with P&T CP/M 2.

So Why P&T CP/M 2? When you compare CP/M's for the Mod II you will
find that P&T CP/M 2 is way out in front of the pack. We were the first to offer
596K bytes (610,304 bytes) of storage at double density. We have the most
advanced screen driver with features like cursor addressing, insert/delete
line, optional non-scrolling lines, change cursor size and blink, clear to end of line
or screen, read cursor position, read character at cursor, and more. We also
support a time of day clock, a user supplied real time interrupt routine, and the
Line Printer III. Our serial port drivers support, ETX/ACK, XON/XOFF, and status
line (CTS and DCD) handshaking.

Ok - What about documentation? We supply the 7 standard Digital
Research manuals for CP/M plus our own 150 page manual describing in detail
how to use P&T CP/M 2.

What's all this cost? ONLY $ 1 75! ($ 1 85 after Aug. 1 )

We also carry:

MAGIC WAND text processor

$350

CBASIC2 (improved performance)

$105

PASCAL/M

$175

Microsoft BASIC-80

$325

PICKLES & TROUT

P C) BOX 1206. GOLETA. CA 93017. (805) 967-9563

CP/M is a trademark of Digital Research Inc. TRS-80 is a trademark of Tandy Corp.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 49

INTROL/X-IO.

The lntrol/X-10 peripheral system for your Apple*
Computer allows you to remotely control lights and
electrical appliances in your home.
lntrol/X-10 operates by utilizing your computer’s intelli-
gence to command the BSR System X-10 to send signals
over regular 110 volt household wiring. That means you
can control any electrical device in your home without
additional wiring.

lntrol/X-10 comes with complete software to control
devices on pre-determined schedules, and features:

• Control devices at a specific time. • Select a daily or
weekly schedule. • Specify a day of the week, or an exact
date for a particular event. • Specify an interval of time for
an event. • Rate device wattages for a running account
of power consumption during your schedule for energy
management. • Used with our Apple Clock™ your sched-
ules may run in ’‘background” while other programs
may run at the same time in “foreground."

The Introl Controller board plugs into a peripheral slot
of your Apple. With an ultrasonic transducer it trans-
mits control signals to the BSR/X-10 Command Console
which may be plugged into any convenient AC outlet near
your computer. On command, signals are sent to remote
modules located at the devices you wish to control. Up
to 16 remote module addresses may be controlled from
your Apple. Software requires Applesoft firmware.

The lntrol/X-10 System consists of the Introl Controller
board with timer and ultrasonic transducer, the X-10
Command Console and three remote modules.
Complete and tested. If you already have a BSR System
X-10, the Introl Controller board is available separately

Available through dealers worldwide

Mountain Hardware

LEADERSHIP IN COMPUTER PERIPHERALS

300 Harvey West Blvd . Santa Cruz. CA 95060

(408) 429-8600

FROM MOUNTAIN HARDWARE.

CONTROL FROM YOUR APPLE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 44

isioirmr /)«ir s%mmwr

uuicnrtfLX

Roberts. Jones
Nancy A, Jones

Managing Editor
Editor

Assistant Editors
Contributing Editors

Editorial

Publisher
Executive Publisher

Frank Vaughan
Michael Panchak
Kathy Tekawa, Les Spindle
Alfred Adler
Bob Albrecht
Al Baker
R. W. Berner
Roger Edelson
Tom Fox
Roger C. Garrett
Carl Heintz
Elliott MacLennan
Alan R. Miller
Merl Miller

Production

Production Manager Terri Ledesma

Art Director Flno Ortiz

Artist Samantha Lee

Typographer Melody A. Martens

Administration

Publication Director Mike Antich

Circulation Manager Colin Cato

Accounting Supervisor Kay Soto

Publication Assistants Doris Riopel, Cheryl Johnston
Circulation Assistants Charlotte Sevedge, Lilly Lisa
Accounting Assistants

Shirley Mazenko, Mary Ann Lower

Advertising

New England Region Dick Green

7 Lincoln St., Wakefield, MA 01880
(617) 245-9105

Eastern Region John Sensenstein

20 Community PI., Ste. 140, Morristown, NJ 07960
(201) 267-3032

Southeast Region

Harry Dill

3938 Sussex Avenue, Charlotte, NC 28210
(704) 552-1004

Midwest Region Al Gravenhorst, Steve Skinner

5901 N. Cicero Ave., Chicago, IL 60646
(312) 545-8621

Western Region Mike Antich

P.O. Box 1234, Cerritos, CA 90701
(213) 926-9544

Japan Tomoyuki Inatsuki

Trade Media Japan Inc., R. 212 Azabu Hts. f 1-5-10,
Roppongi, Minato-ku, Tokyo 106
Telephone: (03) 585-0581 Telex: J28208

interface Age Europe

Director, European Operations H.L. Grohmann
Dahilenstr. 4, D-801 1 Munchen-Vaterstetten
West Germany
Telephone: 08106/7396

International Newsstand Distribution

Director Lew Lillian

Orberstrasse 38, D-6000 Frankfurt/M. 61
West Germany

Telephone: (0611) 44 77 90/41 84 80

International/Domestic
Retail Circulation

(213) 926-9544

Mary Ann Lower

MEMBER OF THE WESTERN
PUBLICATIONS ASSOCIATION

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF
BUSINESS PRESS EDITORS

16704 Marquardt, Cerritos, CA 90701
(213) 926-9544
TWX (910) 583-1412

4 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Record keeping problems? Our CCA Data
Management System solves them easily.

Having information at your fingertips can make your job a
whole lot easier. And that's what the CCA Data Management
System is all about.

With this Personal Software™ package and an Apple II™
or TRS-80™ disk system, it will be far easier to keep inven-
tories, customer lists, accounts receivable and payable records,
patient histories and many more items.

In fact, you can use the CCA DMS for all of your data
management needs, rather than buying (expensive) or writing
(time consuming) separate programs for each applica-
tion.. That's because DMS lets you create your own
filing systems, adapting itself to the types of records
you keep. You specify the number and names of
each data field— without any programming.

With DMS keeping all of your records, you only
have to learn how to use one system. That's
easier, too. It's menu driven, with plenty of \
prompts to help you create files and add,
update, scan, inspect, delete, sort, con-
dense and print data. Our compre-
hensive 130-page step-by-step / s
instruction manual even provides
complete "how to" inventory and
mailing list applications so you
can start processing immediately.

DMS is a very powerful sys-
tem, with more file and record
storage capacity than other data
base programs on the market.

‘Apple is a trademark of Apple Computer,

Inc.; TRS-80 is a trademark of the Radio Shack
Div. of Tandy Corp.

And it also gives you greater data handling flexibility. To cus-
tomize DMS, write add-on BASIC programs that read or write
DMS files and perform any kind of processing you want.

You can sort and print your data in nearly any form of
report and mailing label you want. Sort data by up to 10 fields
for zip code, balance due, geographic location or whatever.
And print reports with subtotals and totals automatically
calculated.

Apple DMS has two additional features. Its ISAM
search method helps you find any item on a diskette within
10 seconds. And it's Data Interchange Format Program
allows you to move DMS files into our Apple VisiCalc™
program— the "electronic worksheet"— for powerful,
flexible calculating.

Ask your Personal Software dealer to show you how
easy computerized record keeping is. To locate the
nearest dealer, contact Personal Software Inc.,
408/745-7841, 1330 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale,
C A 94086.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 48

■L

EuiTun 5 iuuTEBuuiri

National Computer Conference
Comments

I have a love/hate relationship with
the National Computer Conference that
is probably shared by many who attend
this annual affair.

I attend every NCC regardless of my
employer. I’ve attended it as a news-
paperman working for one of the large
weeklies in the computer industry, I’ve
attended as a PR man for one of the
large mainframers, and I’ve attended it
in an editorial capacity for IA.

Like many “veterans” of the tour,
I’ve noticed that every NCC is the
same, yet vastly different. Certain
things never change:

Crowds (big)

Pressroom danish (tasteless)
Computerworld buttons (suggestive)
Booths (bigger & brighter)

Sessions (overcrowded or empty)
Registration (time consuming)
Floors (hard)

Handouts (four color)

Parties (numerous)

But there are subtle changes at every
NCC, some of which may become
trends, or mark the passing of trends.

The personal computing exhibit will
no longer be a separate entity, since
AFIPS has announced that the exhibits
will be housed on the main floor. (This
has tremendous comic possibilities —
imagine for a second a small micro-
computer company being placed next to
IBM, DEC or Honeywell. What we will
have is a modern-day remake of David
and Goliath— micros versus mainframes.

I suspect that the fur will really begin to
fly when a user asks his mainframe ven-
dor for certain applications and is told
that they will cost the equivalent of
three small South American countries.
Wandering into the micro maker’s
booth, the same user may find out that
the sought after application costs about
$9.99 plus tax, postage and handling.
Micros will be back in the garage the
following year.)

Sonny wasn’t out front this year!

One of the most familiar sights to
habitual NCC attendees is the sight of
Sonny Monosson, founding father of
American Used Computers in Boston,
pacing back and forth by the show en-
trance with his crew cut, 1 950s bow tie
and signboards. Yes, signboards. Sonny

wasn’t recommending that everyone eat
at Joe’s Diner or some equally famous
beanery, but he was selling used com-
puter equipment. Gear that was gener-
ally one generation old, with a few years
use, but capable of crunching numbers
with the best of them— provided the
user didn’t need the fastest or newest
system around.

It seems that two years ago, the peo-
ple whose computers Sonny sold the
second (and often third) time around
pressured AFIPS to lean on Sonny and
have him sign an agreement to either
take a booth, stay away from the show
or visit the local jail. Alas, faced with the
slammer, Sonny signed an agreement
to move inside this year (AFIPS 1 , free
enterprise 0). I think we all lost when
Sonny lost. He told me that people
would walk up to him and just say hello,
remembering him from show to show,
wishing him the best and inquiring as to
the state of his business. They were
just making conversation, people who
only knew Sonny from seeing him in
front of convention centers, saying
hello to one of the few remaining per-
sonalities in the industry. I used to do
the same thing, and came to know him
in the same manner, though he doesn’t
know me from any of the other thou-
sand nameless faces that say hello to
him each year.

Some other things will change like the
personal computer show vendors who
constantly sell their wares from their
booths, while “outsmarting AFIPS and
the IRS” and simultaneously jeopardiz-
ing the tax-exempt status of the show.
When they move upstairs with the “big
boys” that type of activity won’t wash.
(They’ll have to learn to do business in
the parking lot and hotel suites like
everyone else.)

I think we’ll see more and more pre-
registration taking place, as people are
fed up with having to wait in line for the
better part of a morning or afternoon.
Of course, AFIPS will have to do their
part by making sure that they get the
preregistration form out significantly in
advance of the show.

You’ll also notice that fewer and
fewer companies will continue to use
the NCC as the arena for new product
announcements. It’s just not worth it.
Generally speaking, the announce-
ments get lost in the shuffle and the

companies can get much better play
during the other 1 1 months of the year.

One thing that NCC will always be is a
job hunter’s paradise. No where and at
no time do so many people armed with
resumes congregate in one spot as do
the legions of job hunters around NCC.
Do these people always put their sys-
tems experience to work for them in the
quest for better employment? Some-
times I wonder. I spoke with someone
who indicated that he would only go to
work for a company that had double- or
triple-thick carpet in its booth. The
reason: those are the companies that
really care for their employees. So
much for the systems approach.

So next year it’s off to Chicago, the
first time the show has been held in the
midwest for a good number of years.
Watch for a record turnout.

Other Editorial Notes

We had to pull the article on security
and privacy to make room for the story
on the Apple III. It will be rescheduled.

Computerstores, consultants and
others with a keen interest for small
systems will be interested in a report
published by Datapro Research Corp.,
1805 Underwood Blvd., Delran, NJ
08075. For $25 they will sell you “All
about personal computers,” a 62-page
professionally produced booklet with
individual reports on 15 of the best-sell-
ing personal computers. Making the
report doubly worthwhile are directories
of vendors for small/personal systems,
software, peripherals and publications.
These fairly comprehensive directories
seem to present a clear majority of the
firms doing business in today’s market-
place. Each listing contains the com-
pany name, address, zip code and tele-
phone number.

Systems covered include TRS 80,
PET, Apple II, Atari 400 and 800, Com-
pucolor II, Cromemco Z-2, Sorcerer,
Heath H8/WH8 and H88/H89, HP 85,
Intellivision, Horizon, Challengers I and
II and the Tl 99/4.

Included is Datapro’s version of the
history of personal computers and a
modest number of market predictions.
The report is reprinted from a supple-
ment to the larger “Datapro Reports on
Minicomputers” and will probably pay
for itself many times over with just the
directories. □

6 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

New on the North Star Horizon:

18Mb Hard Disk Drive!

Up to four 18Mb Winchester-
type hard disk drives

Display terminal

Letter-quality or dot Horizon I/O flexibility

matrix printer allows expansion to

meet your needs

Horizon Computer with 64K RAM
and dual quad capacity (720kb)
floppy disks

Unsurpassed Performance and Capacity!

North Star now gives you hard disk capacity and process-
ing performance never before possible at such a low
price! Horizon is a proven, reliable, affordable computer
system with unique hardware and software. Now the
Horizon’s capabilities are expanded to meet your growing
system requirements. In addition to hard disk perform-
ance, the Horizon has I/O versatility and an optional hard-
ware floating point board for high-performance number
crunching. The North Star large disk is a Century Data
Marksman, a Winchester-type drive that holds 18 million
bytes of formatted data. The North Star controller inter-
faces the drive(s) to the Horizon and takes full advantage

of the high-performance characteristics of the drive. Our
hard disk operating system implements a powerful file
system as well as backup and recovery on floppy diskette.

Software Is The Key!

The Horizon’s success to date has been built on the qual-
ity of its system software (BASIC, DOS, PASCAL) and
the very broad range and availability of application soft-
ware. This reputation continues with our new hard disk
system. Existing software is upward compatible for use
with the hard disk system. And, with the dramatic increase
in on-line storage and speed, there will be a continually
expanding library of readily available application software.
For more information, see your North Star dealer!

NorthStar

North Star Computers, Inc.

1440 Fourth St.

Berkeley, CA 94710

(415) 527-6950 TWX/Telex 910-366-7001

HORIZON-HD-18

Horizon computer with 64K
RAM, 2 quad capacity mini
drives and one HDS-18 hard
disk drive $9329

HDS-18

Additional 18Mb hard disk drive
for expansion of Horizon HD-18,
or your present Horizon $4999

SYS-1N

Complete Horizon HD-18 plus
80 x 24 display terminal and
NEC Spinwriter printer $13,239

SYS-1A

Complete Horizon HD-18 with
80 x 24 display terminal and
Anadex printer $11,319

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 46

INTERFACE AGE 7

LETTERS

Implementing Snobol

In Chapter 7 of Pascal Notebook, you
wrote about Snobol interpreters. Are
you aware of any implementation? How
much hardware is required? The system
may be a little quaint, but it’s a lovely—
and powerful— language. Keep up the
good work.

Dr. W. Bock

Beta Film Gmbh.

Munich, Germany

Since Snobol is intended specifically
for string manipulations, the data struc-
tures used are designed to simplify algo-
rithms and search/insert time. One un-
fortunate side effect is that typical
Snobol programs tend to be very large.
Many implementations require more
than 100K bytes just for the interpreter.
However, by careful optimization a rea-
sonable Snobol should be possible for a
microprocessor system.

The University of Colorado has a
Snobol in macro language Stage 2. For-
tran is the base language but could be
changed to Pascal. If you are interested
in higher level languages, minimum hard-
ware should include a CRT terminal,
dual floppy disks and a maximum
memory machine.

Programs for Catalog

We are currently cataloging public
domain and commercially available pro-
grams for Pet and Apple Computers.
This is for teachers of kindergarten to
grade 13 to select programs suitable to
curriculum content. The catalog in-
cludes machine requirements, suitable
grade level, subject area a brief de-
scription, and supplier.

Anyone wishing to assist in this pro-
ject may forward programs for catalog-
ing, stating prices where applicable.
Authors will be identified as part of the
review of each program. Materials
should be on tape or disk, and will be
returned if requested.

Gordon S. Wells
York County Board of Education
Box 40

Aurora, Ontario L4G 3H2

Bug Catcher

Phil Roybal’s article “Data Base
Management for the Apple II” (Mar.
1980) describes the file cabinet pro-
gram in volume 3 of Apple’s contributed
software library. I discovered an appar-
ent bug in this otherwise useful pro-
gram. Your listing helped considerably
in correcting it.

The file cabinet program allows the
user to format reports in various ways.

One option is to be able to total vertical
columns of numbers; the report format
can then be saved to the disk for later
use. Unfortunately, I discovered that
when recalled from the disk the pro-
gram “forgot’’ to total the vertical col-
umns as previously directed.

The following changes and additions
have corrected the problem. Change
line 2980 to

“For 1=0 to NH + 1 : AC(l) = 0 :
Next I : HC = 0 : GT = 0

Add the following lines:

3355 For I = I to RH*3 Step 3 : If
K(l + 2) = 1 Then T9 = 1
3357 Next I

Tony Anderson
Fullerton, CA

My TRS-80 Hears Me

Al Baker’s Game Corner (IA, Apr.
1 980) explained how to make a TRS-80
II hear you when you yelled into it. How
do you do this on a TRS-80 I or in ma-
chine language?

Steve Hunter
Grant Park, IL

We don ’t know of any way of listening
to the cassette recorder from Level I
Basic. It is possible to do it from a ma-
chine language program with an editor/
assembler. The complete program is
too long to list here. The routine is:

0010 HEAR LD C,255

0020 HEARL LD A, 4

0030 OUT (C),A

0040 IN A,(C)

0050 JP P, HEARL

OUTPUT PORT
SETUP
TO LISTEN
LISTEN

LOOP IF QUIET

Watch Your ( ) and < >

In the program “Attack Command
Alpha’’ (IA April, 1980) line 920 read:

920 IF (L)J) AND (L(J + 5) THEN S(l) =
S(l) + 1 : SH = 2

Unfortunately, this line gives a syntax
error and any attempt to correct it re-
sults in other errors. I would appreciate
any assistance.

Judy A. Leyrer
Carrollton, TX

Line 920 should read:

920 IF (L>J) and (L<J + 5) Then S(l) =
S(l) + 1:SH = 2

It is often difficult to distinguish between
the parentheses ( ) and the greater-than
and less-than symbols <> on many print-
ers. Always carefully study any line which
gives you a syntax error. Confusing
these symbols is a common source of
such errors, as is confusing zeros and
eights, Z’s and 2’s, or Ts, 1 ’s and T’s.

NTS Woes

Last year you published a mini-series
tutorial on computer basics of elec-
tronics. I participated in the series and
had a lot of fun doing so. I did learn from
the series, and was very pleased to see
somebody trying to educate their
readers on this subject. It mentioned in
the article that a certificate would be
issued by National Technical Schools to
those people who satisfactorily com-
pleted the series. I am one of those indi-
viduals, but I have not received any cor-
respondence from them since finishing
the course. Please look into this matter
and inform me of your findings. I am
enclosing copies of my graded quizzes
in order to prove my claim.

Gardiner B. Jones III
Hawaii

Readers who have not yet received
their certificates should send docu-
mented claims to: Walt Stephens, Na-
tional Technical Schools, 4000 So.
Figueroa St., Los Angeles, CA 90037.

Fortran Fan

I subscribe to all the major computer
magazines and each has its virtue. But
seldom do I find a series of articles that
are as well written, lucid and useful as the
series you recently ran entitled: “Using
and building micro-based systems.’’

In fact, the only negative point that I
can find with the whole series is the
title. It gives the impression of a survey
article dealing with specific machines
on a general basis. In fact, that title dis-
guises a brilliant tutorial on Fortran pro-
gramming equalled nowhere else in
commonly available literature to small
computer users.

Fortran on small micros has the ad-
vantage of being a compiler that pro-
duces assembly-language modules on
execution. Being a Basic related lan-
guage, much of it a self-taught program-
mer like me could comprehend and
translate quickly and at a very low cost.

I wish to express my appreciation of
the article, my admiration for the author’s
abilities and my thanks to IA for running
the series in the face of what must have
been mass apathy for Fortran at the
time you started this group of articles.

Pete Charlton
Aledo, TX

Question on Link

With reference to the May 1980 IA,
we read with interest a reference to
‘Link,’ a consulting firm specializing in
electronic distribution information, and

8 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

C • "-.V

/ / >» -

a ' » T-J /

, ' '*£.'■

* •* <*v -fn: •

it'JvUL iUJ

y *7 * :VVv,;

every sman
compuTer neeDS an
SDSYSTems Heart

We design and manufacture a complete line of in-
dustry compatible microcomputer boards and kits
that can serve as the heart of your system. All are S-
100 Bus compatible and use the Z80 microprocessor.

MPC-4 — This SD Systems exclusive is a multi port
controller which uses the Z80 for multi-user opera-
tions offering four serial RS-232 I/O channels.

SBC 100/200 — A 2.5/4 megahertz range of single
board computers which are effective standing alone
or combined with the complete SD board range.

ExpandoRA M //// — For use with 250/200 nanosec-
ond RAM, these high density boards offer 16 to 64K
memory; the ExpandoRAM II can achieve RAM ca-
pacities up to 256K using 64K chips.

Versafloppy //// — A floppy disk controller for up to
four drives, supporting single/double density and
single/double-sided disk formats.

VDB-8024 — A full function visual display board with
a Z80 controller that adds display capabilities to
your system.

Prom 100 — A specialty board of SD Systems which
allows you to program 2708/2716/2732 proms.

Z-80 Starter Kit — A low-cost entry into the world of
microcomputers designed primarily for education
and experimentation.

> * if ^

RO. Box 28810 • Dallas, Texas 75228 • 214-271-4667 • Telex 6829016

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. SO

NOW YOU CAN SAVE $25 PER BOARD *

when you purchase any SD Systems microcomputer!
board from participating SD Systems dealers listed
below. *Offer expires 10/31/80

ADVANCED COMPUTER
PRODUCTS, INC.

Irvine CA • 714-558-8813

ANCRONA

Culver City CA • 213-6414064

COMPUTER CITY

Charlestown MA • 800-343-6652
or 617-242-3350

THE COMPUTER MART

Waltham MA • 617-8994540

COMPUTER PRODUCTS
STORES

Springfield IL • 217-528-0027

CUSHMAN ASSOCIATES

Wilmington DE • 302-995-6733

DAL-COMP

Dallas TX- 214-350-6895

FUTURE ELECTRONICS

Natick MA- 617-237-6340

JADE COMPUTER
PRODUCTS

Hawthorne CA • 800421-5500

MINI MICRO MART

Syracuse NY • 3154224467

PRIORITY ONE

Sepulveda CA • 800423-5633 oi\
213-894-8171

S-100

Clark NJ- 201-382-1318

Q.T. COMPUTER
SYSTEMS, INC.

Lawndale CA • 800421-5150
(ex. CA) or 213-970-0952

For complete product information, send for SD Systems’ board and kit
brochure (BK-101).

THE GREAT

REBATE

SALE!*

PRINTERS

LIST

PRICE

REBATE

• Anadex DP-8000

S 995

$100

Anadex DP-8000-AP

995

100

(for Apple r computers)

Anadex DP-9500/9501

1650

150

Option R 2K buffer

—

Storage for any of
the above printers

Printer stand

160

—

Paper catch

—

• Houston 8230,1400 Ipm, 4250

250

132 Col.

• Oantex 6000,136 Col

1495

100

PLOTTERS

• Houston Instruments HiPlot

DMP-2,8 V2X1 1 dumb

1085

DMP-3,8 V2XII smart

1250

DMP-4.11X 17, smart

1380

100

with controller

DMP-5,1 1 X 17, dumb

1685

100

DMP-6,11x17, smart

1850

100

DMP-7,11X17, smart

1985

150

DIGITIZERS

Houston Instruments

HiPad DT-11, 11x11"

795

Options: Digital

295

—

display

Cursor

—

HiPad DT-11 A

855

PAPER TAPE PUNCH/READERS

• DSI LRP-300 1595

POWER SUPPLIES

• Condor AA524-AIM65 44

for AIM 65 computers
Condor B5-3/0VP, 24

5V-3A

230 W. Florence Ave.
Inglewood, CA 90301

Los Angeles (213) 673-4300
Anaheim (714) 991-5390
San Diego (714) 268-8000
Santa Clara (408) 727-1800

•ENDS SEPT. 30. 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 4

10 INTERFACE AGE

■ n a wrri r-

lc i i cnn

would be grateful if you could inform us
as to where they can be located.

Richard Davies
London, England

Write to Link at 215 Park Ave. So.,
New York, NY 10003 or call (212)
473-5600.

Logic Controller Info Sought

We subscribe to IA and regularly re-
quire programmer logic controllers of
different kinds. Up to now we have pur-
chased Gould and Modison Inc. pro-
grammable logic controllers and would
like to have the names of other com-
panies making these devices. We would
appreciate it if you can have them send
us the information directly.

K. M. Mehta
Elecmech Corp.

“Vikas” 1 1 , Bank Steet
Fort, Bombay, India 400023

Assignment Benchmark

We tried the “benchmark” program
on a Vector MZ and Soroc 1 20 using
Micropolis Basic. Time to run: 2251 sec.

Paul O. Daignault
Tallahassee, FL

I did your assignment on a 4 MHz
North Star Horizon using North Star
Basic version 6. Time: 1 149 sec.

Bill Richter, Jr.
Victoria, TX

Added a timing routine as follows:

10 T 1 = Tl
265 T2 = Tl

270 PRINT “TIME WAS”;(T2-TI)/
60, “SECONDS

On a Commodore PET 2001, 32K
with Microsoft Basic in ROM the pro-
gram ran in 1374.22.

Alfred J. Bruey
Jackson, Ml

Run time: 1812 sec. using a Proces-
sor Technology Sol-20, the Solos oper-
ating system and Processor Technology
extended cassette Basic.

John M. Kendall
Madison, Wl

I am enclosing a few facts about the
TRS-80 that you might find interesting.

Timing with Level II exactly as given
is 1879 seconds: under DOS Level II
Basic under CMD“R” is 2004 sec.;
under DOS Level II Basic under
CMD“T” is 1931 sec.; best Level II
adaptation is 1569 sec.; improved
adaptation of listing is 95 sec.

90 DEFINT A-L, N-Z

130 PRINT “STARTING: ”:PRINT” 1 2 ”;
140 FORN = 3T0997STEP2:F0RK = 3TO
31STEP2:M = N/K:L = M
180 IFL = 0THEN230
190 IFL = 1 THEN220
210 IFM = LTHEN240
220 NEXT
230 PRINTN;

240 NEXTN

260 PRINT “FINISHED”

Incidentally,

180 IFINT(M/K) = 0THEN230
has a similar effect.

Allan Emert
Odessa, TX

We ran the benchmark program ex-
actly as listed in a Heath H89 and came
up with the following results.

Ext. Benton Harbor Basic 3550 sec.

Microsoft Basic 4.7 1 850 sec.

Same Mbasic with

DEFINT N,K&L 1736 sec.

W.T. Thompson
El Paso, TX

Tom Fox reviews the Heath H8 in
this issue.

I just read your benchmark feature
and thought it was very interesting.

I thought you might be interested in
some results of mine. I have a TRS-80
Model I running under TRSDOS 2.3.
When I ran your program as written in
the magazine it took 1939 sec. Very
close to your figures. I rewrote the pro-
gram slightly and it then ran in 1 548 sec.

I also have accounts on two timeshar-
ing systems. One is a Hewlett-Packard
3000 belonging to a local college and
the other is The Source which uses
Prime computers. Here are the results
of running your program:

H-P 3000 250 sec.

Prime 25-31 sec.

average of about 5 runs

The “Prime” time seemed to be lim-
ited only by the 300 baud timeshare
rate as it printed out as fast as the 300
baud rate would allow from beginning to
end with no pause in the printing for cal-
culation as the H-P 3000 did.

Donald A. Wheeler
Takoma Park, MD

I read with interest your benchmark
tests. A very simple and humbling
demonstration of the power of my pride
and joy Cromemco Z80A processor.

My benchmark time for your program
for prime crunching was repeatable at
1116 sec. Oh well, not as good as the

AUGUST 1980

MP/M

MEMORY BOARD

independent, 16K software
table banks.

Switch selectable bank sizes —
from 16K to 64K in 16K increments,
ight banks (512K) per I/O port for
each of the 256 ports.

I Z-80 4MHz operation with no
wait states.

• Low power — 8 watts maximum.

_ r

and most other
S-100 systems

.^liable, tested and burned-in

Hi K

memory.

YEAR GUARANTEE

IEEE S-100 compatible timing.
Attractive Dealer S. OEM Prices

MEASUREMENT

systems &. controls

incorporated

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 1 1

best, but much better than the Zilog
MCZ-1/70.

My operating system was Cromem-
co’s CDOS (very much like CPM) and
the language was Cromemco’s Extend-
ed Basic.

I then followed your suggestion to ex-
periment with other methods not for
benchmarking but to find a more effi-
cient method of doing your problem.
The program below is the final result.

To find primes within any span of odd

numbers simply replace the limits in line
60 with the number range (beginning
with an odd number) in question. Be
sure to remove line 40.

Also, even though I had my Z80A run-
ning in the 4 MHz mode, I found a signi-
ficant difference in running times if I set
my Soroc terminal at 110 baud or
19200 baud.

My algorithm ran at 55 sec. as com-
pared to 1 1 1 6 sec. for your benchmark
program. Both of these measurements

Avoid the hassle by upgrading your LA36 for 1200
baud operation with a DS120 Terminal Controller.

The Datasouth DS120 gives your DECwriter® II the high speed
printing and versatile performance features of the DECwriter® III
at only a fraction of the cost. The DS120 is a plug compatible
replacement for your LA36 logic board which can be installed in
minutes. Standard features include:

•165 cps bidirectional printing
•Horizontal & Vertical Tabs
•Page Length Selection
•110-4800 baud operation
•1000 character print buffer
•X-on, X-off protocol
•Self Test

•RS232 interface

•20 mA Current Loop interface

•Top of Form

•Adjustable Margins

•Double wide characters

•Parity selection

•Optional APL character set

Over 4000 DS120 units are now being used by customers ranging
from the Fortune 500 to personal computing enthusiasts. In
numerous installations, entire networks of terminals have been
upgraded to take advantage of to-
day’s higher speed data
munications services. L
microprocessor electronics
and strict quality control
ensure dependable per-
formance for years to
come. When service is
required, we will respond
promptly and effectively.

Best of all, we can deliver
immediately through our
nationwide network of
distributors. Just give us a
call for all the details.

DATASOUTH COMPUTER CORPORATION

4740 Dwight Evans Road • Charlotte, North Carolina 28210 • 704/523-8500

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 11

were made at a communication rate of
19200 baud, and my algorithm took 74
sec. when I set my communication rate
to 1 10 baud.

The point of this is that benchmarking
programs are influenced by your I/O
configuration as well as the power of
the processor.

10 REM PRIME NO. GENERATOR
BY G. W. SMITH, JR.

30 ©“Start:”

40 @“123”;

60 FOR I = 5 TO 1000 STEP 2

80 FOR D = 3 TO INT(SQR(I))STEP 2

90 IF FRA(I/D) = 0 THEN 120
100 NEXT D
110 @ 1 ;

120 NEXT I
130 @CHR$(7)

140 ©“Finished.”

150 END

George W. Smith, Jr.

Naperville, IL

Here are my results. I used an
SWTPC 6800 kit with Software Dyna-
mics 6800 Basic compiler ver 1 .2. The
benchmark run time was 528 sec.

Here is my program:

100 REM Interface Age’s benchmark
1 10 REM program to ‘discover’ the
120 REM first 1000 prime numbers
DIM K,L,M,N
DIM BELL$/:7/

130 PRINT “Starting”

140 FOR N = 1 TO 1000
1 50 FOR K = 2 TO 500
160 LET M = N/K
170 LET L = INT(M)

180 IF L = 0 THEN 230
190 IF L = 1 THEN 220
200 IF M>L THEN 220
210 IF M = L THEN 240
220 NEXT K
230 PRINT N;

240 NEXT N

250 PRINT BELLS

260 PRINT “Finished”

STOP

END

Gene Embry
Morrisville, NC

I really appreciate articles like Assign-
ment: Benchmark. This kind of careful
comparison of system performance is
invaluable in hardware selection.

I must take issue, however, with part
of the evaluation philosophy. What is
being evaluated is a combination of a
processor and an interpreter. Neither
functions without the other; the way
they work together is crucial to system
performance. For example, an interpre-
ter written for an 8080 running on a Z80

12 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

“For reliable data storage,

I recommend systems with

Shugart disk drives’.’ Nycom, Los Altos, California

“The last thing you need when you put
your personal computer or small business
system to work is a disk drive that you
can’t rely on. If the drive quits, your
system is out of business!’

That’s why more and more manu-
facturers and dealers depend on Shugart
disk drives for reliable data storage. These
professionals don’t want disk drive prob-
lems any more than you do. Shugart has a

TM-Minifloppy is a trademark of Shugart Associates.

large family of drives, too— in all sizes and
capacities to suit your system storage
needs. For the smaller system, the original
S^-ineh Minifloppy ™ stores 250 to 500
kilobytes (single or double-sided)— that’s
about 50 to 100 pages of printed material.
Our single and double-sided 8-inch
floppys store 800 to 1600 kilobytes. And
for systems that need a larger data base,
our 8-inch or 14-inch fixed disk drives

store from 5 to 58 megabytes. No other
manufacturer offers such a wide variety of
disk storage for personal computer and
small business systems.

Word processing, general business,
accounting— big system or small, you can
rely on Shugart drives. We’re known as the
Headstrong company for good reason.
We’re Headstrong about reliability, quality,
and value. Ask your dealer He knows us.

Rely on the

Headstrong Company;

^.Shugart

475 Oakmead Parkway, Sunnyvale, California 94086

imiimimiimimimmi

DlgM

Microsystems

Structured Systems

5204 Claremont Oakland, California 94618 (415) 547-1567

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 56

The presidents of the companies
making these computers recommend
Structured Systems Business Software
for one very simple reason:

Structured Systems Business Software works for
business. It works as delivered, without customization
or reprogramming. It works without extensive
retraining, or any new data processing personnel.

And it works hard. Our business software turns
a computer into an efficient, hardworking employee,
to help your business work better.

We’ve got working solutions for your General
Ledger, Payroll, Accounts Receivable, Accounts
Payable, Inventory, letter writing and correspon-
dence, mailing lists, data storage and report writing.
Ready to run on any CP/M microcomputer system?
Ready to go to work for your business right now.

We help business work better, faster, and smarter.

Our Product Line Includes:

General Ledger
Accounts Payable
Inventory Control
Letteright

Accounts Receivable
Payroll

Analyst Data Storage/Report Writing
NAD Mailing System
QSORT Sort/Merge System

CP/M is a registered trademark of Digital Research.

*SSG business software runs on these and many other microcomputer systems.

See your computer dealer for compatible hardware, or send for our brochure,
Choosing A Computer For Your Business: SSG Software and Compatible Hardware.

VEttCR mz

i raam r—

lc i i cnn

processor will not take advantage of expanded facilities of
the more modern processor chip. If the design of the inter-
preter wasn’t so critical to total performance, we wouldn’t
see the nearly 2:1 timing ratio between the Radio Shack
Model II and the Zilog MCZ-1/70, both with the same CPU
and clock speed.

An important part of our test is the cleverness of the
authors of the interpreter. The elimination of unusual features
(like the ability of Ohio Scientific’s Basic to ‘goto y’) destroys
much of what we want to test.

I fully support the intent to eliminate as a benchmark factor
the cleverness of the application programmer implementing
the algorithm, but trying to eliminate the cleverness of the in-
terpreter just isn’t fair.

It is correct that this algorithm doesn’t do a very efficient
job of computing prime numbers. In case readers need to
compute prime numbers, I have included a listing for a much
more efficient method. The program runs in less than 23 sec-
onds on a TRS-80 Model II, an improvement factor of more
than 40:1.

100 CLS

110 DEFINTA-Z

120 DIM A(2000)

130 A(1 ) = 3
140 Z = 1

150 FOR M = 5 TO 1000 STEP 2

160 DOE J = 1 TO Z

170 IF M MOD A(J) = 0 THEN 230

180 IF M<A(J) * A(J) THEN 200

190 NEXT J

200 Z = Z + 1

210 A(Z) = M

220 PRINT M;

230 NEXT M
240 END

Two factors account for the significant improvement. 1)
When testing to determine if a number is prime, only prime
numbers need be used. For example, if a number is not divis-
ible by 5, it won’t be divisible by 15. 2) When testing by
smaller prime numbers, you can quit after dividing by the
largest prime greater than or equal to the square root of the
number being tested. For each factor of a number less than
or equal to the square root, there is another greater than or
equal to the square root. If you haven’t found a prime factor
by the time you reach the square root, there aren’t any.

Robert F. Snapp
Cincinnati, OH

Entered and ran the “Prime Number Cruncher’’ program on
my Texas Instruments 99/4.

Two successive runs took 2479 seconds total. A dubious
record at best, considering the highest time shown in your ar-
ticle was 1928 sec.

Evans M. Harrell
Marietta, GA

It was with great interest that I read the Assignment:
Benchmark article. Some comments:

One benchmark program doesn’t really tell much of the
story. Several programs are needed.

Your table did not indicate whether the Basics were com-
pilers or interpreters but I suspect that nearly all of the en-
tries were interpreters, as compilers generate code which
runs much faster.

AUGUST 1980

The

Working

Analyst.

*CP/M is a trademark of Digital Research.

Structured Systems

5204 Claremont Oakland, Ca. 94618 (415)547-1567

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 57

If you would like to put
a computer to work
collecting, organizing,
and summarizing
the information
you need to make
better decisions, tak<
a look at Analyst.
Analyst is a software
package designed to let
you store and analyze
virtually any information
involving numbers, dollars,
dates, and descriptions. Simply
tell Analyst what kind of informa-
tion you want to store. Analyst creates a com-
puterized file for that information. And Analyst
creates an information entry program for your
file that asks you for each entry, and checks your
data for errors. (You can create any number of
different files.)

Then tell Analyst what reports you want from
your data file. There are all sorts of record
selection and report formatting options, so you
can design an unlimited variety of reports to
focus on different aspects of the same data file.

Analyst is so flexible, you’ll find a million
ways to use it. It is easy to use, so you don’t need
to be a programmer to make
your computer really
work for you. If this bit j

of information j

intrigues you, find out I

the rest. You’ll like I

f f Structured Systems Croup

what you see.

Analyst is a part of a full line of working software solutions from
Structured Systems Group, all ready to run on any CP/M* microcomputer
system. For more information, see your computer retailer, or call us.

YOU'VE LOOKED
AT THE REST
NOW LOOK
AT THE BEST!

INTRODUCING T.I.M.

You've decided that a computer might
help you perform certain functions in
your business more efficiently Now
you are looking at different machines
and software. Here's where your
problem starts.

You can compare disks against disks
and printers against printers. But when
it comes to software there are so many
programs on the market, it's like com-
paring apples to oranges. If you buy
the right one you win. If you don't,
you lose.

That's where we come in. To help you
win. We're Innovative Software and
we've just finished developing and
field-testing a new program for the
micro-computer market. It's called
TI.M. , Total Information Management.
We've been told that it's one of the
most comprehensive data base man-
agement programs on the market.
Check out these features and see if
you agree:

• Menu-driven and user-oriented.
Extensive computer expertise is
not needed.

• Contains 4 user libraries. Any num-
ber of file formats, report formats, list
formats, and record selection formats
may be stored.

• Contains a unique text-editor that
may incorporate field information
from the data base to write checks,
invoices, form letters, etc.

• Eliminates resorting of data files by
automatically merging new or up-
dated records back into the host file.

• Supplied with a 125-page reference
manual with over 30 pages of
examples.

• Available under Micropolis BASIC
and CP/M* MBASIC**

See how TI.M. can help you win in the
software game. If your dealer doesn't
have TI.M. yet, give us a call or write
to the address below.

9805 Holly

Kansas City, Mo. 64114
(816) 942-8778

* Trademark of Digital Research
••Trademark of Microsoft

16 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 26

AUGUST 1980

i raam r

lc i i end

The “prime number cruncher” pro-
gram was dismal. The code was prac-
tically uncommented, totally obscure
and mostly unstructured.

I found the first paragraph particularly
obnoxious.

For the record, I wrote prime number
finding code in a high level language (C)
using a well known and efficient algo-
rithm (sieve of Eratosthenes). The aver-
age execution time of 10 runs was 4.0
seconds using a Heath H8 with a 9600
baud ADM-3A terminal.

I also programmed Kludge in Micro-
soft Fortran, the execution time was
470 seconds on the same H8.

Given this issue is billed “business
computing,” how could you leave out
CBasic?

Ray F. Cherry
Columbia, MD

I’m a novice who’s had a Compucolor
II, Model 4 since September 1979. My
background is in manufacturing opera-
tions management, and not computers.

I bought my computer for business/
home applications. My only education in
computers has been through Compu-
color’s programming manual and
through articles such as yours.

Assignment: Benchmark intrigued me
because I noticed ISC’s Compucolor
8051 is positioned midway between the
two TRS-80s. I decided to pit my CC-II
against the list, expecting my results to
be identical to the Compucolor 8051 .

My results stopwatch out at 1,267
sec. running your listing.

Keep up the excellent articles on
systems.

Sidney Segawa

Chatsworth, CA

I decided to code the benchmark
algorithm in Pascal and run it on my
Western Digital “Microengine.” The
execution time was 14 sec.

I next modified the algorithm to elimi-
nate the checking for even numbers
and to estimate the largest divisor that
needs to be checked, using the well
known algorithm for extracting a square
root. With these changes the micro-
engine calculated the primes from 5 to
997 in an elapsed time of 2.8 sec. If the
print statement is removed, the execu-
tion is but 0.8 sec.

Philip F. Meads
Oakland, CA

I tried the program from the article
Assignment: Benchmark on my Exidy
Sorcerer. The program was entered ex-
actly as written. It took 1260 sec. to

□ 1 year U.S. $18.00 □ 2 years U.S. $30.00

□ 1 year Canada/Mexico $20.00 □ 2 years Canada/Mexico $34.00

□ 1 year International Surface Mail $28.00 □ 1 year International Air Mail $50.00

Make Check or Money Order (U.S. funds drawn on U.S. bank) payable to:

INTERFACE AGE Magazine P.O. Box 1234, Cerritos, CA 90701 or

INTERFACE AGE Europe Dahlienstr. 4, D-8011 Munchen-Vaterstetten, West Germany

Charge my: □ Visa Card □ Master Charge □ American Express Exp. Date

Card No. Signature

Address

City State Zip Country.

Allow 6 to 8 weeks hr delivery

COME OUT
OF THE DARK

Step into the bright, excit-
ing world of computing.
For businessmen, profes-
sionals and students.
INTERFACE AGE - a
computer magazine you
can understand. Written
and edited for those who
want to get more out of
their computer.

Keep up to date with the
latest new products and
developments. Join the
85,000 who make reading
INTERFACE AGE a prior-
ity each month.

laiarn r /i«r ntmr

iiuicnraLC

MAGAZINE

Please enter my subscription to INTERFACE AGE for:

FORMS SEPARATION

SLOWING

YOU DOWN?

LET OUR 6350 BURSTER SPEED THINGS UP.

Products for Paperwork Processing
A Division of Swingline, Inc. Dept. 1-8
32-00 Skillman Ave. L.I.C., N Y. 11101

Faster, easier, separation of continuous forms.

That’s the Swingline®Table-Top Burster for you. Delivering a rated
output of 125 feet-per-minute. It will handle any continuous form
from 2 %" up to 12” printout . . . and any paper weight from 10 lb.
to 110 lb. bond. No special installation or training needed.

Made in the U.S. A., the 6350 Burster is
more precise, too, with its
double-pointed tear bar
for smooth separation that’s
virtually tear-free. A compact
unit that’s ideal for any
computer room.

Talk to your Swingline
representative today.

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 59

INTERFACE AGE 17

execute. I then added some indentation,
using the colons required by 8K Micro-
soft Basic. This increased the time by
11% to 1405 sec. Moral: There is a
price to be paid for more legible listings.

Carroll M. Grigsby
Raleigh, NC

We are using a Cromemco System
Three and an Apple II Plus in our soft-
ware development lab. Here are the re-
sults of running your benchmark using
various Basics on these systems: Cro-
memco CS-3 with CDOS and CBasic-2
ran in 2445 sec.; with 32KBasic ran in
1074 sec.; Apple II Plus with DOS3.2
and Applesoft 2 ran in 980 sec.

Just for fun, we translated your
benchmark program into Fortran IV and
ran it through the Cromemco compiler
on our CS-3. It ran in 233 sec.

Christine Bell
Boston, MA

I ran your prime number cruncher on
my Vector Graphic MZ. It has an MDOS
operating system and uses Micropolis
Basic v 8.5. Running time for your pro-
gram was 2261 sec.

You challenged one to improve time
without changing the algorithm. I did not
try to do that; however, I wondered
what improvement in time could be
accomplished by using another algo-
rithm. So I tried Eratosthenes sieve; the
running time was 999 sec.

Thank you for the article and the
exercise. Despite the adverse com-
ments you quote from computer ex-
perts, I now know a little more about my
computer and the language it uses.

Richard Hamburger
Germantown, MD

Here are two interesting benchmark re-
sults. The program was used as written.

Case 1, a Processor Technology
Sol-20 using the Solos o/s and Altair
Basic (8K): 1231 sec.

Case 2 was run on a large time-shar-
ing system using a CDC Cyber 174-12.
Sol is hooked up via acoustic coupler at
300 baud. Listing time: 47 sec. CPU
time: 14 sec.

It looks as though we still have a way
to go before we catch up with those big
mainframes.

Len Kalish
Los Angeles, CA

Bugged Micro Roots?

I entered the Micro/Roots programs
(IA, Jan 80) into an SWTPC 6809 com-
puter with 56K RAM. These programs
were just what I had been looking for as
I am learning Basic and starting a gene-
alogy project.

I made some minor changes to accom-
modate TSC’s extended Basic. Has
anyone reported any bugs that may
have crept into the software?

I have run into a few problems but
have yet to decide if it is the program or
me. Should you or anyone else discover
any bugs, I would appreciate hearing
about them.

Jim Harpel
952 Flair Court
Creve Coeur, MO 63141

No bugs reported.

Reader Help Requested

As an avid reader of IA I have ob-
tained a great amount of information on
a wide variety of computer related
topics. It is in search of more informa-
tion that I am writing.

My. company is in need of finding a
universal assembler to support the

The Under- s 200 Demo Pack for
Fast Small Business System Sa

You’ve got the hardware . . . we’ve got the software AND the total sales pack-
age to sell this rapid-growth market. Demonstration diskettes and docu-
mentation to quickly show the capabilities and “how-to’s” of your com-
puter systems . . . and close the sale. (Kit includes: 11 diskettes, 16 users
manuals and supporting Promotional Material.)

Check our complete list of systems. The source code is dealer-adaptable
run on any computer with disc capabilities in CBASIC II (CP/M).

General Ledger
Accounts Payable
Payroll
Fixed Assets
Cash Receipts
Job Costing
Student Scheduling

Fully Interfaced Billing System
Purchasing & Receiving
Inventory Control
Invoicing
Backorder Mgmt.

Parts Management with
Bill of Material
Accounts Receivable
Salesman Comm. Reporting

THE STANDARD
OF EXCELLENCE
IN BUSINESS
SYSTEMS SOFTWARE

INTERNATIONAL
IICRO

OYSTEMS.

To turn small business into big, big business, contact us at:

8425 Quivera Road, Lenexa, Kansas 66215

(913) 888-8330

18 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 28

AUGUST 1980

microprocessor development systems
that we currently are using. These in-
clude the Tektronix 8001, the Intel
MDS and the Motorola MDS. We cur-
rently have a National Bureau of Stan-
dards cross assembler in use but its
continued use is beginning to show ma-
jor flaws in its design and ease of use.

All I can ask of you is to have your
readers send me information detailing
any universal assemblers they may
know are available. Our main concern is
to find such an assembler that can
handle a wide range of microprocessor
languages and if possible produce
some sort of relocatable object mod-
ules. Any information will be greatly
appreciated.

Jerry B. Scott
3939 Fabian Way (V-03)
Palo Alto, CA 94303

Here’s Looking at Business Systems

I read with interest the article by Tom
Fox “Looking at Micro-Based Business
Systems” (Jun 1980). The article gives
a good overview. However, I must take
exception to one pont: “. . .The tremen-
dous base of retail outlets was solely
responsible for making a mediocre prod-
uct— the original TRS-80— the most
widely produced computer in history.
Well in excess of 100,000 have been
shipped. .

How could anyone sell over 150,000
of anything if the item in question does
not have something going for it, regard-
less of how many stores sell the item. In
fact, the success of the product was
achieved in spite of the stores not
because of them, due to the nature of
the machine itself and its capabilities.

I have owned a TRS-80 Model I for
over a year, using it in a business en-
vironment. Try a TRS-80. You just might
find that it has some things to offer that
your $10,000 system cannot— for less
than $3,000.

Charles A. Reeves, Jr.

Knoxville, TN

It’s about time an article summarizing
so many manufacturers’ systems is
easily available to the small business-
man. As stated in the article, it’s almost
impossible to have the latest informa-
tion when comparing 30 different sys-
tems. Here are some of the latest im-
provements in the Ohio Scientific C3
series computers.

All systems shipped in the last six
months operate at a 2 MHz clock speed
as opposed to the 1 MHz speed of earl-

ier systems. This makes the C3 the
fastest of the 8-bit computers in your
benchmark test. This timesharing mode
supports 16 users. A 74 megabyte hard
disk is available in addition to the 23
megabyte disk. All systems include
Microsoft extended disk Basic.

One valuable addition to users is that
many dealers offer complete hardware
and software support.

Lee Kupersmith
Eastchester, NY

I’m Irwin Taranto, and times have changed.

In the first twelve months, almost a thou-
sand businesses put me to the test.

You can buy my TRS-80 systems all over the
country — dozens of companies sell them. Some
are my dealers, some aren’t. And this creates
a new set of problems.

You see, learning to use a computer — any
computer — is like learning anything else. It
takes some getting used to. If you sit down
with a computer program and the manual and
try to figure it out all by yourself, you’ll prob-
ably just give up and feel you've been had.

You have to hang in there for a month,
make a few phone calls, and have somebody
who really understands the system help you
work it out.

That’s why I still answer the phone. And
why, I guess, people say all those nice things.

The Model I systems

So far, I have six systems for the Model I, at
$99.95 each, plus $20 each for the books where
required. For the Cash Journal option on the
General Ledger, add another $50.

Accounts Payable

Accounts Receivable

Invoicing

General Ledger (Cash Journal optional)

Payroll

Inventory Control

Info on Idol Wanted

We would like more information on
Idol, written by DTI of Riverdale, MD.
This was mentioned in the March Sys-
tem of the Month article by Tom Fox.

Henry Keultjes
Mansfield, OH

We consulted with Tom Fox on the
Idol program and he suggested contact-
ing John Reilich of Rexon Corp. in
Culver City , CA, (213) 641-7110 .

And the Model II programs

Some brand new, highly-sophisticated
programs for the TRS-80 Model II, at $249.95
each, plus $20 for the book where required.
General Ledger/Cash Journal
Accounts Payable/Purchase Order
Accounts Receivable/Invoicing
Payroll/Job Costing

For the Model I programs, you can tell us-
what you need in a letter or by phone. You get
the disk and all the instructions you need. Any
problems, just call me.

For the Model II programs, I ask you to fill
out a questionnaire before I send you any
materials. The systems have so much flexibil-
ity we tailor them to your needs.

That way, I make sure you get a system that
works. If you have any doubts about that, I’ll
give you the names of some people in your area
who’ve already been through the process.

Let them tell you whether I really deserve
that fancy new reputation.

Taranto

& ASSOCIATES, INC.

RO. Box 6073, 4136 Redwood Highway, San Rafael CA 94903
(415) 472-2670. Add $3.50 per order for handling. 6% sales
tax in California only. Master Charge, Visa. C.O.D.

A year ago, when nobody had ever
heard of me, I said these disks could turn
a TRS-80* into a serious computer.

Now they tell me I’m “the standard
of the industry.”

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 63

INTERFACE AGE 19

urutt i c

Users Vocal About
CRT Terminal Size

Users of alphanumeric CRT terminals
express a strong preference for 80-col-
umn by 24-row displays. The 1,920
character display will continue to be the
de facto standard. According to a study
by Venture Development Corp., users
overwhelmingly prefer the 80-column
display, which has become standardized
to the point where only 5% prefer dis-

plays with fewer columns and only 9%
have a requirement for more than 80.

The 132-column display has not gained
the popularity manufacturers had
hoped. IBM, DEC, Datamedia, Data-
graphix and others all offer CRT ter-
minals with 132 columns, and VDC ex-
pects other manufacturers to follow.

Although the 132-column display has
applications in selected areas, most
users are not willing to pay the in-

creased price for a feature which they
feel has only marginal value. Dedicated
applications, such as data entry, inquiry/
response or order entry, do not require
132-character displays, and users will
not pay the additional premium to get
them. “My money is better spent on
other features, not on smaller, distorted
characters/’ quipped one user.

Users did, however, express a desire
for more total characters per display but
felt this should be done through addi-
tional rows, not more columns. A 25th
row is highly desirable, as are addition
rows, for word processing applications.
The 25th row which has been gaining
wider acceptance, is used primarily for
monitoring system status and control
rather than for display of data.

Users expect the “standard” CRT
terminal for information display applica-
tions to remain a 24-row, 80-column,
1,920-character unit for the next
several years. The addition of the 25th
line is expected and will be accepted,
particularly by those who want to
monitor their systems at the terminal.

Further information regarding this
report can be obtained from Edward A.
Ross, Senior Consultant, Venture De-
velopment Corp., One Washington St.,
Wellesley, MA 021 81 , (61 7) 237-5080.

DP Firms Expect Banner Year

The computer industry, enjoying an
annual growth rate of close to 15% the
past quarter century, is heading for
another record year according to the
advisory service Value Line. High back-
logs and strong order rates indicate
companies will post earnings up about
12% this year; however, it warps that a
really severe economic downslide could
impede 1980 growth.

Most computer firms reportedly have
more business booked than they can
deliver in normal lead times, offering
better than ordinary business stability
during the difficult coming months.

Recent computer price rises may not
halt the industry’s sales progress, Value
Line believes, because the price perfor-
mance of computing equipment is im-
proving rapidly. It is possible these im-
provements will continue to justify more
than enough sales to counter deferrals
by some prospective users.

The analyst predicts that the industry
will earn about $5.35 billion, up from
approximately $4.75 billion last year. It
estimates 1980 sales at $52 billion
compared to about $45.5 billion in
1 979. Industry earnings should surge to
about $8.2 billion within the next three
to five years.

The BASIC Language Source Book
Four Complete BASICs for
Microcomputers

First time
available anywhere:

Source Code Listing
of Uiterwyk 4K BASIC
for the 6800

Published in its entirety

Lawrence Livermore BASIC for
8080, considered to be the most
important microcomputer BASIC.

PLUS: Two additional powerful Tiny BASICs.

Dr. Wang’s Palo Alto Tiny BASIC and NIBL: National
Industrial BASIC Language — Tiny BASIC.

Additional Bonus: Complete Index of Software
published in INTERFACE AGE.

Yes, please send me copies of the Best of INTERFACE

AGE Volume 1 @ $12.95 each (Total $ ) to:

Name (print)

Address

City.

. State_

- Zip_

Please add $.75 for shipping and handling charges.

Mail to:

DATA DYNAMICS TECHNOLOGY, P.O. Box 1217, Cerritos, CA 90701

□

VISA*

□

□ Check or M.O.

Exp. Date_

. Signature

20 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Automated

Equipment

I NCORPOR ATED

Toll-Free Ordering

1-800-854-6003 0u '“ calil
7 1 4-739-4701 ^

TERMINALS

Televideo 91 2-B S750

Televideo 91 2-C 775

Televideo 920-B 810

Televideo 920-C 835

Soroc IQ-120 740

Zenith Z-19 850

Hazeltine 1410 750

Hazeltine 1420 830

Hazeltine 1500 950

Hazeltine 1510 1050

NORTHSTAR KIT ASM

HRZ-1-32K-D $1575 $2100

HRZ-2-32K-D 1875 2400

HRZ-1-32K-Q 1800 2450

HRZ-2-32K-Q 2300 2800

Additional 16K RAM 325 365

Additional 32K RAM 515 565

HARD DISC SYSTEM 3950

DB6400 64K RAM MAY BE SUBSTITUTED
FOR ASM 32K NORTHSTAR FOR $150.
NORTHSTARS WITHOUT MEMORY AVAIL-
ABLE.

PRINTERS

NEC 5510 $2700

NEC 5520 2975

MALIBU 2295

TI-810 1580

TI-820 1580

EPSON CALL

OKIDATA CALL

ANADEX DP-8000 795

ANADEX DP-9500 1350

BASE 2 800 600

BOARDS

KIT

ASM

CB2Z80CPU

$168

$220

VB1B VIDEO

125

170

VB2 VIDEO

'135

188

VB3 VIDEO

300

347

104 INTERFACE

135

188

SBI SYNTHESIZER

161

227

MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS

DM3200

500

DM6400

640

DMB3200

650

DMB6400

790

DYNABYTE

DB8/148K $2395

DB8/1 64K 2715

DB8/2 48K 3900

DB8/2 64K 4200

DB 8/4 SINGLE 3030

DB 8/4 DUAL 3830

10M WINCHESTER 4630

32M PHOENIX 11800

64M PHOENIX 15000

96M PHOENIX 18000

MORROW

DISCUS-1 1 DRIVE $ 815

DISCUS-1 2 DRIVE 1465

DISCUS 2D 1 DRIVE 980

DISCUS 2D 2 DRIVE 1635

DISCUS2 + 2 1 DRIVE 1265

DISCUS 2 + 2 2 DRIVE 2245

DISC JOCKEY 1 190

DISC JOCKEY 2D 350

DISCUS M26 HARD DISC 4095

ADDITIONAL HARD DISC 3685

SOFTWARE

CPM-2

$ 150

We will deduct an additional 10% from our
already discounted software prices when

MISC

ATARI 400

$450

CBASIC-2

100

you purchase a system from us.

ATARI 800

840

WORDSTAR

350

GRAHAM-DORIAN

Tl 99-4

CALL

MPM

300

ACCTS. REC $950 INVEN

$550

RS 232 CABLE 5 '

N.S. PASCAL

160

ACCTS. PAY 950 CASH REG

550

RS 232 CABLE 10'

WHATSIT

170

GEN.LEDG 950 PAYROLL

550

LEDEX MONITOR

125

SELECTOR C-lll

280

JOB COST 950 APARTMENT

550

NOVATION CAT

170

DISCS-BOX OF 10

VERBATUM 5V4 1 SIDE $28

VERBATUM 5V4 2 SIDE 45

VERBATUM 8 1 SIDE 35

VERBATUM 8 2 SIDE 55

5" PLASTIC BOX $3.00
8" PLASTIC BOX 3.50

We will try to beat any advertised price.

OPEN MON-FRI 8 AM TO 5 PM

Automated Equipment Inc.
Suite #D

4341 W. Commonwealth Ave.
Fullerton, Calif. 92633

TERMS: All prices listed are cash discounted and are subject
to change or withdrawal. Credit cards and COD’s are
accepted at 2% additional handling charge. Univer-
sities and Well Rated Firms NET-10.

SHIPPING: ADDITIONAL IN ALL CASES.

TECH. ASSISTANCE: WE TRY TO HELP INTERFACE AND
TROUBLESHOOT CALL 714-739-4701

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 1

INTERFACE AGE 21

Nothing
could
be

.better!

...than
Hayden
software|

New! APPLE™ A
ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE
DEVELOPMENT SYSTEM:

An Assembler/ Editor/

Formatter (Lutus) Write
and modify your machine

language programs quickly ^

and easily. Features a cursor-
based editor, global and
local labels, and disk-based
macros which allow you
to incorporate frequently
used subroutines into any
program. With the Editor
program you can create a
source file of assembly
language instructions. With
the Assembler program
you can assemble an object
file of machine language
instructions. And with the
Formprint program, you
can print a formatted listing
of source and object files.

*04609, Apple H Disk
Version, $39.95.

New! DISK GAXALOGER

(LeBar) Automatically
catalog and maintain
programs on disk directly
from your disks’ directories,
and list and sort from mem-
ory. The program will
maintain a cross-
reference listing of all your
programs, their location by
disk number, and descrip-
tions of their functions. It
will read the name of the
disk operating system, the
date it was developed, elim-
inate unwanted programs,
update your listings, and
more. *08203, TBS-80
Level II, $16.98.

Available at your
local computer store!

Or Call Toll FREE, 84 hours a day,
(1-800-827-3777, ext. 308)'

TO CHARGE YOUR ORDER TO
Master Charge or BankAmericard!

Minimum order Is $10.00; customer
pays postage and handling. ‘From
Missouri, call 1-800-892-7655,
ext. 302

Hayden Book Company, Inc.

50 Essex Street, Rochelle Park, NJ 07662 •;

'APPLE la a trademark of Apple
Computer Company and not aaaoclated
with Haydan Book Co., Inc.

i ir-ir-i nar

uruft i c

$100,000 Prize for Computer
Chess Champion

Carnegie-Mellon University estab-
lished a $100,000 prize for the first
computer program to become world
chess champion, thus beginning an an-
nual computer-versus-human competi-
tion. The Fredkin Prize contest, estab-
lished by the Fredkin Foundation of
Cambridge, MA, will be monitored by
the International Joint Conference on
Artificial Intelligence (IJCAI) of Menlo
Park, CA. The IJCAI Is a nonprofit tech-
nical organization devoted to the
advancement of computer construction
aimed at achieving intelligent action
by computers.

Dr. Hands Berliner of the CMU com-
puter science department, himself a
former world correspondence chess
champion and author of the computer
backgammon program that last year de-
feated the World Backgammon Cham-
pion in Monte Carlo, heads a committee
that will formulate precise rules under
which the competition will be held. “We
want to insure that any human competi-
tor playing against a computer has the
right to place a qualified observer at
some point to guarantee that the com-
puter is actually making the moves and
not a group of consulting chess experts
at the end of the wire,” he explains.

There is no chance that a computer
will become world chess champion in
the next five years, Berliner believes.
“It will take more than five years and
probably much longer,” he says. “By
1990, I think there is a 50-50 chance
that it will happen. From that point, the
odds gradually get better and 20 years
from now it is almost a certainty.”

Winning the championship is a four
year process for a human; the computer

will also have to work its way up the lad-
der in tournament play. “Even getting to
the first rung Is three or four years
away,” Berliner continues, “but I think a
computer will be playing in the U.S. Invi-
tational Championship within the next
five years.”

In the Interim, a set of incentive
prizes will be offered each year for
computer-versus-human competition.
“Two human players of a specified skill
level will be selected randomly from
among chess players at that level,” Ber-
liner explains. “These players will
engage the best and second-best com-
puter programs as determined by that
year’s competition. Each contest will
consist of a pair of games with the
players, human or machine, with the
best score in the two games receiving
the prize. In case of a tie, the prize
money will be split evenly.”

In each succeeding year, the skill
level of the human players will be in-
creased as will the amount of the prize.
The first competition will be held this
November at CMU and the prizes will be
$1,500 and $1,000 respectively.

DP Buyer Service Formed

The Association of Computer Users
of Boulder, CO, has started a reference
service that allows buyers of data pro-
cessing equipment to get specific infor-
mation about registered products
through discussion with current users
of the hardware or software.

A supplier registers one or more of its
products with the association and pro-
vides at least 10 current users who
agree to answer questions from poten-
tial buyers. A buyer wanting specific in-
formation simply contacts ACU by mail
or phone, gets a list of references for
the product, and contacts them directly.

ACU does not test or rate products.
Its purpose is only to open direct com-
munication between users and buyers
regarding hardware and software now
on the market.

The companies who register with
ACU believe in the quality of their prod-
ucts, and know it’s to their advantage to
supply potential customers with as
much useful information as possible.

Multi-Million Dollar
Damage Suit Filed

Atari of Sunnyvale, CA, has filed a
$20 million suit in San Francisco federal
court against Activision, Inc. and four of
its principal employees for trademark in-
fringement, unfair competition and a
conspiracy to expropriate trade secrets.

The individuals are former Atari em-
ployees responsible for creating the
software or game cartridges. According
to the complaint, the employees left
Atari after conspiring to take confiden-
tial .trade secrets used to create game
cartridges for video computers.

The suit claims: “the speed with
which the defendants were able to de-
sign, manufacture and market cart-
ridges adapted to extremely complex
programming needs. . .is so remarkable
as to have been virtually impossible
without the wrongful use of trade
secrets.

Damages sought consist of the pro-
fits which Atari allegedly will lose, as
well as the value of the research and
development costs which Activision ex-

22 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 23

AUGUST 1980

propriated through its allegedly wrong-
ful conduct.

National Computer Association
Formed

The proliferation of computing pro-
ducts and associated applications has
made it impossible to gain information
about all the available products, accord-
ing to Floyd L. Burton, director of the
newly-formed National Computer Asso-
ciation. Since system houses as well as
end users need to communicate about
such products through some central
organization, NCA proposes to fill this
reported need by providing a quarterly
publication to promote the exchange of
ideas, an indexed catalog of products
available from other members and a
forum for the presentation of informa-
tion and exhibits in an annual meeting.
Annual membership is $35 from the
fledgling group at 1485 E. Fremont Cir-
cle South, Littleton, CO 80122.

Reprieve for

Interact Computer Owners

If you or your friends/associates/cus-
tomers purchased an Interact home

computer, they have discovered that
Interact Electronics no longer answers
its phones. It closed doors in Dec 1979
when it “just ran out of money.”

But their computer investments are
secure. Replacement tapes, parts, ser-
vice, and newer software such as Back-
gammon, Volleyball, Touchdown, and
financial tapes are available from Micro
Video, Ann Arbor, Ml. New titles, in-
cluding Football, Ezedit, Thinkcards,
and Hammurabi have just been released.

An active user’s group with 150 +
members and a newsletter has also
formed. It’s working on printer/modem
(RS232) interface kits, memory expan-
sion, machine language programming,
USR functions, and more. A modest $1 0/
year membership fee is required to get
its technical/programming information.

Micro Video bought a substantial part
of Interact’s secured inventory from the
bank, permitting owners continued use
of their Interact units.

General Datacomm Opens
UK Operation

General Datacomm Industries Inc. re-
ports that it has established a subsidiary
in England.

The new subsidiary, General Data-
comm (UK) Ltd., will design, manufac-
ture and market equipment in the UK.

General Datacomm designs, assem-
bles and installs data communications
networks and equipment for industrial,
commercial and service corporations,
government agencies and common car-
riers. Approximately one-third of its
1979 sales were outside the U.S.

Japanese Dump Computers in U.S.

Asian electronics companies, already
well positioned in worldwide consumer
electronics and semiconductor mar-
kets, are now gearing up to establish
themselves strongly in computers, ac-
cording to industry sources. 1980 will
see the Japanese intensify their efforts
to export computers, with the United
States their biggest market.

The Japanese plan to sell an
estimated $1.66 billion worth of com-
puters in the U.S. —some 15 to 20% of
their total production, and 60% of total
exports. While 70% of current exports
are in peripherals, the ' new export
strategy will see Japanese companies
competing to sell complete systems
under their own brand names.

TRS-80® 1 CP/M® 2 Business Software on . . .

. . . the fastest Mod-ll CP/M with the most features!!!

• Over 610,000 bytes/disk

• Downloading package included

• 1,200 baud operation of serial
printers without data loss

• Single drive backup

MOD-II CP/M $250.00

• Mixed single/double density on any
of 4 drives (even a 1 -drive system)

• Ultra-fast disk operation

• Emulation of cursor addressing for
any of several “dumb” CRTs

MOD I CP/M $150.00

• Auto-LF printer support & ASCII

top-of-form software (LPIII)

• Supplemental document describing

our implementation

• User-settable function keys

CBASIC2® 3 (Mod I or II) $1 10.00

The following software for Mod-ll CP/M only unless otherwise stated (*-requires CBASIC2):

RM/C0B0L® 4 - Only COBOL for CP/M with alternate keys (multi-
key ISAM), CRT screen handling, interactive debug, Z80 code, and
the most useful Level 2 features. Compatible with Tandy’s

Cobol - but runs faster! $495.00

PMS (Property Management System) - Interactive, menu-driven
system includes full G/L, budgeting, cash jourrtal, delinquency
list, tenant activity/rent roll, complete audit trail and reports

on vacancies, lost rent, and vendors $650.00*

demo disk & manual 75.00*

APH (Automated Patient History) - General-purpose question-
asking, answer-printing system furnished as self-administered
review-of-systems general patient history (Mod-1 also) ... $175.00*

MAGIC WAND® 5 - Full-feature word processing, true proportional
spacing, file merging, and use of full-screen editor for source

programs or data $400.00

RPA(Residential Property Analysis) - Analyzes income and expense,
financing, taxes, inflation and depreciation on home, condo, or
apartments over a user-selectable time. Shows payoff in terms of
ROI, Cap rate, cash-on-cash. Amortization schedules and
worksheet $300.00*

RBC (Rent/Buy Comparison) - Sales or investment tool to compare
renting and savings account investment vs. purchasing a particular

property $250.00*

Osborne & Assoc. CBASIC source programs (Mod-1 also):

Payroll w/Cost Accounting $250.00* General Ledger w/Cash Journal $250.00*

Accts. Payable/ Accts. Receivable $250.00* O&A CBASIC Books (ea.) $ 20.00

\feibatim® 6 media: (Qty. 100 prices)

5V4” single density

8” certified double density

8041 Newman Ave., Suite 208 ^
Huntington Beach, CA 92647
(714) 848-1922

$2.50 ea. 8” single density ....

$4.00 ea. 450’ tape cartridges

Registered trademark of:
w1 Radio Shack, a Tandy company
® 2 Digital Research
® 3 Compiler Systems, Inc.
® 4 Ryan-McFarland Corp.

® 5 Small Business Applications, Inc.
® 6 Verbatim Corp.

$ 3.00 ea.
$20.00 ea.

Distributed in U.K. by:
Microcomputer Applications Ltd.

11, Riverside Court,
Caversham, Reading, England
TEL: (0734) 470425

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 23

We are going to play a new kind of game. The Atari com-
puter is going to be our window on the universe. It is ideal for
school teachers and the children among us who like to experi-
ment with new toys. I am one of those children. Orbits has
given me many hours of fun. Others should find it equally
thought-provoking and enjoyable.

The listing is hard to understand, especially lines 100 through
280, but don’t try to understand it yet. First, let’s think about
how the universe works and play with the program.

Orbits converts a video screen into a picture of open
space. Two or more objects are placed on the screen. Each is
given a gravity— how strong it pulls every other object on the
screen. The objects are also given initial velocities. This
determines how fast and in what direction they are moving.

Type in the program and run it. (See example 1 .) When it asks
for the number of objects, type 4. Tell the program that the
first object has a gravity of 100, an X-coordinate of 80, a
Y-coordinate of 40, an X-speed of 0 and a Y-speed of 0. Enter
the correct numbers for the other three objects in the example.

Your screen is now a window looking down on a solar sys-
tem containing a central star with three orbiting planets. The
planet closest to the star is orbiting the star quite rapidly; the
farthest planet is orbiting very slowly.

T ry the other two examples, or make one up. Example 2 is a
solar system containing one star, a single planet orbiting the
star, and one moon orbiting the planet. Example 3 is a solar
system composed of two stars orbiting each other. Far away,
a single planet is orbiting both. Try creating a three star
system or getting two moons to orbit the planet in example 2.

Warning: if the objects fall too close to each other, gravita-
tional whiplash will sling them apart at high velocity. The heavy
object will slow up a little, or speed up in one direction as the
other object shoots off at high speed in another direction.

The program really begins above line 1000. Most of it is
self explanatory. Each object on the screen has five attri-
butes: gravity, horizontal position, vertical position, horizontal
velocity, and vertical velocity. The program divides the
velocities by 100. This keeps all the numbers typed in about
the same size. A velocity of 1 00 means that the object moves
one position on the screen each clock tick.

Line 1360 creates a trap. This tells the computer to go to
line 1 00 if the program tries to move an object off the screen.
Otherwise, we would get an error message.

The meat of the program runs from lines 1 30 to 280. There
are no comments here, as they slow down the program. Lines
1 30 and 280 form a loop. On most computers, this is faster than
a loop using a ‘goto.’ Line 140 keeps the screen from chang-
ing colors after eight minutes. Lines 150 to 190 compute the
acceleration on each object. Remember that V(l) and U(l) are
an object’s velocities. An acceleration is nothing more than a
change in velocity. These lines make the necessary changes
to V(l) and U(l) for each object based on the gravitational pull
of every other object. Line 1 70 does all the work.

Lines 200 through 270 move the objects. First, the pro-
gram uses color register 4 to turn off the dots on the screen
at subroutine 1 1 0. Then it uses the velocities to move the ob-
jects. Finally, color register 1 is used to redraw the objects.

If the program ever tries to draw the object off the screen,
the trap on line 1360 is activated. Line 100 reinitializes the
trap and jumps to line 120. Since the trap is caused by the
‘plot’ statement in line 110, this effectively ignores the plot-
ting of objects when they aren’t on the screen. As soon as
they move back onto the screen, they show up again.

Orbits is a model of the law of universal gravitation. Galileo
would have loved to have this program running on his Atari. If
physics makes your knees wobble, skip this section; the pro-
gram will still work.

In diagram 1 , we determine what the gravitational pull of ob-
ject J does to the velocity of object I.

G(J) is the pull of object J on another object one unit away,
but object I is D units away. Therefore the pull is G(J)/D 2 . This
is the inverse square law. Gravitational pull decreases as the

Orbits is a model
of the law of
universal gravitation.

Galileo would have loved
to have this program
running on his Atari.

square of the distance from the object. Since D is the square
root of X 2 + Y 2 then D 2 = X 2 + Y 2 . This is the variable D2 in the
program. This gives an actual gravitational pull of G = G(J)/D2.

24 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Fully TRS-80
Compatible

MPI B/51 Se

Save time

Toll free:

Includes: Case and
Power Supply

Fully tested

Guaranteed for 90 days!

Here's why the MPI/B-51
is the drive for success:

■ 40 tracks

■ 5 ms track-to-track

■ Auto-eject

■ Hi-Temp stability

■ Fully-closable door

■ Speed constant <iy 2 %

■ Double density head

■ Optical sensors— no switches

. . . Order by phone
1-800-323-4335

■ 102K per disk

ADDS MORE POWER
TO YOUR SYSTEM

IN ILLINOIS CALL: 312-251-5955

TRS-80™ TANDY C0RP.

)ther Money Savings Opportunities
)rder by Phone or Mail

tables

l drive $34.95

[ drive 44.95

diskettes

/erbatim 10 for

$29.95

ylemorex 10 for

$26.95

Georgia Magnetics ... 10 for

$28.95

Dysan 5 for

$24.95

Elastic file box $3.95

each

Dperating Systems

TRS DOS 2.2 $14.95

3 ercom Patch #4 $9.95

Mew DOS 40 track ..$49.95
Mew DOS+ 40 track . . $99.95
fRS DOS manual $5.95

IIDWEST COMPUTER

TRS-80

16K level II with

keypad $749.95

Expansion inter-
face 0K $269.95

Printers

Centronics 779-2 . . $1,050.00

Centronics 730 $899.00

IDS-440 $949.00

NEW! TX-80 $945.00

NEC Spinwriter
5530 $2,679.00

16K Memory Kits

300ns $69.95

250ns $74.95

200ns $84.95

MPI Service

Manual $3.00

MPI Engineering
Manual $30.00

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 42

Midwest >a>

■ Computer
Peripherals

P.O. Box 437 • Wilmette, Illinois 60091

085

Quantity

Description

$ each

Total

6% III. Tax
Shipping ($2.50 min.)

□ Check enclosed total

Bill my □ Visa (Min ‘ 0rder $1000)

□ Master Charge

Acc. No Exp..

□ Please send catalog

Name

Address

City State Zip

BUSINESS -PROFESSIONAL -GAME
SOFTWARE FOR APPLE AND TRS-80

□ HOME FINANCE PAKI: Complete package $49.95 Apple, TRS-80

□ BUDGET: The heart of a comprehensive home finance system. Allows user to define up to 20 budget

items. Actual expense input can be by keyboard or by automatic reading of CHECKBOOK II files. Costs are
automatically sorted and compared with budget. BUDGET produces both monthly actual/budget/variance
report and a year to date by month summary of actual costs. Color graphics display of expenses. . .$24.95

□ CHECKBOOK II: This extensive program keeps complete records of each check/deposit. Unique check

entry system allows user to set up common check purpose and recipient categories. Upon entry you select
from this p re defined menue to minimize keying in a lot of data. Unique names can also be stored for com
pleteness. Rapid access to check files. Check register display scrolls for ease of review. 40 column print-
out. Up to 100 checks per month storage. Files accessible by BUDGET program $19.95

□ SAVINGS: Allows user to keep track of deposits/withdrawals for up to 10 savings accounts. Complete

records shown via screen or 40 column printer $14.95

□ CREDIT CARD: Keep control of your cards with this program. Organizes, stores and displays purchases,

payments and service charges. Screen or 40 column printer display. Up to 10 separate cards $14.95

□ THE UNIVERSAL COMPUTING MACHINE: $39.95 Apple, TRS-80

A user programmable computing system structured around a 20 row x 20 column table. User defines row
and column names and equations forming a unique computing machine. Table elements can be multiplied,
divided, subtracted or added to any other element. User can define repeated functions common to a row or
column greatly simplifying table setup. Hundred of unique computing machines can be defined, used, stored
and recalled, with or without old data, for later use. Excellent for sales forecasts, engineering design analysis,
budgets, inventory lists, income statements, production planning, project cost estimates-in short for any
planning, analysis or reporting problem that can be solved with a table. Unique curser commands allow you
to move to any element, change its value and immediately see the effect on other table values. Entire table
can be printed by machine pages (user-defined 3-5 columns) on a 40 column printer. Transform your com-
puter into a UNIVERSAL COMPUTING MACHINE.

□ COLOR CALENDAR: HI-RES color graphics display of your personal calendar. Automatic

multiple entry of repetitive events. Review at a glance important dates, appointments, anniversaries, birth-
days, action dates, etc. over a 5 year period. Graphic calendar marks dates. Printer and screen display a
summary report by month of your full text describing each day's action item or event. Ideal for anyone with
a busy calendar . . (Apple Only) S19.95

□ BUSINESS SOFTWARE SERIES: Entire package S239.95 Apple. TRS-80

□ MICROACCOUNTANT: The ideal system for the small cash business. Based on classic T-accounts and
double-entry bookkeeping, this efficient program records and produces reports on account balances, general
ledger journals, revenue and expenses. Screen or 40 column printer reports. Handles up to 500 journal
entries per period, up to 100 accounts. Instructions include a short primer in Financial Accounting. S49.95

□ UNIVERSAL BUSINESS MACHINE: This program is designed to SIMPLIFY and SAVE TIME for the
serious businessman who must periodically Analyze, Plan and Estimate. The program was created using our
Universal Computing Machine and it is programmed to provide the following planning and forecasting tools.

A NALY SIS PROFORMA BALANCE SHEET SOURCE AND USE OF FUNDS
PROFORMA PROFIT & LOSS SALES FORECASTER JOB COST ESTIMATOR

Price, including documentation and a copy of the base program. Universal Computing Machine $89.95

□ INVOICE: Throw away your pens. Use the ELECTRONIC INVOICE facsimile displayed on your CRT.

The program promts and you fill in the data. Includes 3 address fields (yours, Bill to and Ship to), Invoice
No., Account No., Order No., Salesman, Terms, Ship Code, FOB Pt. and Date. Up to 10 items per sheet with
these descriptions: Item No., No. of units. Unit Price, Product Code, Product Description, Total Dollar
amount per item and invoice total dollar amount. Generates, at your option, hard copy invoices, shipping
memos, mailinq labels, audit copies and disc updates to master A/R files. Compatible A/R module
available Aug. 1980 (48K) S49.95

□ MAILING LIST: The best mailing list program available, bar none. Options for keyboard or file input,

alphanumeric sort on any of 7 fields, including zip code sort for bulk mailing. Multiple addresses per line,
vertical space adjust. Up to 500 records per disc (48K) $49.95

□ BUSINESS CHECK REGISTER: Expanded version of the Checkbook II program. Handles up to 500 checks

per month with complete record keeping. (48K) S29.95

□ BUSINESS BUDGET: As described above and companion program to Business Check Reaister. Handles
500 transactions per month, up to 20 cost categories. Accesses BCR files for actual costs. (48K) . . . S29.95

□ ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SERIES: Both programs S159.95Apple.my

□ LOGIC SIMULATOR: SAVE TIME AND MONEY. Simulate your digital logic circuits before you build

them. CMOS, TTL, or whatever, if it's digital logic, this program can handle it. The program is an inter-
active, menu driven, full-fledged logic simulator capable of simulating the bit-time by bit-time response of a
logic network to user-specified input patterns. It will handle up to 1000 gates, including NANDS, NORS, IN
verters, FLIP-FLOPS, SHIFT REGISTERS, COUNTERS and user defined MACROS. Edge triggered or 2
phase clocks. Up to 40 user-defined, random, or binary input patterns. Simulation results displayed on CRT
or printer. Accepts network descritpions from keyboard or from LOGIC DESIGNER for simulation. Specify
1000 gate version (48K required) or 500 gate version (32K required) S89.95

□ LOGIC DESIGNER: Interactive HI-RES Graphics program for designing digital logic systems. A menu

driven series of keyboard commands allows you to draw directly on the screen up to 15 different gate types,
including 10 gate shape patterns supplied with the program and 5 reserved for user specification. Standard
patterns supplied are NAND, NOR, INVERTER, EX OR, T FLOP. JK-FLOP. D FLOP, RS-FLOP, 4 Bit
COUNTER and N-BIT SHIFT REGISTER. User interconnects gates just as you would normally draw using
line graphics commands. Network descriptions for LOGIC SIMULATOR generated simultaneously with the
CRT diagram being drawn. Drawing is done in pages of up to 20 gates. Up to 50 pages (10 per disc) can be
drawn, saved and recalled. Specify 1000 gate (48K) or 500 gate (32K) system $89.95

□ MATHEMATICS SERIES: Complete Package $49.95 Apple only

□ NUMERICAL ANALYSIS: HI RES 2-Dimensional plot of any function. Automatic scaling. At your option,

the program will plot the function, plot the INTEGRAL, plot the DERIVATIVE, determine the ROOTS,
find the MAXIMA and MINIMA and list the INTEGRAL VALUE. For 16K $19.95

□ MATRIX: A general purpose, menu driven program for determining the INVERSE and DETERMINANT of

any matrix, as well as the SOLUTION to any set of SIMULTANEOUS LINEAR EQUATIONS. Disk I/O for
data save. Specify 55 eqn. set (48K) or 35 eqn. (32K) SI 9.95

□ .3-D SURFACE PLOTTER: Explore the ELEGANCE and BEAUTY of MATHEMATICS by creating HI RES
PLOTS of 3-dimen$ional surfaces from any 3-variable equation. Disc save and recall routines for plots. Menu
driven to vary surface parameters. Demos include BLACK HOLE gravitational curvature equations. .$19.95

□ ACTION ADVENTURE GAMES SERIES: Entire series $49.95 Apple only

□ red BARON: Can you outfly the RED BARON? This fast action game simulates a machine gun DOG

FIGHT between your WORLD WAR I Bl -PLANE and the baron's. You can LOOP, DIVE, BANK or CLIMB
in any one of 8 directions - and so can the BARON, in HI-RES graphics (16K) SI 9.95

□ BATTLE OF MIDWAY: You are in command of the U.S.S. HORNETS' DIVE BOMBER squadron. Your

targets are the Japanese carriers, Akagi, Soryu and Kaga. You must fly your way through ZEROS and AA
FIRE to make your DIVE BOMB run. In HI RES graphics (16K) S19.95

CD SUB ATTACK: It's April, 1943. The enemy convoy is headed for the CORAL SEA. Your sub. the
MORAY, has just sighted the CARRIERS and BATTLESHIPS. Easy pickings. But watch out for the DE
STROYERS they're fast and deadly. In HI RES graphics (16K) $19.95

□ FREE CATALOG-AII programs run on Apple II w/Disc & Applesoft ROM Card 8t TRS-80 Level II and re-
quire 32K RAM unless otherwise noted. Detailed instructions included. Orders shipped within 48 hours.
Card users include card number. Add $1.50 postage and handling with each order. California residents add

add 6 V4X sales tax. Make checks payable to:

SPECTRUM SOFTWARE

DEALER INQUIRIES P.O. BOX 2084 SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA 94087
WVITED FOR PHONE ORDERS - 408 245 1415

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 55

But getting G isn’t good enough; it is at an angle. We need
the horizontal and vertical pieces of G. In the diagram, these are
Gv and G(j- G(j = G*X/D and Gy = G* Y/D. Since D appears in
both equations, we did things slightly differently in the com-
puter program. We divided G by D in the first equation. Re-
member that D is simply the square root of D 2 or SQR (D2).

The new horizontal velocity of object I is U(l) + Gy. The new
vertical velocity is V(l) G\/- All of these equations are con-
tained in line 1 70 of the program in slightly different forms:

Physics

D 2 = X 2 + Y2
G = G(J)/D 2
V(l) = V(l) G*Y/D
U(l) = U(I) + G*X/D

Program

D2 = X*X + Y*Y
G = G(J)/(D2*SQR(D2))
V(l) = V(l) + G*Y
U(l) = U(l) + G*X

I like using the computer as a toy even more than playing
games on it. It’s just like a construction set or chemistry lab,
except you can’t lose any parts and it doesn’t make a mess. If
you have created a program that does mean something in-
teresting just for the fun of it, let me know, including any ex-
amples for Orbits. The fastest way to get a message to me is
on The Source, ID TCB948, or write me at I A. □

Example 1: A Solar
4 Objects Gravity

System

X-Coord Y-Coord

X-Speed

Y-Speed

100

250

200

150

Example 2: Star, planet, moon

3 Objects

Gravity

X-Coord

Y-Coord

X-Speed

Y-Speed

100

-30

120

-1

-185

120

Example 3: Binary Star System with Orbiting

Planet

3 Objects

Gravity

X-Coord

Y-Coord

X-Speed

Y-Speed

100

-175

-250

26 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

And now the news...

CompuServe announces the availability of
international, national and regional news through your
personal computer or terminal.

This up-to-the-minute service includes:

• late breaking international and national news,
including features and syndicated columns

• national sports with tabular standings and box
scores

• national business and financial news, including the
latest stock prices and closings

• national broadcast wire

• Washington news wire

• weather updates

• and selected regional wires

Find out how your favorite football team fared or
get a full account of the game in seconds. Find out
how the market did today or what movies got good
reviews. Check election results, key legislative votes,
the latest on foreign affairs. Even background stories
or predictions for the future. International events.
National news. What diplomat is throwing a party in
Washington.

All this and more is yours today through
CompuServe.

A 300-baud modem is all your personal computer
or terminal needs to access all the services available
via local phone calls in more than 175 North American
cities from 6 PM to 5 AM weekdays, weekends and
most holidays. And the basic charge is only $5.00 an
hour, billed in minute increments, to your charge card.
Want more information? Write.

SS Micro/METi

CompuServe

Dept: I

Personal Computing Division
5000 Arlington Centre Blvd.
Columbus, Ohio 43220

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 7

INTERFACE AGE 27

■■

MICRO B-F'Breaks The Access Barrier.

SEARCH AN INDEX OF OVER
10,000 KEY VALUES IN LESS
THAN ONE SECOND ON A
FLOPPY DISK SYSTEM!

And you get this performance
without ever reorganizing
your Index Files.

The world-wide standard for keyed file access-
ing, MICRO B+, is now available in assembly
language for 8080 and Z80 microcomputers.
The best is even better.

MICRO B+ offers the convenience of ISAMs
and the performance of B-TREEs.

Assembly Language Version. ...$260. 00

Specify MICROSOFT "REL" Files or CBASIC Compatible

BASIC Source Code Version.. ..$195.00
Specify MICROSOFT Basic-5 or CBASIC-2

Shipping $2 USA/$5 Foreign

2606 JOHNSON DRIVE
COLUMBIA. MO 65201
(314) 445-3304

We accept VISA and MASTERCARD

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 21

• Simple Design

• Simple Maintenance

• Simple Interfacing to:

- Apple

- Pet

- TRS-80

- Exidy
-OSI

and many other
personal computers

LRC
EATON

MODEL 7000+
IMPACT PRINTER

The 7000+ was designed to provide the per-
sonal computer user with an inexpensive, yet
reliable printer. Take a look - you won't regret it!

SPECIFICATIONS

• Impact Unidirectional • Standard Paper Rolls

• 1.25 LPS; 50 CPS • lOO Million Character Printhead

• 40 or 64 Column Life (minimum)

•5x7 Dot Matrix • 6 LPI Line Spacing

Substantial Dealer Discounts are Available.

OEM inquiries are invited. Please contact:

SIGMA INTERNATIONAL INC.

P.O.Box 1 118 SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85252 USA

Tel. (602) 994-3435 Tlx. 165-745 Sigma Cable: SIGMAS

PROGRAM LISTING

10 REN ... ORBITS . . .

20 RBI
30 RBI

40 RBI GO SET IP THE ’GAME'

50 REN
60 GOTO 1000
70 RBI

80 RBI THE TIGHT DISPLAY LOOP
90 RBI

108 TRAP 180: GOTO 120
110 PLOT xa),Y

120 RETURN

130 FOR’ EUER=1 TO 1 STEP 0
140 PORE 77,0
150 FCP 1=1 TO T
160 FOR J=1 TO T

170 IF IOJ HEN X=X<J)-Xa>:Y=Y<J)-Ya>

: D2=m+Y*Y : G=G( J )/( D2$SQR< 02 ) > ■ IK I )=LK I

HG*X:UCI>=Ua>+G*Y

180 NEXT J

190 NEXT I

200 FOR: 1=1 TO T

210 COLOR 4

220 GOSUB 110

230 Y< I )=Y< I MX I )

240 X< I )=X< I HLK I)

250 COLOR 1
260 GOSUE' 110
270 NEXT I
280 NEXT EUER
1000 REN

1010 REN SET IP GANE

1020 REN GET NUMBER OF OBJECTS

1030 REN

1048 PRINT "NUMBER OF ORBITING OBJECTS";
1050 INPUT T
1060 REN

1070 REN NOW SET UP MEMORY
1080 REN

1090 REN I = CURRENT OBJECT

1100 REN T = TOTAL OBJECTS

1110 REN G = PULL BETWEEN OBJECT I 8, J

1120 REN

1130 REN G= HORIZONTAL VELOCITY
1170 REN V<I)= VERTICAL VELOCITY
1180 REM

1190 DIN G<T),X(T),Y(T),U(T>,V(T)

1200 REN

1210 REN GET VALLES FOR ALL OBJECTS
1220 REN

1230 FOR 1=1 TO T

1240 PRINT “FOR ORBITING OBJECT ";I
1250 PRINT "GRAVITY^ ;:IfPUT A-G<I)=A
1260 PRINT "X-CCORD=“;: INPUT A:X<I)=A
1270 PRINT "Y-CGGR0=“ ; : INPUT A-Y<I)=A
1280 PRINT "X-SPEED=" ; : INPUT A
1290 U< I )=A/188

1308 PRINT "Y-SPEED=";: INPUT A
1310 V(I>=A/100
1320 NEXT I
1330 REN

1340 REN DO FINAL SETUP' AND GO DO IT

1350 REN

1360 TRAP 100

1370 GRAPHICS 23

1380 GOTO 130

28 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 52

AUGUST 1980

THE ULTIMATE
INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

The brain is the perfect information management
system.

Like the brain, we at Micro-Ap specialize in the
management of data.

Our software is the state of the art and is
designed to efficiently store and instantly report
the information you need for your business and
personal needs.

From inventory control to mailing list manage-
ment, Micro-Ap provides the most cost effective
software available.

At the heart of our systems are Micro-Ap's unique
indexing and reporting methods. You are not
limited to single key retrieval.. Information can be
referenced by zip code, date, name, or any other
indices required. Operation is "menu driven” and
uses screen displays with all the instructions and
error sensing that allow the novice to quickly
learn the system and accomplish a multitude of
tasks.

Micro-Ap's Newest Industry Innovation is the
SELECTOR IV ,m System, with the ability to make
data file conversions, arithmetic computations,
global search and replace, and full page report
formatting.

This floppy and hard disc oriented system is
upward compatible with SELECTOR III-C2""

It adds several dimensions to the world of infor-
mation management.

Experience - SELECTOR'" has been around,
and improving, longer than any other data base
system in microcomputers.

See the innovative SELECTOR IV :n data base
manager and the standard setting GLector,
general ledger system at YOUR LOCAL
COMPUTER STORE or contact:

Micro-Ap Lifeboat Associates

9807 Davona Dr. 2248 Broadway

San Ramon, Ca. 94583 NY, NY 10024
(415) 828-6697 (212) 580-0082

telex 220501

The Standard In Information Management Systems

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 36

juRispRudent

computeRisr'

Elliott MacLennan

Attorney at Law

Taxation of Computer Technology: Part II

One of the deadliest of all federal income taxes that the soft-
ware packager is uniquely (and regretfully) exposed to is the
personal holding company tax. But it is possible to chart a com-
mercially reasonable course to avoid or at least mitigate it.

The PHC levee taxes a corporation at 70%, that is 70% in
addition to the standard federal tax. The percent of this 70%
additional can result in a maximum tax on a corporation of
85% and a tax of its shareholders in excess of 95%.

A personal holding company is a corporation where more
than half of its outstanding stock is owned by five or fewer
people. To be a PHC, a corporation must generate 60% or
more of its income from “passive” as opposed to “active”
sources. As a general rule, passive income refers to invest-
ment income: dividends, interest, rents, annuities, and
royalties (copyrighted or not).

A corporation that develops packaged software and receives
60% or more of its income from license royalties, and where
100% of its stock is owned by nine or fewer people, con-
stitutes a personal holding company and is subject to the tax.

INTRODUCING

IIIMT1F1PSIIIIII

MULTIPLE APPLICATION PROCESSING SYSTEMS

MP/NTUSERS GROUP

Digiac Corporation, a major manufacturer and supplier
of automated Educational Training Systems, is proud to
announce the formation of MAPS, a National MP/M
Users Group which will provide all MP/M users with a
vehicle to exploit MP/M’s benefits.

MP/M SUPPORT PRODUCTS

Digiac is supporting MP/M with a series of exclusive
SI 00 products:

• Universal MP/M Support Module

• MP/M XIOS Configurations for popular
Disk Sysytems

• MP/M Multibank Memory Module

• CT-80 Multi- Workstation System

For Additional Information:

Contact Lorraine Keckeisen

MAPS

Commercial Products Div.

DIGIAC CORPORATION
175 Engineers Road
Smithtown, New York 11787

Phone (516) 273-8600 CORPORATION

MP/M is a trademark of the Digital Research Corporation

The reason its hardware-manufacturing cousin does not,
requires an understanding of why Congress enacted the per-
sonal holding company in the first place.

Back in 1937, there was a 49% spread between maximum
individual and corporate tax rates. Thus, many individuals
found it highly advantageous to “incorporate” themselves.
Not surprisingly, a stage full of movie stars incorporated
themselves, their yachts, and their country estates. This
became known in the trade as the “incorporated talent.”
Congress responded by enacting the personal holding com-
pany into law which, because of its confiscatory nature, had
the effect of forcing unwilling shareholders to declare cor-
porate profits to themselves in the form of dividends and thus
pay the higher individual tax.

Had Congress stopped here, tax equity and fairness might
have resulted. But Congress chose to impose PHC status on
corporations whose primary source of income was from
passive sources.

Assume you and I own all the stock of a small corporation
that repairs computer peripheral equipment. We would be

Leasing one’s software will
receive more favorable tax
treatment than licensing.

said to be an “operating company” and thus an active
business, i.e. “actively” repairing computer terminals, and
not subject to PHC rules.

If we chose to invest our profits in your uncle’s successful
hardware manufacturing business, and 60% of our income
now comes from his company dividends (and only 40% from
our repair services), we are a PHC. Why? Because our invest-
ment produces passive income (dividends).

The dilemma for the software packaging corporation is
that, although it is an operating company when it carries on an
active trade or business, it becomes a PHC when it licenses
its product and receives royalties.

However, the PHC law contains an exception that in effect
treats rents more favorably than royalties. This exception is
known as a “safe harbor.” Generally, if more than 50% of a
corporation’s income is derived from rental income, it can
escape PHC status. Therefore, leasing one’s software will
receive more favorable tax treatment than licensing.

What is the difference between a lease and a license?
Basically, the distinction is that rents are fixed and certain
without regard to use, royalties are based on percent of use
actually made.

Another way to avoid PHC status is to characterize rents
and royalties as “sale proceeds.” One can have a sale even if
payment is contingent upon usage. Important, however, is for
seller to transfer all substantial rights in the product. If seller
retains more dominion and control than would a normal
creditor, no sale will occur, rather the “sale proceeds” will be
a rent or royalty.

If, however, a software packager regards its product as an
intangible, sale treatment will be highly improbable if the
“seller” can sell its product on a nonexclusive basis (which,
of course, a software packager must do to survive). Classify-
ing income as “rent” from a lease would appear to be a more
viable option.

The advice offered here by no means exhausts all possible
solutions. If you suspect that your company is in danger of
having PHC status imposed upon it, analyze the sources and
amount of your income and then seek reclassification of that
income. Or consult a competent legal advisor on a reasonable
course of action. □

30 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 13

AUGUST 1980

Programming the Z-80

By Rodnay Zaks
Order No. 0-89588-01 3-X
620 pages $14.95

Covers the essential aspects of program-
ming as well as the advantages and dis-
advantages of the Z-80, and brings the
reader to where he/she can write complete
application programs.

Z-80 Microprocessor
Programming & Interfacing:
Book 1

By Elizabeth A. Nichols ,

Joseph C. Nichols , and
Peter R. Rony
Order No. 0-672-21610-18
496 pages $12.95

The second of two laboratory-oriented texts,
addresses the interfacing of digital circuits.

8080 Machine Language
Programming For Beginners

By Ron Santore
Order No. 0-918398-14-2
104 pages $6.95

This beginners' book will take you step-by-
step through the most common 8080 op
codes at a level everyone can understand.

8080/8085 Software Design:
Book 1

By David C. Larson , Peter
Rony , Jonathan A. Titus ,
and Christopher A. Titus
Order No. 0-672-21541-1
336 pages $9.50

A detailed approach to assembly language
programming for the 8080 or 8085 based
computers.

Books lor

Yoor System

from

DATA

^DYNAMICS

TECHNOLOGY

A division of INTERFACE AGE Magazine

llil J tJ

IIGKCr

MICROCOMPUTER

INTERFACING

The 8080A Bugbook:
Microcomputer Interfacing
and Programming

Box 1S34, Cerritos, California 90701

By Peter R. Rony r David C.
Larsen , and Jonathan A.

6502 Software Design

Titus

By Leo Scanlon

Order No. 0-672-21447-4

Order No. 0-672-21656-6

416 pages $10.50

The principles, concepts, and applications
of an 8-bit microcomputer based on the
8080 microprocessor 1C chip, with emphasis
on the computer as the controller.

288 pages $10.50
This material is presented to increase the
reader's understanding of the 6502. Fund-
amentals are first explained then more com-
plex topics are gradually introduced

DATA DYNAMICS TECHNOLOGY P.O. Box 1234, Cerritos, CA 90701 8/80

Name (Print)

Address

City State Zip

Please send me:

Description

-Ql y .

Price

Total

Shipping & Handling Charges

Books a.. $ .75 ea. U.S., $1.50 ea. Foreign

□

Exp. Date.

Signature .

Book Order #

Qtv

Price

Total

TOTAL ORDER $_
•TAX $_

SHIPPING & HANDLING $_
TOTAL ENCLOSED $_

. □ Check or M.O.(U.S. Funds drawn on U.S. bank)

For European delivery contact INTERFACE AGE Europe, Dahlienstr. 4, D-801 1 Munchen-Vaterstetten, West Germany.
’California residents add 6% sales tax. Availability and prices quoted subject to change without notice.

Please allow six weeks for delivery. You may photocopy this page if you wish to keep your INTERFACE AGE intact.

Orders cannot be shipped unless accompanied by payment, including shipping & handling and tax where applicable.
DATA DYNAMICS TECHNOLOGY, A Division of INTERFACE AGE Magazine (213) 926-9548

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 31

DataStar.™ A general purpose key to
disk data entry software package
that's way ahead of the pack.

DataStar has two distinct
phases. One allows you to actually
design on the CRT the exact form
you need. The other allows you to
store and retrieve data. Quickly.
And accurately. So, when it comes
to data entry and verification, go
with the leader.

Go with DataStar.

WordStar.™ The world leader in
microcomputer word processing.

With so many advanced feature:
isn’t it quite obvious? WordStar is
a bom leader. In fact, more than
seven thousand people have pur-
chased WordStar from over 300
dealers around the world. In just
the first year! Proof positive that
WordStar is the word processing
software package for Z-80, 8085
and 8080 microcomputers.

Prices and specifications subject to change without notice

SuperSort.™ It makes sorting so simple,
it's simply in a class by itself.

There you are. With a mountain
of tedious tasks. But don’t panic.
Here comes SuperSort to the
rescue! SuperSort is faster, more
powerful and able to sort 560
records in a single minute. Hooray
for SuperSort. It makes molehills
out of mountains.

WordMaster. " Its everything you've
ever wanted in a video text editor.

And more.

WordMaster is so powerful and
flexible it can actually double as
a word processor. Yet it has all the
capabilities you need to enhance
your file management needs on a
small budget. No wonder it’s the path
most programmers wish to take.

I/O Master.™ The economic route to
quality printing.

Now you can get better input/
output performance for less money
because I/O Master’s S-100 board

yio*

gives you the advantage of
using lower cost O.E.M. letter
quality printers. Plus you get so
many extra features. Like two
fully-buffered serial ports, so you’ll
never have to worry about keystrokes
and data ever getting lost again.

So, when it comes to high quality/perform-
ance, look to MicroPro to lead the way.

And then follow, follow, follow!

(ffitosPfo)

Leads the way.

MicroPro International Corporation 1299 4th Street, San Rafael, California 94901 Telex 340388

Dealer/Distributor/O. E. M. inquiries invited.

By Roger Garrett

Automatic Acquisition of Three Dimensional Data

What do you do when a computer has to see what it is do-
ing, when it is not sufficient for it to feel its way around but
actually has to be able to look at and interpret its en-
vironment? This problem arises in manufacturing where a
computer is used in assembly or parts orientation, or
whenever a robot maneuvers on some terrain.

A starting point is to attach a video camera to the computer
which digitizes the image and presents it as a two-
dimensional array of light (typically in the range 0-255) where
each element of the array corresponds to one dot (pixel) of
the camera image. (There are other methods such as bounc-
ing sonar waves off objects, but this is inherently slow due to
the need to mechanically scan the area of interest.)

Now what do you do with this digitized image? Since it is an
array of light, it does not directly tell the computer what is out
there. A typical approach is to analyze the array, using
sophisticated algorithms to search for object edges. For ex-
ample, if you assume that the edge of an object will be
represented by a different light intensity (i.e. one surface of
the object is brighter than its adjacent surface, connected by
an edge) then you can detect edges by searching for those
value differences. Unfortunately, shadow edges are detected
in the same way. There is no easy way to distinguish between
an object and a shadow edge and you don’t want the robot to
reach for a shadow.

What we really need is a way to extract spatial information
from the array of data and form a three-dimensional image. It
would be much simpler then to recognize objects and to avoid
grabbing shadows.

Obviously, I would not bring this matter up if I did not have
an approach to explore and explain. What I have in mind is an
analogy of the way humans determine distances to objects—
by stereo vision. Through some as yet not understood pro-
cess, our brain combines the information from our eyes and
provides us with an understanding of distance. In no way do I
claim to understand what the brain does with the visual infor-
mation. It clearly does not perform digital processes and
generate a distinct value as would a computer. I propose to
use the computer to essentially accomplish the same process
that the brain performs, although in a different manner.

Instead of two eyes, we will use two digitizing video
cameras. In order to initially simplify the problem, we will
assume that the computer is “looking at” a single bright spot
in its field of view. Everything else is black. It might be a tiny
light suspended in an otherwise darkened room or a spot on
some object illuminated with a laser beam. In any case, the
computer sees only one bright spot and must estimate the
distance from the cameras to the spot (figure 1 ).

Notice we have a triangle formed by line A connecting the
two cameras (the distance of which is known) and the lines
joining the bright spot with the two cameras. If we reach back
to our knowledge of trigonometry, we recall that a triangle

may be defined by two angles and an included side. If we can
define the triangle, we can solve for the distance D, which is
the perpendicular line dropped from the bright spot to the line
A. Since we know the length of A, if we can determine the
angles B and C, we would have two angles and an included
side, and can easily solve for D. All the computer has to deal
with are two light intensity images, one from each camera.
The computer cannot directly measure the angles A and B.

Ah, but it can measure them indirectly. Assume for a mo-
ment that the bright dot is directly in front of the left camera.
Then the dot’s image would be centered exactly on the image
plane and the angle C would be 90°. If the bright dot is to the
left or right of the camera, then the dot’s image on the image
plane would be appropriately displaced left or right, and the
associated angle C would be respectively greater than or less
than 90°. So the displacement of the dot’s image has a one-
to-one relationship with the angle C; likewise for the right
camera’s image and angle B. Since the computer can easily
measure the displacements, and thereby determine the
angles, it can calculate the distance D and know how far away
the dot of light is.

We can see exactly how the computer determines these
displacements by looking at a digitized scan line from each of
the cameras (figure 2). (The cameras actually “scan” the im-
age plane, dividing it into 51 2 scan lines, each containing 51 2
pixels. Each scan line is digitized, i.e. converted from analog
light values to digital values, and stored as a single row in the
two-dimensional data array that the computer can access.
From this point on, however, I will use the term “scan line’’ to
mean a single row of the data array.)

34 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

CENTERLINE

0 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

]o I 0 1 0 1 0 | 0 I 0 I 0 I 0 | 0 I 1 I 0 | 0 I 0 I 0 | 0 I 0 I 0 I o~%

[o 1 0 I 0 1 0 I 0 | 0 1 1 I 0 1 0 I 0 I 0 I 0 1 0 I 0 I 0 I 0 [o \V\ }

LOOKING FOR A SINGLE BRIGHT SPOT

DIGITIZED
SCAN LINE FOR
THE LEFT CAMERA

DIGITIZED SCAN
LINE FOR THE
RIGHT CAMERA

Figure 2.

The computer has selected the appropriate scan lines by
searching one entire data array for a non-zero element (we
assume zero means no light detected). When it finds the scan
line with the bright spot in it (non-zero element), it takes that
scan line (say, perhaps, scan line 37) and the corresponding
scan line from the other camera which also contains a bright
spot, and uses them to calculate the offsets.

In figure 2, we see a part of the two scan lines which the
computer has selected. In this case, we assume that each
scan line contains 32 elements so that element 15 consti-
tutes the centerline of the scan line. We then count the
number of pixels from the center pixel to the bright spot pixel
to determine the displacement. In our sample, the displace-
ment for the bright spot image in the left camera is -6 and for
the right camera -9. The computer uses these displacements
to determine the corresponding B and C angles, perhaps by a
simple table look-up technique.

I have clearly made some oversimplified assumptions to
show how this technique works. Very few systems requiring
3-D visual acquisition will utilize cameras that digitize to only
one bit accuracy or have only a single bright spot to detect. In
actual practice, the cameras will have a digitizing accuracy
(number of bits per pixel) of 8 bits, or a range of 0 to 255, and

SUPER VALUE $

at - qn^Vector Graphic
I ★ ★ System B
Peachtree Software

• Vector Mindless Terminal

• Z-80a Processor *

• 64 K Memory

• Dual Floppy Disks - 630 K

• 2.0 CP/M Disk Operating System

• Microsoft BASIC-80 .

• Peachtree Software

General Ledger, Accounts Receivable
Accounts Payable, Payroll. Inventory

Complete Turn-key Systems

Above System & TI8S5 Printer = *5,695
Above System S TIBI O Printer = *5,895
Above System fit Qume Sprint 3
+ Word Management Software = *6,995

Prices subject to change without notice

LEASING PLAN
TOTAL SERVICE AVAILABLE
IN THE NEW YORK /NEW JERSEY AREA

UNIVERSAL BUSINESS AUTOMATION inc

1 CRANE DRIVE • PINE BROOK. NEW JERSEY 07058

(SOI ) 575-3568

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 66

8” DISK CONTROLLER

NOW— DOUBLE SIDED OPTION!

• DOUBLES APPLE ][ STORAGE

• APPLE DOS COMPATIBLE

• SHUGART 800 OR 850 COMPATIBLE

• IBM 3740 DATA ENTRY CAPABILITY

• CP/M, UCSD PASCAL CAPABILITY

Available at your local APPLE Dealer: $400.

£sva>

SORRENTO VALLEY ASSOCIATES

11722 SORRENTO VALLEY RD.
SAN DIEGO, CA 92121

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 5 4

INTERFACE AGE 35

the cameras will be viewing complex-shaped objects. We will
then want to determine the distance to every point in the im-
age, not just a well-defined and easily recognizable spot.

In figure 3, the cameras are viewing and digitizing a com-
plex image made up of a couple of boxes and a pyramid. The
computer is currently processing scan line 106, somewhere
near the middle of the image. Keep in mind that the following
discussion applies to every single scan line in the image; the
computer simply processes them one at a time.

In the previous example, the computer found one specific
pixel, the one with the non-zero value (corresponding to the
bright spot), and then located its corresponding pixel in the
other image’s scan line. Essentially it found a reference pixel
in the one scan line and its corresponding comparator pixel in
the other. So the distance value obtained applied to pixel 9 in
the left scan line.

What we now want to do with our complex image is select
one as a reference (it doesn’t matter which) and calculate a
distance value for every pixel in every scan line. By looking at
the sample values in the scan lines, it might be rather difficult
—given a particular value in a reference pixel— to find its cor-
responding comparator pixel. Of course, once we find it, we
know the associated displacements and can calculate the dis-
tance. Let’s try a few methods for determining the associated
comparator pixel positions.

0 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

|7 | 8 | 9 |8 |? 6 ] 4 |j
8 9 T* PtI 5 r 4 I ,

i’ i« ij i» i«y

nnp>

[ 8 I 9 8 I 7 I s I 4 I 4 1 3
I.iU.ItH..! l.iio io

l 1 I 1 2 4 1 » l 3
n o f-rH+1 1+1 Ui 1 o

_ L 6 1 7

ttr\s

COMPARISON

SCAN LINES
► PIXEL INTENSITY
VALUE ARRAYS

REFERENCE

} RESULTANT
OFFSET ARRAY

SINGLE PIXEL CLOSEST OFFSET METHOD

Figure 4.

The center row of numbers in figure 4 is the pixel values for
the reference scan line. The upper row are the comparator
pixels, and the bottom row is a set of values that the computer
has calculated as “offset” values. The method used to deter-
mine the offset values is the single pixel closest offset method.
At pixel 0 we have a value of 8. We search the comparison
scan line for the closest pixel (to pixel 0) with a value of 8. In
this case it occurs at pixel 1 . The offset, then, is -M , which
we put into the corresponding element of the offset array.

Consider now pixel 2 with a value of 8. There are two
closest comparator pixels, one at location 1 and another at
location 3, so the offset is either +1 or -1 but we don’t really
know which. We cannot uniquely determine which com-
parator pixel corresponds to reference pixel 2. At reference
pixel 14 with a value of 6, we see that the closest comparator
pixel is at 5 with a resultant offset of -9. But this does not
seem reasonable since the offsets for both pixels 13 and 14
are 0. It would tend to indicate that there is a discontinuity in
the objects we are viewing (which of course is possible but
we would like a better verification of it). At pixel 4 we have a
reference value of 5, but no corresponding comparison value
so we cannot calculate an offset value.

So let’s try interpolation (figure 5). We select an individual
pixel from the reference line, but assume that the comparator
line is actually a continuous line of values with known values.
At reference pixel 4, for example, we have a value of 5 but no
corresponding 5 in the comparator line. But at comparator
pixels 5 and 6 we have values of 6 and 4, respectively. We
can interpolate between them to find a value of 5 halfway be-
tween the pixels so the offset for reference pixel 4 is + 1 .5.
We should now be able to fill in the entire offset array.

For each reference pixel, the pixel number (not its value)
effectively specifies its displacement from the centerline (the
DL value in figure 1). The pixel number added to the corres-
ponding offset specifies the displacement for its corres-
ponding comparator pixel, which gives the DL value. With DL
and DR known, we can calculate the distance from the
camera to the part of the object represented by that pixel.

The problem with either of these methods is that the
calculated offset values are not very reliable. They assume
rather smooth variations of light intensity across the image
and, since they are looking for closest numerical match, there
is always the possibility of two closest pixels so the computer
requires a decision of which pixel is correct.

So we will try using groups of pixels. Essentially the com-
puter will be comparing patterns of pixel values. This should
give us a more reliable set of values in the offset array. In
figure 6 the computer is comparing sets of three pixels, but
understand that it could just as easily compare two or more at
a time. What it is looking for is an exact match. Reference pix-

36 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

COMPARISON

REFERENCE

OFFSETS

MULTIPLE PIXEL CLOSEST OFFSET WITH APPROXIMATES METHOD
PATTERN METHOD 2

Figure 7.

els 0, 1, 2 exactly match comparison pixels 1, 2, 3 and the
result offset is + 1 for each of the pixels 0, 1 , and 2. Note
that every set of three pixels is checked. That is, pixels 0, 1 ,
2 are checked for an exact match, then pixels 1,2,3, then 2,
3, 4 and so on. Notice also that this can easily result in multi-
ple offset values for any given individual reference pixel
since, for example, reference set 8, 9, 10 might match with
one comparater set, and reference set 10, 11, 12 might
match with another. Reference pixel 10 would then match
twice and have two offset values. One possible approach to
the multiple offset value problem is to simply use the average
of offsets for a given pixel with multiple offsets.

In the last method, we required exact pixel-for-pixel matches
for each pixel set. But it may not be reasonable to assume
that the pixel values will match exactly. Light may reflect
brighter to one camera than the other. Even if the light is iden-
tical, it is highly improbable that both cameras will be iden-
tically tuned for image intensity and that both digital-to-analog
convertors (for digitizing the images into pixel values) will per-
form identically. So it would probably be good to provide for
some form of “approximate” pattern matching (figure 7). We
might assume that two sets of pixels (one from the reference
and one from the comparator lines) match if the sums of the
pixel values in each set are identical, or perhaps are within
some small value of each other. They might match if the
values of the corresponding pixels of two sets are each within
some range of each other. Any number of pattern matching
schemes can be devised. The object is to find the one most
reliable (that is, produces offsets which result in the most
accurate distance (D) values for each pixel) and the fastest.

I would presume that some combination of these methods
would provide the best results. Single pixel exact matching is
the fastest but probably least reliable. Pattern matching may
be the slowest and most difficult to implement but un-
doubtedly would be more reliable. As for speed, it would be
ideal if the calculations could be done as fast as the image is
received, which for most video cameras is 30 times a second.
For each % 0 -second, all 51 2 scan lines would have to be pro-
cessed and converted to a corresponding distance array. The
host computer receives a two-dimensional array where each
element corresponds to a pixel of the image. The value of each
element is the distance from the camera to the object at that
pixel location. In other words, the array is a three-dimensional
description of the objects being viewed. So, instead of look-
ing for edges in an array of light values, the computer can
look for actual 3-D surfaces and, using pattern matching
techniques, look for specific objects. Even without looking
for surfaces and recognizable objects, a robot using this form
of visual information could easily traverse a terrain because it
could tell when it is approaching obstacles.

If this sounds intriguing, then watch for next month’s col-
umn. I will describe an experimental setup that investigates
the concepts discussed here, using your own computer but
without requiring any video cameras. □

DATEBOOK for Tue Jan 1 - Not printed since the last change
IFirst one iSecond one !Thir<

8 00 : John Snith/root canal..! — !

10! ! !Ed J<

28 ! ! !x-rai

38 ! iOennis Johnson/Mi sdon . !

40 ! : tooth extraction !

50 ! : :

10 iKathy Nelson/check up

20 :

40 !

50 iflike Silva/restoration

10 iGeorge Kennedy/
20 ! restoration
=30 !

40 !

Dennis Johnson/* isdoa

Ed Jones/check up and
x-rays

Judith Washington/

restoration

Thel«a Carter/check up.

Schedule CUncel IKodify LC ook for openings Wold in Reschedule I is!

T(oday NCext day F(uture Krint day's appts D< i splay person's appts

Key in an option letter* nwber or space for a neu display* or Q to quit

INTRODUCING

DATEBOOK™

THE NEW OFFICE
APPOINTMENT CALENDAR
PROGRAM

DATEBOOK™ helps manage time just like a com-
mon office appointment book, but with the speed
and accuracy of a computer. DATEBOOK™ elim-
inates the scribbles, erasures, and frustration of
searching through the book for a specific opening.

DATEBOOK™ is ideal for Doctors, Dentists, Law-
yers, Salesmen, Repairmen, or in any situation where
time management is critical to office efficiency. Its
menu display and one-key options make DATE-
BOOK™ one of the easiest programs to leam and
use.

DATEBOOK™ features include:

• Appointment scheduling, cancelling, modify-
ing and rescheduling.

• Automatically searches for openings according
to time of day, day of week, and week of year.

• Displays all scheduled appointments for a
specified person.

• Lists days schedule (Screen or hard copy).

• Can be customized to accommodate any
workday/hours schedule.

DATEBOOK™ is written in PASCAL and is avail-
able to run on CP/M as well as UCSD PASCAL
systems.

(415) 455-4034

? ■ • JSf

only $295

Dealer discounts available.

‘ ™\ naturally

bug free

1492 Windsor Way, Livermore, CA 94550

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 47

INTERFACE AGE 37

REVOLUTION

By Merl Miller

How well can we communicate with each other or with
machines? Last month, I tried to examine this question a little
by introducing the concept of a natural language. This month,
I would like to take this a little further and ask two funda-
mental questions— what kind of language can be developed
and what can we do to develop it?

A new language would be, in some ways, quite different
from any known language. To start with, it would have to be
both universal and logical. As all languages developed in
essentially the same way, this might be difficult. We simply
have no experience developing logical languages. Languages
are primarily symbolic representations of objects. In human
languages, the symbol was probably some sort of noise repre-
sentation that later became a written representation. Com-
puter languages differ in that they were developed in reverse
order. If the primary purpose in the language is to define ob-
jects and their interrelationship in an understandable manner,
then all languages fail. This purpose must be clearly met
before we can even attempt the secondary purpose of
expressing ideas. When we understand this concept, we may
be able to develop a natural language.

Languages do not clearly represent the way we think.
Human beings seem to think (or operate, if you will) using pic-
torial impressions of some kind. We have always tried to ex-
press these impressions rather than the object that they rep-
resent. Until we can learn how to interpret these impressions
directly, we will have to depend on language.

This problem is somewhat easier to understand when we
examine machines. Machines operate using electrical repre-
sentations of numbers rather than ideas. Although we can in-
terpret the numbers the machine uses, we can’t think in
numbers the way a machine does. We, therefore, devise lan-
guages that are alien to the machine, but facilitate our use of
it. If all of this has you totally confused, don’t feel bad. It has
me confused, also. This partially illustrates the problem with
languages. We are trying to convey images and ideas using
an imprecise and illogical form.

Before we can construct a natural language, we will need to
understand how we use languages now. We will need to
develop a psychological model of both the structure and form
of human language. Having done this, we should be able to
develop the new language in a logical and precise manner.

One sensible way to design this new language would be to
let a computer do it. After all, computers are logical and
precise, aren’t they? Well, maybe. Computers are cold,
calculating, precise, and logical, but they are programmed by
human beings. We can’t expect to have a computer design
the language until they learn how to program themselves.

Perhaps the real solution to this problem is to develop a
direct mind link between computers and humans. This isn’t as
far-fetched as you might think. We already know that com-
puters use numbers to represent internal electrical activity.
And we also know that a human being uses images to repre-
sent internal electrical activity. Measurements of electrical

activity in both show that a distinct pattern develops for each
different activity. For instance, an EEG will show alpha waves
for certain kinds of sleep in a human being. Also, an oscillo-
scope will show a variety of sine waves for the various kinds
of electrical activity inside a computer. If we can somehow
train a machine to recognize these patterns and respond to
them, we should be able to develop a direct mind link. The
whole problem with all of this, of course, is that we are ex-
pecting the machine to think.

This brings up the question of artificial intelligence and
what it is. I won’t go into a long discourse on Al because I
have covered it many times before. I would like to make one
simple comment, though. Although there has been a lot of inter-
esting work in this field, the real breakthrough has not yet been
achieved. Computers still don’t think in a way we recognize,
they only respond. We need to develop a computer that can
not only respond, but also adapt. When this happens we
might be able to use a machine to develop a language.

As interesting as all of this is, it is at best a solution that will
take a long time to develop. We need to develop a natural lan-
guage on a more immediate basis. A more reasonable approach
would be to put together some sort of development group, but
there are some significant problems with this, also. Members
of the group would have to both linguists and scientists. If they
were one or the other, there would be so much bias toward
their own ideas that they wouldn’t listen to the other mem-
bers of the group. And even though we may be able to solve
this problem, we may not be able to solve the problem of native
language. Being as everyone has a native tongue, how do we
make sure that the new language isn’t just an offshoot of an
existing one? We might be able to devise a program that could
find new words on an object basis, but who would develop the
program? After all, programs reflect the programmer.

There may be a variety of solutions to this problem but we
won’t see any of them until we change our attitude toward
language. Research in human languages seems to be aimed
at developing an “off-shoot” language. Research in com-
puter languages seems to be aimed toward developing a
more “English” type language. There are some very good
reasons for doing this, but it does point us in the wrong direc-
tion. The bright spot in all of this is that as we try to devise a
more reasonable, intelligent way to communicate with
machines, we might stumble across a method of communicat-
ing with each other. Let’s hope so.n

38 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

CP/M compatible software

ACCOUNTING

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

SuperSoft offers a complete, interactive accounting system at an affordable
price We started with the Osborne accounting system, the standard of the
industry, and made it even better. Since either the General Ledger and the
Accounts Payable/Receivable can stand alone, you do not need to purchase the
entire system at once. This means that you can start with what you need and
up-grade later. Look for a compatible Payroll package in the future.

DIAGNOSTICS I: Easily the most comprehensive set of CP/M compatible
system check-out programs ever assembled. Finds hardware errors in your
system, confirms suspicions, or just gives your system a clean bill of health.
Tests:

• Memory • CPU (8080/8085/Z80) • Terminal

• Disk • Printer

ACCOUNTS PAYABLE/RECEIVABLE: A complete, user oriented package
which features:

automatic postings to general ledger (optional)
accounts payable • check printing with invoice • invoice aging

accounts receivable: • progress billing • customer statements

• partial invoice payments • invoice aging
The entire package is menu driven and easy to learn and use. It incorporates error
checking and excellent user displays. This package can be used stand alone or
with the General Ledger below Requires: 48K CP/M, terminal with cursor
positioning and clear screen. one 8" disk or Two 5" disks. CBASIC2 required
Supplied with extensive user manual: $200.00. Manual alone: $20.00.

GENERAL LEDGER: A complete, user oriented package which features:

• Accepts postings from external programs (i.e. AP/AR above)

• Accepts directly entered postings

• Maintains account balances for current month, quarter, and year and previous
three quarters

• Financial reports: trial balance, income statement balance sheet, and more
Completely menu driven and easy to learn and use. Excellent displays and error
checking for trouble free operation. Can be used stand alone or with Accounts
Payable/Receivable above Minimal requirements: 48K CP/M, terminal with
cursor positioning, home and clear screen, one 8" disk or Two 5" disks
CBASIC2 required.

Supplied with extensive user manual: $200 00. Manual alone: $20 00

TEXT PROCESSING

TFS — Text Formatting System: An extremely powerful formatter. More
than 50 commands. Features include

left & right margin justification
headers and footers
page numbering
chaptering

dynamic insertion from disk file
exdented & indented paragraphs
works with any printer or CRT

tabbing

auto paragraphing
auto list numbering
centering

user defined macros
underlining and backspace
much, much more

TFS lets you make multiple copies of any text. For example: Personalized form
letters complete with name & address & other insertions from a disk file. Text is
not limited to the size of RAM making TFS perfect for reports, manuals or any big
job.

Text is entered using CP/M standard editor or most any CP/M compatible
editor TFS will link completely with Super-M-List making personalized form
letters easy

Requires 24K CP/M

Supplied with extensive user manual $85.00. Manual alone: $20 00.

Source to TFS in 8080 assembler (can be assembled using standard CP/M
assembler) plus user manual $250.00.

MAILING LIST

SUPER-M-LIST: A complete, easy to use mailing list program package
Allows for two names, two address, city, state, zip and a three digit code field for
added flexibility. Super-M-List can sort on any field and produce mailing labels
direct to printer or disk file for later printing or use by other programs. Super-M-
List is the perfect companion to TFS Handles 1981 Zip Codes!

Requires: 48K CP/M

Supplied with complete user manual: $75 00 Manual alone $10 00

To our knowledge the CPU test is the first of its kind anywhere. Diagnostics I can
help you find problems before they become serious. A good set of diagnostic
routines are a must in any program library.

Minimal requirements: 24K CP/M. Supplied with complete user manual:
$60 00 Manual alone: $15.00.

SOFTWARE SECURITY

ENCODE/DECODE: A complete software security system for CP/M. Encode/
Decode is a sophisticated coding program package which transforms data stored
on disk into coded text which is completely unrecognizable Encode/Decode
supports multiple security levels and passwords. A user defined combination
(One billion possible) is used to code and decode a file. Uses are unlimited. Below
are a few examples

• data bases • general ledger • inventory

• payroll files • correspondence • accounts pay/rec

• programs • tax records • mailing lists

Encode/Decode is available in two versions:

Encode/Decode I provides a level of security suitable for normal use.
Encode/Decode II provides enhanced security for the most demanding needs.
Both versions come supplied on discette and with a complete user manual.
Encode/Decode I: $50.00

Encode/Decode II: $100.00 Manual alone $15.00

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGES

ENHANCED ‘TINY PASCAL: We still call it Tiny but it's bigger and better
than ever' This is the Famous Chung/Yuen Tiny Pascal with more features
added. Features include:

• recursive procedures/functions • integer arithmetic • CASE

• FOR (loop) ’sequential disk I/O • one dimensional arrays

• IF . THEN EL SE -WHILE • PEAK & POKE

• READ & WRITE -REPEAT UNTIL -more

Tiny Pascal is fast. Programs execute up to ten times faster than similar BASIC
programs.

SOURCE TOO! We still distribute source, in Tiny Pascal, on each discette
sold. You can even recompile the compiler, add features or just gain insight into
compiler construction.

Tiny' Pascal is perfect for writing text processors, real time control systems,
virtually any application which requires high speed. Requires: 36K CP/M. Supplied
with complete user manual and source on discette $85 .00.

Manual alone: $10.00.

— INTERCOMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS

TERM: a complete intercommunications package for linking your computer to
other computers. Link either to other CP/M computers or to large timesharing
systems. TERM is comparable to other systems but costs less, delivers more and
source is provided on discette!

With TERM you can send and receive ASCII and Hex files (COM too. with
included convertion program) with any other CP/M computer which has TERM or
compatible package. Allows real time communication between users on separate
systems as well as acting as timesharing terminal

• Engage/disengage printer • error checking and auto retry

• terminal mode for timesharing between systems • conversational mode

• send files • receive files

Requires: 32K CP/M.

Supplied with user manual and 8080 source code $11 0.00
Manual alone: $15.00.

UTILITIES

Utility pack #1: A collection of programs that you will find useful and maybe
even necessary in your daily work (we did 1 ). Includes

CMP Compare two files for equality.

ARCHIVER Compacts many files into one. useful when you run out of directory
entries

SORT: In core sort of variable length records
XDIR Extended, alphabetical directory listing with groupings by common
extension.

PRINT : Formatted listings to printer
PG Lists files to CRT a page at a time
. . plus more
Requires: 24K CP/M

Supplied with instructions on discette $50.00 FifSt ifl SoftW3TG TfechflOlOQy

SuperSoft

formats: CP/M 8" SOFT SECTORED, NORTHSTAR CP/M

All Orders and General Information:

SUPERSOFT ASSOCIATES
P.O.BOX 1628
CHAMPAIGN, IL 61820
(217)359-2112

Technical Hot Line: (217)359-2691
(answered only wlwn technician Is available)

•CP/M REGISTERED TRADEMARK DIGITAL RESEARCH

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 58

INTERFACE AGE 39

Learning
with Micros

By Louis E. Frenzcl, Jr.

Video Education for Users and Sellers

Companies like IBM and DEC know that education plays a
major role in their businesses. This is particularly true in
customer education. Each year computer manufacturers
spend millions of dollars training customers to use computers
to get the most value from them. These companies make a
handsome profit doing this, and create smarter, self-reliant,
more satisfied customers. Not a bad deal at all. Without such
education, products would be harder to sell and customers
would need more servicing.

Strangely enough, many personal computer manufacturers
have not discovered customer education or recognized its
value. Or else they haven’t figured out how to implement it.

Radio Shack conducts some classes in its stores, Heath/
Zenith offers self-study courses in programming, and both
Radio Shack and Commodore offer CAI Basic programs. But
this represents only a fraction of real needs and opportunities.

EDS’s Evolution 1

One company has “discovered” education— and gone on
to do something about it. It’s Electronic Data Systems. Portia
Isaacson, a spokeswoman and leader in the personal com-
puter field, recognized early the importance of education in
personal computing and went on to create Evolution 1 .

This is a series of micro video cassettes programmed to
teach computer subjects. The tapes’ primary application is in
retail computer stores, which are encouraged to set up video
“learning centers” for customers.

Some of the programs available include:

The tapes are available in Vfe-inch Betamax and VHS home
recorder formats as well as the industry standard 3 A-inch
U-matic format.

Evolution 1 tapes are well planned and professionally exe-
cuted. I have reviewed most of them and my opinion is favor-
able. Here are some comments:

• Level of coverage is basically elementary; tapes are for
those with little or no knowledge of computers. Anyone
with experience would probably not find them helpful. A
tip: EDS should be encouraged to develop more ad-
vanced programs.

• Programs are not interactive, that is, do not solicit or
encourage viewer participation. It would be helpful to
the learner to interact with the video material rather
than play the role of a passive viewer. The tapes could
be interspersed with questions, summaries, reviews,
problems or quizzes which would further reinforce the
otherwise excellent material.

• There is too much talk and not enough graphics or
copy. Maybe this is just a personal objection, but I felt
that listening was everything. There are places in the
See How They Run series where the words come so
fast and furious it is like trying to get a sip of water from
an open fire plug. The words could have been backed
up with more visuals.

• Some of the courses like Basic and Small Business do
include student workbooks for review, summary and
practice. All courses should have these; they provide
the needed reinforcement mentioned earlier. Other-
wise, once the student views the tapes, he or she is left
with nothing. It may be necessary for some to go back
over the tapes several times to learn or remember key
points. If you own the tapes, that’s easy. But in a learn-
ing center, school or home-lease situation, it’s not
easy. A workbook would ease this problem somewhat.

Store Learning Centers

Retail stores wishing to set up a customer learning center
can lease Evolution 1 tapes at $35/tape per month. They can
also be purchased at $1 25 to $375, depending upon program
and quantity. While this represents a sizeable investment,
these tapes also make money. The store charges for each
course. These courses can attract and create new
customers. . .and can be used promotionally to educate about
computers and stress their value. The tapes also make good
employee training programs for a new distributor, salesman
or technician.

Personal Computing— an introduction, one tape, 10
minutes, designed as a sales tool; an overview of fun
and benefits obtainable.

The Bottom Line— an introduction to small business
computing, one tape, 1 0 minutes, developed as a sales
tool; aimed at small business owners and managers.
Basic— elements of programming in Basic, four 20-30
minute tapes.

Apple Basic— Basic programming on the Apple, same
as above but customized, four 20-30 minute tapes.
Business Computing: Cut Down to Size— how to select
and use a microcomputer in business, two 15 minute
tapes with student materials; three more tapes are
planned for this series.

Little Computers: See How They Run — technical
aspects of microcomputer hardware and software,
eight 20-30 minute tapes: Meet the Computer, Inside
the Computer, CPU and Memory, Mass Storage, Char-
acter I/O Devices, Making Things Happen, Data Com-
munications, and Speech, Music and Graphics.

Home Applications

While the price is a bit steep for the average person, EDS
has a special arrangement for individuals with a home VCR. It
offers the Basic and business courses on a monthly rental
basis for $155 and $105, respectively, through its mail order
division Inovision.

When video disk units become more available next year, EDS
should put the courses into this format. It would lower the price
considerably and make them more reasonable to individuals.

School and Industry Uses

Evolution 1 will also find its way into schools and industry.
Most programs make ideal supplements to computer literacy
courses, and as introductory courses in high schools, col-
leges and universities. They might also be useful in continu-
ing education programs for adults.

Evolution 1 is available from Electronic Data Systems,
14580 Midway Road, Dallas, TX 75234, toll free number
800-527-0278. □

40 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

There is a magazine
on microcomputer techniques
important enough to subscribe
to even when written in the
German language: CHIP.

iJS^WBeruf

Pfatinen-
Fundamente
fir Chips

Kurs-Tagebuch

*n r

Ftaktror^nHobbyund Bektronkh Hobby ind

iS&imK g MKrooon-pu Zertschnftfurl^k

Titelstory;

Das Computer-Zatalter

Die neuen
I Herrscher

s Computer «n AKtao

Geschlchten

rest Appieli

Apple mlt BIB

::1

EL 5 too

You have to read it when you
want to know what’s going on in
Europe.

CHIP is the leading magazine
on microcomputer techniques in
Germany. CHIP specializes on
everything important in Germany
and Europe. Background stories,
research and practical appli-
ances, testing, opinions and
facts. Everything that counts.
CHIP is instructive, enjoyable and
informative, even when reading
the German language is a little bit
difficult for you.

Subscribing toCHIP means you
have a hot line into microcomput-
ing in Europe. You get your CHIP
by airmail or surface mail.

Subscriptions to CHIP Maga-
zine c/o Data Dynamics Tech-
nology, 16704 Marquardt, P.O.
Box 1217, Cerritos, CA 90701,
U.S.A.

YES, I want to subscribe to CHIP for one
year (12 issues).

□ Airmail $50

□ Surface mail $32 (please allow 6 to 8
weeks for delivery)

□ Check enclosed (payable to Data
Dynamics Technology, 16704 Marquardt,
P.O. Box 1217, Cerritos, CA 90701, U.S.A.)
Allow 8-12 weeks for first issue

Date

Signature

Delivery address
Name

Profession .
Street/No. .
City

State

MATHEMATICIAN

By Richard R. Parry

Simple Linear Regression: A Forecasting Tool

If crystal balls really worked, there would be little need to
guess the future. Every businessman would have one of
these prognostication tools to aid him or her in determining
future inventory requirements, manpower allocations, sales,
capital equipment needs, and much much more.

Unfortunately, the real world is frought with uncertainty.
Managers must (or should) make decisions based on more
than gut feeling. Management science offers many tools to
aid the businessman in decision making. Simple linear regres-
sion is one such forecasting technique. This article describes
the power and use of linear regression and provides a Basic
program to enable one to forecast possible future data based
on historical information.

While business managers will find linear regression a valuable
tool in aiding decision making, the technique is not limited to
the business world. Scientists and experimenters who find
themselves in a position where they must describe a relation-
ship based on experimental data can also use this tool. Both
applications are discussed and examples given to indicate the
power and use of the technique. The program has been de-
signed to allow the user to store and retrieve data files. In this
way, data can be added as information is acquired. The pro-
gram was written using Technical Systems Consultants’
Basic and its Flex version 2.0 disk operating system.

Basic Theory

The purpose of linear regression is to calculate a line that
passes through all recorded data points. If all the points fit
perfectly on a straight line, calculating the equation that de-
scribed the line would not be difficult. However, data is often
random or non-linear; the points may be scattered all over a
graph. Such a graph is referred to as a scattergram. Fitting a
straight line through points that are scattered on a graph then
becomes somewhat subjective. Linear regression is used to
remove the subjectivity of passing a line through a group of
data points. It places a straight line through the scattered
points such that the sum of the squares of the vertical devia-
tions separating the line and the point is minimized. This line
is referred to as a least squares line and serves as the basis
for extrapolation.

The standard equation of a straight line is Y = mX + b. In this
expression, Y is referred to as the dependent variable, X is
the independent variable, m is the slope of the line, and b is
the point where the line intersects the Y axis.

Opponents of simple linear regression argue that the real
world does not change linearly. This may be especially true of
some business fluctuations. Other methods such as moving
averages, exponential smoothing, and multiple regression may
in these situations give a more accurate picture of the trend.

In defense of simple linear regression, one should note that
correlation analysis provides the user with a quantitative
measure that indicates the degree to which the linear regres-

sion line agrees with the actual data. This, therefore, gives
the user a good indication as to the fit of the regression line
through the data and therefore its validity to the analysis. Cor-
relation analysis is, therefore, a very useful auxiliary tool when
performing regression analysis.

In this program, two correlation statistics are calculated,
the coefficient of correlation and the coefficient of determina-
tion. The correlation coefficient may range from -1 to + 1 . Its
value depends on the relationship between the two variables.
A positive coefficient of correlation indicates that increases
in one variable will correspond to increases in the other vari-
able. In this case they are said to be directly related. On the
other hand, a negative coefficient of correlation indicates that
as one variable increases, the other decreases. Here the vari-
ables are inversely related. If the correlation coefficient is 0,
the variables are not related. In other words, a change in one
variable does not cause a change in the other. The larger the
absolute value of the coefficient of correlation, the more
closely the variables relate to each other. For example, if the
coefficient were + 1 , an increase in one variable would indi-
cate an identical increase in the other variable.

The coefficient of determination varies between 0 and + 1 .
It is equal to the coefficient of correlation squared. This sta-
tistic can be interpreted as the proportion of the total varia-
tion in Y explained by the regression line. In example 1 , the co-
efficient of determination was calculated to be .85 (rounded).
This signifies that 85% of the total variation or scatter of the
sales about their mean can be explained by the relationship
between this variable and the corresponding year, as esti-
mated by the regression line. Conversely, 15% of the varia-
tion is unexplained.

The user will have to determine what coefficient of deter-
mination is acceptable. In most cases, if not all, the coeffi-
cient of determination should be greater than 50% for the
user to have confidence in the regression line analysis. In ex-
ample 1 , a sales forecasting application, the ability of the
regression line to explain 85% of the variation appears rea-
sonably high thus allowing the user to have confidence in the
regression line analysis.

Using the Program

Forecasting sales is a common task that lends itself to sim-
ple linear regression (example 1 ). It shows sales volume for a
10 year period starting in 1970.

The program begins by asking the user for the prompt to be
used when asked for data. For the sales forecasting example,
‘year’ is the independent variable prompt, and ‘sales’ is the
dependent variable prompt. After the prompts have been ini-
tialized, the program is ready to accept data. After each num-
ber is typed, the user depresses the ‘return’ key to have the
number inserted into the data pool.

When all data has been inserted, the user has several com-
mand options that can be used. Options include: ‘backup,’
‘table of elements,’ ‘edit,’ ‘calculate line statistics,’ ‘forecast,’
‘plot graph,’ ‘retrieve old data file,’ ‘store new data file,’ and
‘done.’ Since the program examines only the first character
of the command, the user need not type the entire command.
For example: B, T, E, C, F, P, R, S, and D are single charac-
ters that will initiate the commands mentioned above.

The ‘backup’ command is used when the user has incorrectly
inserted the data. Each time this command is executed, the
computer backs up one data element and allows one to reinsert
the correct data. The ‘edit’ command, which will be described
later, can also be used for this purpose. However, ‘backup’ is
easier to use where the error was just made. In example 1,
the user accidentally inserted 1 975 for ‘year(5)’ when it should
have read 1974. ‘Backup’ was used to correct this error.

Also shown in example 1 is the use of the ‘table of elements’
command which causes all the data in the data pool to be dis- ’
played. The format allows the user to easily check the data for
accuracy before it is manipulated. At this time, if an error is
found, the ‘edit’ command would be used to alter the data.

42 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

As shown, the ‘calculate line statistics’ command gives the
user the equation of the least squares line as well as the co-
efficient of correlation and coefficient of determination.

While a regression line equation is important, a plot of the
data greatly aids one in conceptualizing the relationship. The
‘plot mode’ command is provided to this purpose. The user
merely supplies the range and increment of the independent
variable. In example 1, the lower limit is 1970, the upper limit
is 1984, and the increment is one year. In order to make the
graph easier to read, the user is prompted to supply the label
of the X and Y axes which are to be printed along with the
graph. In the example, year is the X axis and sales ($000) is
the Y axis. Note that the regression line points are indicated
by *, the input data points are shown by H, and the points
where they coincide are shown by X.

While a graph is a concise and easy way to express data, it
lacks precision. For those wishing precise data, a forecast
mode is available. This mode is called by typing ‘forecast’ or
F. Using the forecasting mode, the exact value of sales for
1 981 and 1 982 is found to be $47,91 1 and $50,295, respec-
tively. Reading such accurate values from the graph would be
impossible. To return to the input data mode, one types
‘return’ or R.

The program allows one to store and retrieve data files. For
sales forecasting, this is a virtual necessity since each year
the user will want to add sales data to the previous years
sales without having to reinsert all previous data. To create a
data file, merely type ‘store’ or S. The computer will respond
by requesting the user to supply a name for the file. In the ex-
ample, data was stored under the name ‘saledata.’ In a similar
vein, when one wishes to retrieve the data to add or reexamine
information, the user types ‘retrieve’ or R.

The edit mode, initiated by ‘edit’ or E, is provided to allow
the user to correct any errors. It may also be used to allow the
businessman to examine how the sales in certain years affect
the forecast. This would in essence be a sensitivity analysis
of the data. Example 1 shows how to take advantage of such
a feature. Suppose it was observed that the sales figures for
1973 and 1979 were adversely affected by the oil embargo
and oil price increases. While the 1973 and 1979 sales fig-
ures are correct, the user may feel that these figures are so
unique that all they really do is to introduce error for future
sales extrapolation. Thus the manager may wish to alter the
sales figures for these years and examine the results without
the effect of the oil crisis.

Example 1 shows how the ‘edit’ command was used to alter
the sales for ‘year(4)’ and ‘year(1 0)’ to $29,000 and $47,000
respectively. Once again, to return to the input data mode,
type ‘return’ or R. With this data altered, the user may once
again use any of the previously mentioned commands to study
the data. The ‘done’ command is used to exit the program.

Simple linear regression analysis lends itself to fields other
than business. It may be used whenever there is a need to
analyze a relationship between two variables. Example 2
shows an additional application: how material expands and
contracts as a function of temperature. The data, consisting
of 1 1 points, was previously stored under the data file name
‘metalexp.’ Therefore, ‘retrieve’ was used to reinsert the
data. Note the ability of the program to plot in all four
quadrants of the graph.

About the Program

REM statements are used throughout to help understand
the program. However, there are a few points worthy of addi-
tional explanation.

The first statement (line 10) is a ‘dimension’ statement,
used to indicate the amount of memory to set aside for the X
and Y data pairs. The program shows that a maximum of 50
pairs are allowed. The user can increase or decrease this
statement based on needs and memory resources.

Note that the X axis is not always at Y = 0, nor is the Y axis
always at X = 0. The axes play an important role in reading a

• OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI •

</)

</>

(/>

This 96-page workbook introduces the fundamentals of OSI
BASIC and explains its characteristics, limitations and usefull
features. It also discusses control and logic and contains
many sample programs and exercises. Just $5.95.

See your dealer or write:

jig Add $2.00 ($5 foreign orders)

P.O. Box 921, Dept. I A
Los Alamos, NM 87544

shipping and handling

OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • OSI • ISO

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 61

ANNOUNCING:

NEW!

MICROSTAT

A complete statistics package for business, scientific,
education and research work. No other package has
the features of MICROSTAT. For example:

* File oriented with COMPLETE editing

* A Data Management Subsystem for editing, sort-
ing, ranking, lagging, data file transfers PLUS 11 data
transformations (e.g., linear, reciprocal, exponential,
etc.) • Frequency distributions • Simple and multiple
regression • Time series (including exponential smooth-
ing) *11 Non-parametric tests • Crosstabs/Chi-square

* Factorials (up to 1,000,000!), permutations, combinations

* 8 Probability distributions * Scatterplots

* Hypothesis test (Mean, proportion) • ANOVA
(one and two-way) * Correlation • Plus many
other unique features

Users manual: $10.00 (credited towards purchase)
and includes sample data and printouts. Uses 0
NORTH STAR BASIC 32K of memory, one or two disk
drives (2 recommended). Printer optional. Price: $200.00

£ g P CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 16

Phone orders:

P 0 Box 68602 (317)253-6828

> Indianapolis. IN 46268

[ master charge]

THE INTERBANK CARO

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 43

ISO • ISO • ISO • ISO » ISO • ISO • ISO • ISO • ISO • ISO • ISO • ISO • ISO

BUILDING BLOCKS FOR
MICROCOMPUTER SYSTEMS,

2K ROM 2 K RAM

3 SERIAL PORTS 1 PARALLEL PORT

TABLE TOP MAINFRAMES

RACKMOUNT CARD CAGES

SPECIALIZING

QUALITY

MICRO-

COMPUTER

HARDWARE

INDUSTRIAL
EDUCATIONAL
SMALL BUSINESS
PERSONAL

ELECTRONIC

CONTROL

TECHNOLOGY

763 RAMSEY AVE.
HILLSIDE. N.J. 07205

POWER SUPPLIES, CPU’S,
MEMORY, OEM VARIATIONS

( 201 ) 686-8080

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 17

SuperBrain

Software.

MICROSOFT C-BASIC PRICE

A/R

$250.00

A/P

$250.00

G/L .

$250.00

P/R

$250.00

Inventory

$250.00

Restaurant Payroll

$250.00

Mailing List

$150.00

Word Processing

$195.00

“Industry Standard’’

programs

on 5 Va 11

diskette include source and complete profes-
sional documentation. Ready to run on Super-
Brain.® One time charge, non exclusive
license.

■ ■■ COMPUTER
□ □□ MARKETIVIG

■ ■■corporation

116 South Mission

Wenatchee, WA 98801

(509) 663-1626 Ask for wholesale division

Also SuperBrain® computers check on prices.

® Trademark of Intertec Data Systems

graph. Therefore, the axes are always printed. In addition,
their location is calculated and displayed. In the case of exam-
ple 1 , the Y axis is shown at $21 ,000, and the X axis at 1 970.
While the Y axis could have started at 0, to do so would de-
crease the resolution of the graph.

Lastly, minimum and maximum values of Y are manipulated
in such a way as to display easily readable values on the Y
axis. If, for example, the minimum value of Y was 946.78 and
the maximum value 12404.6, the Y increment would be
229.1564 [(12404. 6-946. 78)/50]. However, by reducing
the lower limit of Y to two significant digits (see lines 1080 to
1190) and then modifying the maximum value of Y so it is
evenly divisible by 50 (lines 1200 through 1240), the lower
and upper values of Y become 940 and 15940 respectively.
This yields a graph with a Y increment of 300 which is far
easier to read than the unmodified Y axis. The reason for
changing the range to be evenly divisible by 50 stems from
the fact that the graph is broken into 50 divisions. This does
not include the 10 columns to the left of the graph which are
provided for the X axis title and values. □

Example 1. Sales forecasting application using all
command options.

RUN

X AXIS PROMPT? YEAR
Y AXIS PROMPT? SALES

*** INSERT DATA MODE***
YEARC 1 ):? 19 70
SAL ESC 1 ) = ? 22354
YEARC 2 ):? 1971
SAL ESC 2 ) = 7 26588
YEARC 3 ):? 1972
SAL ESC 3 ):? 27965
YEARC 4 ):? 1973
SAL ESC 4 ):? 21892
YEARC 5 )=? 1975
SALESC 5 ):? B
YEARC 5 ):? 1974
SALESC 5 ):? 31244
YEARC 6 ):? 1975
SALESC 6 ):? 34212
YEARC 7 ):? 19 76
SALESC 7 ):? 36547
YEARC 8 ) = ? 1977
SALESC 8 )=? 39871
YEARC 9 ) = ? 1978
SALESC 9 ) = ? 44521
YEARC 10 ):? 1979
SALESC 10 ):? 38957
YEARC 11 )=? TABLE

*** TABLE OF ELEMENTS***

YEARC

19 70

SALESC

22354

YEARC

1971

SALESC

26568

Y£ARC

19 72

SALESC

27965

YEARC

1973

SALESC

21892

YEARC

1974

SALESC

31244

YEARC

19 75

SALESC

34212

YEARC

1976

SALESC

36547

YEARC

1977

SALESC

39671

YEARC

1978

SALESC

44521

YEARC

1C ):

: 19 79

SALESC

i ):

: 36957

*** INSERT DATA MODE***
YEARC 11 ):? CALCULATE

*** LI NE STATISTICS***

SLOPE Mfc 2384
Y INTERCEPTS. 674 79 E+06
COEFFICIENT OF DETERMINATION: .854123
COEFFICIENT OF CORRELATION: .924188
EQUATION IS Y= 2384 X+C-4.67479 E+06 )

*** INSERT DATA MODEV*

YEARC 11 ):? PLOT

44 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 8

AUGUST 1980

*** PLOT MODE***

LOWER LIMIT OF X=? 197C
UPPER LIMIT OF X=? 1984
INCREMENTS OF X=? 1
X AXIS LABEL:? YEAR

Y AXIS LABEL=? SALES ($000)

Y INCREMENT: 700

Y AXIS AT X: 1970

X AXIS AT Y= 21000

SALES ($000)

21C00 28000 35000 42CGC 450CC

1970
15 71
1972
19 73
19 70
19 75
19 76
19 77
1978
19 79

1980

1981

1982

1983

1984

*H-

* H
* H

H 1

5600C

*** INSERT DATA MODE***
YEAR( 11 ):? FORECAST

*** FORECAST MODE, TYPE R TO RETURN***

FOR YEAR? 1981

EXTRAPOLATED SALES IS 47911
FOR YEAR? 1982

EXTRAPOLATED SALES IS 50295

FOR YEAR? RETURN

*** INSERT DATA MODE***

YEAR( 11 ):? SAVE DATA

NAME OF DATA FILE TO BE STORED ? SALEDATA

*** INSERT DATA MODE***

YEAR( 11 )=? EDIT

*** ED I T MODE, TYPE R TO RETURN***

DO YOU WISH TO EDIT X OR Y ELEMENT? Y

WHAT ELEMENT NUMBER N=? 4

NEW ELEMENT VALUE Y 4 =? 29000

DO YOU WISH TO EDIT X OR Y ELEMENT? Y

WHAT ELEMENT NUMBER N=? 1C

NEW ELEMENT VALUE Y 10 :? 47000

DO YOU WISH TO EDIT X OR Y ELEMENT? RETURN

*** INSERT DATA MODE***

YEAR( 11 ):? FORECAST

*** FORECAST MODE, TYPE R TO RETURN***
FOR YEAR? 1981

EXTRAPOLATED SALES IS 51495.5
FOR YEAR? 1982

EXTRAPOLATED SALES IS 54198

FOR YEAR? RETURN

*** INSERT DATA MODE***

YEAR( 11 ):? DONE

READY

At last— the

Turn your electric typewriter into a low cost, high
quality hard copy printer. 1 Year Warranty

The patented* RDI— I/O Pak is fast becoming the industry standard

for typewriter output. Why? Because:

1. It takes 2 minutes to initially install and 5 seconds to remove or
replace.

2. You do not have to modify your typewriter. All factory warranties
and maintenance agreements on your typewriter will be honored.

3. You can use it with all powered carriage return typewriters that
have U.S. keyboard. Our Model I works with all non Selectrics and
our Model II works with Selectrics. Conversion between models
takes 2 minutes and the kit (26 plungers) is available for a nominal
charge.

4. You don’t have to lug around a bulky printer when you travel. If
there is a typewriter at your destination, you can install the light
(3 lbs.) I/O Pak in just 2 minutes.

5. Same interface for TRS-80, Apple and GPIB. Centronics and Pet
compatible interfaces are available in third quarter 1980. Electric
pencil available.

6. Delivery: stock to 2 weeks. Price: $499.00, FOB Rochester, Do-
mestic.

See your local distributor or call Bob Giese, 716 385-4336. We have

the only “clean” approach to the typewriter/ printer market.

3100 Monroe Avenue, Rochester, New York 14618 incorporated

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 32

Desk Main/Frame

LOW COST & ATTRACTIVE STYLING

• MAIN/FRAME INTEGRATED INTO FURNITURE QUALITY DESK

• ELECTRONICS PACKAGE SLIDE MOUNTED FOR EASY ACCESS

• SUPPORTS TWO 8" FLOPPY DRIVES FROM SEVERAL MANUFAC-
TURERS (DRIVES NOT INCLUDED)

• 10 SLOT MOTHERBOARD INCLUDES CONNECTORS

• POWER SUPPLY FOR DRIVES AND CARDS

• DESK AND MAIN/FRAME AVAILABLE SEPARATELY

• MATCHING PRINTER DESK AVAILABLE

WRITE OR CALL FOR OUR BROCHURE WHICH INCLUDES
OUR APPLICATION NOTE: ‘BUILDING CHEAP COMPUTERS’

INTEGRAND

8474 Ave. 296 • Visalia, CA 93277 • (209) 733-9288
We accept BankAmericard/Visa and MasterCharge

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 27

INTERFACE AGE 45

WE
DELIVER!

Osborne Business
Software

• Source programs, with enhancements.

• One year maintenance included in price.

• Custom configured for your terminal.

• We ore committed to fully supporting our users.

General Ledger with Cosh Journal $95

Accounts Payable $95

Accounts Receivable $95

Payroll with Cost Accounting $95

All four packages $295

Formats: 6", NorthStor. TRS-00 MOD II im. Manuals are not included in the above prices —
add $20 per manual desired (AR/AP are in one manual). CP/M and CBA5IC2 required.
Users must sign licensing agreement. Dealer inquiries invited.

Other high-quality CP/M software available — contact us for our com-
plete price list. Some examples:

Wordstar $435 TEXTWRITER III $120

PEARL II $345 PEARL III $645

PASCAL/Z $365 Tiny-C $ 95

CP/M ond CDASIC2 for TRS-60 MOD II «» (P6T) $285

To order call: (206) 542-8370
or write: VANDATA

17541 Stone Avenue North
Seattle, WA 98133

VISA/MC/COD Welcome — TRS-60 is a registered of Radio Shock. Inc.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 67

DISK DRIVE WOES? PRINTER INTERACTION?
MEMORY LOSS? ERRATIC OPERATION?

DON'T BLAME THE SOFTWARE!

Power Line Spikes, Surges & Hash could be the culprit!
Floppies, printers, memory & processor often interact!

Our unique ISOLATORS eliminate equipment interaction
AND curb damaging Power Line Spikes, Surges and Hash.

♦ISOLATOR (ISO-1 A) 3 filter isolated 3-prong sockets;
integral Surge/Spike Suppression; 1875 W Maximum load,

1 KW load any socket $56.95

♦ISOLATOR (ISO-2) 2 filter isolated 3-prong socket banks;
(6 sockets total); integral Spike/Surge Suppression;

1875 W Max load, 1 KW either bank $56.95

♦SUPER ISOLATOR (ISO-3), similar to ISO-1 A

except double filtering & Suppression .... $85.95

♦ISOLATOR (ISO-4), similar to ISO-1 A except

unit has 6 individually filtered sockets .... $96.95

♦ISOLATOR (ISO-5), similar to ISO-2 except

unit has 3 socket banks, 9 sockets total . . . $79.95

♦CIRCUIT BREAKER, any model (add-CB) Add $ 7.00
*CKT BRKR/SWITCH/PILOT any model

( CBS) Add $14.00

PHONE ORDERS 1-617-655-1532

Electronic Specialists, Inc.

171 South Main Street. Natick. Mass. 01760

Dept IF

Example 2. Displays flexibility of plotting feature.

RUN

X AXIS PROMPT? TEMP
Y AXIS PROMPT? EXP

*** INSERT DATA MODE***

TEMP( 1 ) = ? R

NAME OF DATA FILE TO BE RETRIEVED ? METALExP

*** INSEPT DATA MODE***

TEMPC 12 ):? PLOT

♦♦♦PLOT MODE***

LOWER LIMIT OF X=? -400
UPPER LIMIT OF x=? 600
INCREMENTS OF X=? 50
X AXIS LABELS TEMPERATURE DEGREES F

Y AXIS LABEL:? MATERIAL EXPANSION MM

Y INCREMENT: .5

Y AXIS AT X: 0
X AXIS AT Y=- .2

T -400
E -350
M -300
P -250
E -200
R -150
A -100
T -50
U 0
R 50
E 100
150
D 200
E 250
G 300
R 350
E 400
E 450
S 500
550
F 600

*** INSERT DATA MODE***
TEMPC 12 ):? DONE

READY

MATERIAL EXPANSION MM

-8.7 -3.7 1.3 6.3 11.3 16.3

PROGRAM LISTING

1C DIM X(5C),y(50),Z(1C)

2G UN ERROR GOTO 2410

30 REV, **** LEAVE 10 SPACES FOR X AXIS LABEL AND SET FIRST INPUT TO 1
40 L0=1C: Nil

50 INPUT "X AXIS PROMPT"; XPS
60 INPUT "Y AXIS PROMPT”; YP$

70 REV ****

£0 REM ****

90 PRINT : PR I NT "*♦* INSERT DATA MODE

ICC PRINT XPS;*' ("; N; **)=";

110 INPUT XDS

12C IF LEFTS <XDS,1)="B” THEN 220
130 IF LEFTS (XDS t 1)="C M THEN 610
140 IF LEFTS (XDS,1)="r THEN 540
150 IF LEFTS (XDS,1)="D” THEN END
160 IF LEFTS (XDS,1)="E" THEN 790
170 IF LEFTS (XDS,1)="F” THEN 710
180 IF LEFTS (XDS,1) = "P* THEN 900
190 IF LEFTS <XD$,1)="R" THEN 310
200 IF LEFTS ( XDS t 1)= ,, S" THEN 430
210 XCN)=VAL(XDS>: GOTO 230
22C ItN-l

230 PRINT YPS;"(”; N;")=";

24C INPUT YDS

250 IF Y OS- " B” THEN 100

260 Y(N)=VAL(YDS)

270 N=N+1: GOTO 100
2£0 REV ****

290 REM ****

300 REM **** GET DATA FROM OLD HISTORY DATA FILE

310 INPUT "NAME OF DATA FILE TO BE RETRIEVED ";DRS

320 OPEN OLD DRS AS 1

330 REM**** READ NUMBER OF POINTS

340 INPUT #1,N

35G REM **** READ ALL X AND Y POINTS

46 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 18

AUGUST 1980

,. T HE OWOIHW-*

1 0 Personal
C Computing

® so

Presents:

Personal Computing
and Small Business
Computer Show

August 21 , 22,23, 24th at the Philadelphia Gvic Center

• Major exhibits by the industries leading companies

• Thursday, Aug. 21st, Dealer Day 12 Noon to 6 P.M.

• Friday and Saturday, Aug. 22, 23rd 9 A.M. to 6 P.M.

• Sunday, Aug. 24th 10 A.M. to 5 P.M.

• Free Seminars • Robotics Contest • Antique Computer Display

• Special Seminars and Tutorials about Computer Music, Saturday, Aug. 23rd

• 3rd Annual Computer Music Festival, Saturday Evening, Aug. 23rd

(Computer Music Festival is sponsored by the Philadelphia Area Computer Society-Tickets on sale at show)

• Computer Visual Arts Festival, Sunday, Aug. 24th

The Largest Personal Computing Show in 1980

Advanced Registration

Saves Time & Money company name

□ Send Dealer-Retailer (4 days)

Registrations at $10. each, $12. at door
for Thursday-Sunday, Aug. 21, 22, 23,
24

NAME_

STREET

□ Send Regular Registrations (3

days) at $8. each, $10. at door for
Friday-Sunday, Aug. 22, 23, 24 only.

Advanced Registrations will be mailed late
July - early August. No Advanced Registra-
tions accepted after Aug. 8th.

□ Send Exhibitor information or Phone
609-653-1188

CITY STATE ZIP.

PHONE

Send To:

PERSONAL COMPUTING 80

Rt. 1, Box 242, Warf Rd., • Mays Landing, NJ 08330

AUGUST 1980

INTERFAf

360 FOR M=1 TO N
370 INPUT #1,X(M),YCM)

360 NEXT M

390 ftNH-1: CLOSE Is GOTO 90
400 REM ****

410 R EM ****

420 REV**** STORE DATA IN HISTORY DATA FILE

430 INPUT "NAME OF OATA FILE TO BE STORED ";DS$

44C OPEN NEW DSS AS 1

450 REM**** STORE NUMBER OF POINTS

460 PRINT #1,N-1

470 REM**** STORE ALL X ANO Y POINTS

460 FOR M:1 TO N-1

490 PRINT #1,X(M);",";y(M)

500 NEXT M

510 CLOSE 1: GOTO 90

520 REM ****

530 R EM ****

540 PRINT SPRINT "*** TABLE OF ELEMENTS***"

550 FOR 1 TO N-1

560 PRINT XPS;"(";M;")="; x(M),yPS;"(";M;")=";yCM)

590 REM ****

600 REM ****

610 PRINT : PRINT s PR I NT "***LINE STATISTICS***"

620 GOSUB 2240

630 PRINT "SLOPE M= ";MS

640 PRINT "Y INTERCEPT=";B

650 PRINT "COEFFICIENT OF DETERMI NAT I 0N="; CC*CC
660 PRINT "COEFFICIENT OF CORRELATI ON=";CC
670 PRINT "EQUATION IS Y="; MS;" X" B;">"

660 GOTO 90
690 REM ****

700 REM ****

710 PRINT SPRINT s PR I NT "*** FORECAST MODE, TYPE R TO RETURN***"

720 GOSUB 2240

730 PRINT "FOR XP$;

740 INPUT X0$

750 IF LEFTS CXC$,1)="R" THEN 90
760 XD= VAL(XOS)

770 YC=MS*XC+B

760 PRINT "EXTRAPCLATEO ";YP$;" IS "jYOjPRINT : GOTO 730
790 PRINT : PR I NT "*** EDI T MODE, TYPE R TO RETURN***"

60C INPUT "DO YOU WISH TO EDI T X OR Y ELEMENT; T$

elO IF LEFTS ( TS, 1) = "R" THEN 90

620 IF TS<> "tf* AND TS<>"Y" THEN 600

630 INPUT "WHAT ELEMENT NUMBER N=";N1

640 PRINT "NEW ELEMENT VALUE ";T$;N1;"=";

650 INPUT X9

660 IF TS=" X" THEN X(N1) = » ELSE YCN1) = XS
8 70 GOTO 600
660 REM ****

69C REM ****

900 PRINT : PR I NT s PR I NT "***PLOT MODE***"s PR I NT
910 GOSUB 2240

92 C INPUT "LOWER LIMIT OF X=";L1
93C INPUT "UPPER LIMIT OF X=";L2
940 IF L2=L1 OR L2<L1 GOTO 920
950 INPUT "INCREMENTS 0FX=";L3
960 INPUT "X AXIS LABEL=";XS
970 INPUT "Y AXIS LABEL=";yS

960 REM **** COMPUTE MIN AND MAX OF REGRESSION LINE
990 Y7=MS*L2+B : Y6 = MS*L1+B
1000 IF Y6>Y7 THEN Y3=Y7sY4 = Yes GOTO 1030
1010 Y3=YesY4=Y7

1C20 REM **** COMPARE MIN AND MAX OF LINE WITH HISTORY MIN AND MAX
1C3C FOR M:1 TO N-1

1040 IF X(M)<( L1-L3/2) OR X(M) >= (L2+L3/2) GOTO 1070
1050 IF Y(M)>Y4 THEN Y4 = Y(M>

1060 IF Y( M)< Y3 THEN Y3=Y(M)

1070 NEXT M

1060 REM**** ROUNO MIN (Y3) TO 2 SIGNIFICANT DIGITS < ORIGINAL VALUE

1C90 IF Y3=0 GOTO 1200

1100 Z= INT(L0G( ABSC Y3))/L0G(10)-1)

1110 IF SGN(Y3)=-1 GOTO 1170
1120 REM **** Y3 IS POSITIVE

1130 IF Y3< 1 THEN Y3= INT(Y3*10aABS(Z>)/1CaABSCZ) S GOTO 1200
1140 IF Y3< 10 THEN Y3= I NT(Y3*10)/10 : GOTO 1200
1150 GOTO 1190

1160 REM **** Y3 IS NEGATIVE

1170 IF Y3>-1 THEN Y3=-( INK ABS(Y3)*1CaABS(Z)+D)/1CaACS(Z)s GOTO 1200
1160 IF Y3>“ 10 THEN Y3= INT(Y3*10)/10 : GOTO 1200
1190 Y3 = INTCY3/10aZ)*10aZ

1200 REM **** REPLACE MAX (Y4) WITH MULTIPLE OF 50
1210 72=5*1Ca(INT(LOG(Y4-Y3)/LOG(1C)-1))

122C Y5=(Z2*< INT((Y4-y3)/Z2)+1))/5G
1230 PRINT "Y INCREMENT=";Y5
1240 Y4=Y5*50+Y3

1250 REM**** CALCULATE I0CATION OF Y AXIS
1260 FOR LI TO L2 STEP L3

1270 REM**** IF LOOPING IS ABOUT TO END, FORCE X AXIS TO LAST VALUE

1260 IF M >= (L2-L3* »5) GOTO 1300

1290 IF ABSC M)> ABSC M+L3) GOTO 1310

13CC PRINT "Y AXIS AT X=";MjX4=M: GOTO 132C

1310 NEXT M

1320 REV **** COMPUTE SCALE FACTOR BASED ON VAX AND MIN Y
133C K1=50/ABSCY3-Y4)

1340 REM **** COMPUTE COLUMN OF X AXIS (K4)

1350 FOR Y3 TO Y4 STEP Y5

136C REM **** DUE TO ROUNOING ERROR STOP LOOPING WITH NEXT STATEMENT

1370 IF V >: CY4-Y5*.5) GOTO 1390

1360 IF ABSCM)>=ABSCMfY5) GOTO 1410

1390 PRINT "X AXIS AT Y=";M

1400 K4: INTCABSCCM-Y3)*Kl)+.5) + LG : GOTO 1420

1 4 1C NEXT V

1420 REM **** PRINT LABEL OF Y AXIS AND Y SCALE
1430 PRINT ; PR I NT : PR I NT s PR I NT TAB(20 );yS

THE PASCAL/MTJ™$250.00

• Compiler executes under the CP M
operating system in as little as 32
K bytes of RAM

• Interactive Symbolic Debugger which
enables the programmer to examine
variables, set a breakpoint, and trace
procedure calls interactively at run
time

• Compiles at the rate of 600 lines per
minute on a 2 MHZ 8080

• Programs Execute up to 10 TIMES
FASTER than popular interpretive
Pascals

• The code generated is 8080 object
code which is ROMable with a mini-
mum run time overhead of 1 5K bytes

• Iriterrupt procedures allow the pro-

grammer to write interrupt drivers for
10 and other real time tasks in Pas-
cal MT

• Bit manipulations of variables may be
performed with the built-in proce-
dures: SETBIT. CLRBIT. TSTBIT.
SHL. SHR. SWAP. LO, HI.

• Assembly language subroutines may
be called from Pascal MT

• Business arithmetic version of Pascal
MT is also available

• Pascal data structures supported are:
ENUMERATION AND SUBRANGE
TYPES. RECORD. ARRAY, REAL.
INTEGER. CHAR, and BOOLEAN

•Not implemented are: SETS. GOTO.
GET. PUT

BUSINESS CONTROL PROGRAMS

9Q! FROM THE ORIGINATOR OF THE TRS-80® PROJECT

52BO TRAIL LAKE DR.

SUITE 13
FT. WORTH, TX. 76133
IB17) 2 94-2510

RPORATION

CP/M @ 2

Enhanced Upward Compatible
File System

Powerful New Random Access
Capabilities

FMG Corporation now offers the
CP M 2.2 for the TRS-80 Model II.
From minidisks, floppy disks, all
the way to high-capacity hard
disks, the flexibility of CP M 2.2
makes it a truly universal operat-
ing system. The package includes
an 8" system disk, editor, assem-
bler and debugger for the TRS-80
Model II.

AS LOW AS $200.00

BUSINESS

• General Ledger

• Payroll

• Accounts Payable

• Accounts Receivable

These business systems are de-
signed with the business manager
in mind! Totally screen oriented,
they give complete user prompting
as each entry is required. Major
changes in your current book-
keeping method are not neces-
sary to make these programs work
for you.

AS LOW AS $250.00

CP/M is a registered trademark of Digital Research Corp. IRS 80 is a registered trademark of Radio Shack

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 20

AUGUST 1980

me PRINT TAB(L0-3); y3;

145C PRINT TAB(LC+7);.2*(Y4-Y3)+y3;

1460 PRINT TAB(LG+17);.4*(Y4-Y3)+Y3;

147C PRINT TAB(LC+27);.6 # (Y4-Y3)+Y3;

1 4 fO PRINT TAB(L0+37);.8*(Y4-Y3 )+y3;

149C PRINT TAB(LC+4 7); Y4
1500 REM**** PRINT Y AXIS LINE

1510 PRINT T ABC 10) ;"+ + + + +

1520 REM**** FOR ALL X POINTS CO^UTE Y AND PRINT GRAPH
1530 K0=0

1540 FOR Ml: Li TO L2 STEP L3

1550 REM**** PRINT LABEL OF X AXIS

1560 F1=F1+1: PRINT Ml D$(X$, F1,1>; TAB(2>; Ml;

157C REM**** COMPUTE REGRESSION LINE Y FOR GIVEN X AND NORMALIZE

15E0 K2= INT((MS*V1+B-Y3)*KH.5)+L0

1590 REM **** PRINT Y AXIS

1600 IF F= 1 OR M1<> X4 GOTO 1750

1610 GOSUB 194G

1620 PRINT TAB(LO);

1630 FOR teLC TO (L0+5C)

1640 IF K0>G AND M: K2 AND M=K3 THEN PRINT "X"; ELSE 1670
1650 GOSUB 2140
1660 GOTO 173C

1670 IF M:K2 THEN PRINT "*";; GOTO 173C
1660 IF KC>0 AND M= K3 THEN PRINT "H"; ELSE 171C
1690 GOSUB 2140
1700 GOTO 1730

1710 IF KfcK4 THEN PRINT "I";: GOTO 173C
1720 PRINT
1730 NEXT M

1740 F- 1 : PRINT • GOTO 1520

1750 REM **** PRINT THE REGRESSION LINE POINT (K2)

1760 REM**** PRINT THE X AXIS POINT IF APPLICABLE (K4)

1770 REM**** PRINT THE HISTORY POINT IF APPLICABLE (K3)

1780 GOSUB 1940

179C FOR NfcLO TO (L0+50)

1800 PRINT TA9(M);

1810 IF KD>0 AND M=K2 AND M=K3 THEN PRINT ”x”; ELSE 1640
1620 GOSUB 2140
183C GOTO 1890

1640 IF M:K2 THEN PRINT ”*";: GOTO 189C
1650 IF K0>0 AND M=K3 THEN PRINT "H"; ELSE 1660
I860 GOSUB 2140
1670 GOTO 1890

I860 IF M=K4 THEN PRINT "I";: GOTO 1690

1850 IF M>K2 AND M>K4 AND M>K3 GOTO 1510

1900 NEXT M

1910 PRINT

1920 NEXT Ml

1530 GOTO 9C

1940 REM**** THIS ROUTINE FI NDS, COUNTS, AND STORES THE NUMBER
1950 REM **** OF Y VALUES FOR A GIVEN X. IF > 1 VALUE IS
I960 REM**** FOUNO, THE VALUES ARE SORTED.

1970 FOR M:1 TO N-1

I960 IF XC M)>= (Ml- L3/2) AND X(M)< (M1+L3/2) THEN KG=K0+1 ELSE 2000
1990 Z(KG)=Y(M)

2000 NEXT M
2C10 IF K0<2 THEN 2120
2020 REM **** SORT ROUTINE
2030 K5=0

2040 FOR fcfc KO TO 2 STEP -1
2050 IF ZCM) <: ZCM-1) THEN 2100
2060 Z1=Z<M)

2070 Z(M)= Z<M-1>

2060 Z(M-1) = Z1

2090 K5=1

21CC NEXT M

2110 IF K5M THEN 2030

2120 K3= INT((Z<K0)-Y3)*Kl+.5)+L0

2130 RETURN

2140 REM **** PREPARE FOR NEXT POINT TO BE PRINTED
2150 K0=KC-1

2160 IF K0=0 THEN RETURN

2170 REM**** SKIP TO NEXT Y VALUE IF Y VALUES ARE INDENTICAL

2160 IF Z<K0)=Z(K0+1) GOTO 2150

2190 K3 : INT((ZCKO)* y3)*K1+.5)+LC

2200 RETURN

2210 REM ****

2220 REM****

2230 REM**** SUBROUTINE TO COMPUTE REGRESSION STATISTICS
2240 Nfc N* 1

2250 IF N<2 THEN PRINT " TWO OR MORE POINTS REQUIRED: GOTO 2370
2260 F1=0: F:0: S1=0: Yl = 0: Y2=0 : X1=0: X2=0
2270 FOR 1 TON
2280 S1=S1+XCM)*Y(M)

2290 XI- XCM)+Xl
2300 Y1=Y(M) + Y1
2310 X2=X2 + XCM)*X(M)

2320 Y2= Y2+Y(M)*Y(M)

2330 NEXT M

2340 MS=(S1-(X1*Y1)/N)/(X2-CX1*X1)/N)

2350 B:(Y1-MS*XD/N

2360 CG(S1-X1*Y1/N)/(SQR((X2-X1*X1/N)*(Y2-Y1*Y1/N)))

2370 N: NH-1
2380 RETURN
2390 REM ****

2400 REM ****

2410 REM **** FLEX DISK ERROR MESSAGES
2420 IF ERR: 7 GOTO 220
243C IF ERR<>4 THEN ON ERROR GOTO 0
2440 PRINT "THE FILE COULD NOT BE FOUND"

2450 GOTO 2470

2460 PRINT "ALL 01 SK SPACE HAS BEEN USED"

2470 CLOSE 1
2460 RESUME 90

REAOY

64K MEMORY

FOR THE

HEATHKIT H8*
COMPUTER

Assembled

Kit

$750

$650

64K (56K)

615

525

48K

480

400

32K

345

275

16K

Memory Expansion

Kit -

16K $125

PC Board Only -

With Documentation $ 50

Phone for Free Brochure

714/830-2092

*HEATHKIT and H8 are Registered Trademarks of the Heath Co.

— TRIONYX
ELECTRONICS

131-B, SANTA ANA, CA

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 65

QUALITY PROFESSIONAL & BUSINESS SOFTWARE
FOR THE APPLE II AND APPLE PLUS COMPUTERS

LETTER MASTER - This is a lightning fast Word
Processor which is simple to use and operates like a character
oriented system It features a menu driven operating system
which allows entry, storage, editing, draft printing, and final
justified printing Editing includes line corrections (add up to
200 characters if you want), global search, string
replacement, delete, add. and merge Text floats as needed to
make up lines of text Print justified, unjustified, or a mixture.
System prepares and prints form letters with its own 500
name diskette full feature mailing list program Applesoft II
Disc Item M-34. $139 95. Processor without mailing list and
form letter. Item M-33. $69 95.

PROGRAMMER PLUS - A 16 lesson course in Applesoft
II on two full disks or super-load tape which will teach you all
you need to know to program in BASIC. Lessons cover all
string, math and logical operations necessary for personal,
scientific or business applications Special units teach
graphics and sound to add a little Apple Class to your
programs Applesoft II Item 35. Tape. $24 95 Disc. $34.95

SCIENTIST - A powerful scientific data base and statistics
program which will turn your Apple into a mathematical and
graphics tool It will do simple statistics or such complicated
functions as Chi- Square. Normal. Student-t. and Poisson
With the Data Base element you can build your own analytical
programs Applesoft II Disc. $89.95

Shipping S3 00 order CA residents add sales tax

TO ORDER CALL TOLL FREE 24 HOURS
800-854-0561 Ext. 802
In CA 800-432-7257

OR WRITE FOR TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO

MONUMENT COMPUTER SERVICE

Village Data Center - P.O. Box 603
Joshua Tree, California 92252

92704

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 43

INTERFACE AGE 49

Datasmith in Kansas has put together a highly flexible pay-
roll program designed for the Micropolis operating system.
As far as what makes a good payroll system? Software
authors and accountants agree that there’s no pat
answer— individual needs vary so widely. But there are,
however, some common grounds for comparison.

1 . “Before the fact” versus “after the fact.” A before-the-
fact system records hours and internally generates the
payroll deductions, taxes and net pay. Most systems
actually write the check, and are appropriate for a busi-
ness application in which many payroll checks must be
written, and where employees’ checks differ.

An after-the-fact payroll system simply records infor-
mation generated by other means. In other words, it
simply “keeps the books.” This is generally ideal for an
accountant who does client bookkeeping monthly.

2. Departmental records. Many payroll systems allow the
user to keep time by department or branch. This can be
critical in a job-shop environment, for example, where
management needs an up-to-date and accurate account-
ing of job time.

3. Multiple state tables. A few fancy payroll systems offer
multiple state tables for computing disability and with-
holding taxes. These enable a company with employees
in several states to accurately calculate each employee’s
taxes according to his state laws. A useful feature— but
only for a few.

4. Earned income credit. The federal government, in its
vigilant effort to simplify (?) things, has come up with a
new complication: the earned income credit. While not
commenting on its political or even economic impact, it is
basically a program to allow those on the low end of the
wage earning spectrum to receive funds in advance (i.e.,
an “earned income credit”) on their income tax returns if
they earn under $8,000. Most computerized payroll sys-
tems ignore this feature.

5. Automatic updating of general ledger. Somehow it
seems to be a waste of many hours to again enter payroll
information into the general ledger program. A good pay-
roll system can eliminate this drudgery by providing out-
put summaries which consolidated general ledger entry.
Some advanced micro systems even set up disk files for
program-to-program integration of the data.

6. Assistance schedules. Some payroll systems produce
“mock timecards” and worksheets for employees. Fancy,
even superfluous, but nonetheless often useful.

7. Personnel records. Many payroll systems have the be-
ginnings of a good personnel records system. They main-
tain information about pay rate, of course, but can offer
more— employee raise history, employee classification,
etc. Of course, the usefulness of having this information
in the payroll portion depends, to a large extent, upon
the user’s other systems.

8. One feature often overlooked is sick time and its impact
upon FICA taxes. These are not payable on sick pay, and

accordingly, a good payroll system should have the
capability of accounting for this feature in the law. (This
can be substantial, judging by the fact that many con-
sulting firms make their fees exclusively from the
analysis of company payrolls to find sick pay FICA). Un-
fortunately, I have yet to come across a micro system
(other than my own) which takes this factor into account.

9. Sick time/vacation time. Besides being a necessary part
of employment, sick time and vacation time accounting
can save much paperwork and hassle in the accounting
department. A good system will record dollars and hours
of sick time and vacation time taken. An extraordinary
system will account for time remaining (i.e. accrued time).

10. Union reports. Many industries, such as construction, re-
quire payroll-related reports for union or worker compen-
sation. Unfortunately, these reports often do not corres-
pond with month ends or other logical dates. The system
should have the sophistication to handle these tasks.

1 1 . Special withholding. Commissioned salespeople have a
dislike for computer-generated paychecks, especially
when the program withholds outrageous amounts on
large, but infrequent, commissions. A good program will
skirt this problem.

On to Datasmith

This is a collection of computer programs that perform all
commonly required payroll functions. The system takes into
account both hourly and salary pay, and will compute federal,
state and local income taxes; it’s capable of handling the EIC
credits and a variety of other miscellaneous deductions such
as loans. The system is provided in source code so changes
are easily accomplished for customizations. In fact, the flow
charts are among the most complete I have ever seen.

The requirements include at least 40K of memory, the
Micropolis operating system, terminal, printer with at least 80
columns across and two disk drives.

The system is menu driven with clear explanations of what
each option entails. There are nine auxiliary programs for data
entry and calculation, reporting, updating and printing checks.

One of its interesting features is the introduction of “double
keying” to reduce errors. Most of the payroll systems sold
commercially utilize edit runs to determine that data entered
is correct. The Datasmith program has the feature of entry of
critical payroll information twice— a comparison is done as
the data is entered and, as a result, at least keypunch errors
can be reduced or eliminated.

The system is designed for “before the fact” payroll entry
only, and only has limited provisions for entry of commissions
or other types of “one-time” payrolls. It does, however, allow
for up to five types of miscellaneous deductions.

The payroll method of calculation is somewhat rigid. Only
two methods of paying employees are allowed— by the week
for salaried employees and by the hour for hourly employees.
Of course, a crafty user can get around these limitations and
pay employees as needed. For example, a commission can be
defined as a certain amount— say $350 per week and then the
monthly commission of $1 ,400 will be calculated accurately.

One nice feature of the payroll system is the presence of a
program which produces a “data input form.” This makes
data entry simple and organized, and is one of those little
“special items” which, while not absolutely necessary,
makes the system a little easier to use.

Anyone who has had to dredge through miles of unreadable
computer garbage printout will appreciate Datasmith printouts.
They are superbly organized and the payroll report, for one is
among the best available in terms of readability. Unfortunately,
only the current payroll and year-to-date figures are given.
Department totals are given for gross payroll at the end of the
list, but an employee can only be in one department. In other
words, the system could be used for “production, clerical or
management” but could not be used for job 10009, 19900,
etc., where an employee worked on more than one job.D

50 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

FIRST OF A SERIES

FTC Revolt

You’ve heard of the tax revolt. It’s
about time for an FTC revolt. Here’s
my story and why we’ve got to stop
federal bureaucratic regulation.

My story i$ only one example of how the FTC is
harassing small businesses but I'm not going
to sit back and take it.

By Joseph Sugarman,
President, JS&A Group, Inc.

I’m pretty lucky. When I started my business
in my basement eight years ago, I had little
more than an idea and a product.

The product was the pocket calculator. The
idea was to sell it through advertisements in
national magazines and newspapers.

Those first years in the basement weren’t
easy. But, we worked hard and through
imaginative advertising and a dedicated staff,
JS&A grew rapidly to become well recognized
as an innovator in electronics and marketing.

THREE BLIZZARDS

In January of 1979, three major blizzards
struck the Chicago area. The heaviest snow-
fall hit Northbrook, our village-just 20 miles
north of Chicago.

Many of our employees were stranded -
unable to get to our office where huge drifts
made travel impossible. Not only were we
unable to reach our office, but our computer
totally broke down leaving us in even deeper
trouble.

But we fought back. Our staff worked around
the clock and on weekends. First, we pro-
cessed orders manually. We also hired a
group of computer specialists, rented outside
computer time, employed a computer service
bureau, and hired temporary help to feed this
new computer network. We never gave up.
Our totally dedicated staff and the patience of
many of our customers helped us through the
worst few months in our history. Although
there were many customers who had to wait
over 30 days for their parcels, every package
was eventually shipped.

WE OPENED OUR DOORS

During this period, some of our customers
called the FTC (Federal T rade Commission) to
complain. We couldn’t blame them. Despite
our efforts to manually notify our customers of
our delays, our computer was not functioning
making the task extremely difficult.

The FTC advised JS&A of these complaints.
To assure the FTC that we were a responsible
company, we invited them to visit us. During
their visit we showed them our computerized
microfilm system which we use to back up
every transaction. We showed them our new
dual computer system (our main system and a
backup system in case our main system ever
failed again). And, we demonstrated how we
were able to locate and trace every order. We
were very cooperative, allowing them to look
at every document they requested.

The FTC left. About one week later, they

called and told us that they wanted us to pay a
$1 00,000 penalty for not shipping our products
within their 30-day rule. (The FTC rule states
that anyone paying by check is entitled to
have their purchase shipped within 30 days or
they must be notified and given the option to
cancel.)

NOT BY CONGRESS

The FTC rule is not a law nor a statute
passed by Congress, but rather a rule created
by the FTC to strengthen their enforcement
powers. I always felt that the rule was intended
to be used against companies that purposely
took advantage of the consumer. Instead, it
appears that the real violators, who often are
too difficult to prosecute, get away while JS&A,
a visible and highly respected company that
pays taxes and has contributed to our free
enterprise system, is singled out. I don't think
that was the intent of the rule.

And when the FTC goes to court, they have
the full resources of the US Government.
Small, legitimate businesses haven’t got a
chance.

We re not perfect. We do make mistakes.
But if we do make a mistake, we admit it,
accept the responsibility, and then take
whatever measures necessary to correct it.
That’s how we’ve built our reputation.

BLOW YOUR KNEE CAPS OFF

Our attorneys advised us to settle. As one
attorney said, “It’s like a bully pulling out a gun
and saying, If you don’t give me a nickel, I’ll
blow your knee caps off.”’ They advised us
that the government will subpoena thousands
of documents to harass us and cause us great
inconvenience. They warned us that even if
we went to court and won, we would end up
spending more in legal fees than if we settled.

To settle would mean to negotiate a fine and
sign a consent decree. The FTC would then
issue a press release publicizing their victory.

At first we tried to settle. We met with two
young FTC attorneys and agreed in principle
to pay consumers for any damages caused
them. But there were practically no damages,
just a temporary computer problem, some late
shipments, and some bad weather. The FTC
then issued a massive subpoena requesting
documents that will take us months to gather
and which we feel was designed to harass or
force us to accept their original $100,000
settlement request.

Remember, the FTC publicizes their
actions. And the higher the fine, the more the

publicity and the more stature these two
attorneys will have at the FTC.

If this all sounds like blackmail -that’s just
what it appeared to be to us.

We did ship our products late -something
we’ve admitted to them and which we publicly
admit here, but we refuse to be blackmailed
into paying a huge fine at the expense of our
company's reputation-something we’ve
worked hard eight years to build.

We re not a big company and we realize it
would be easier to settle now at any cost. But
we re not. If this advertisement can attract the
attention of Congressmen and Senators who
have the power to stop the harassment of
Americans by the FTC, then our efforts will be
well spent.

ALL AMERICANS AFFECTED

Federal regulation and the whims of a few
career-building bureaucrats is costing tax-
payers millions, destroying our free enterprise
system, affecting our productivity as a nation
and as a result is lowering everybody’s stan-
dard of living.

I urge Congressmen, Senators, business-
men and above all, the consumer to support
legislation to take the powers of the FTC from
the hands of a few unelected officials and bring
them back to Congress and the people.

I will be running this advertisement in hun-
dreds of magazines and newspapers during
the coming months. I'm not asking for contri-
butions to support my effort as this is my battle,
but I do urge you to send this advertisement to
your Congressmen and Senators. That’s how
you can help.

America was built on the free enterprise
system. Today, the FTC is undermining this
system. Freedom is not something that can be
taken for granted and you often must fight for
what you believe. I’m prepared to lead that
fight. Please help me.

Note: To find out the complete story and for a
guide on what action you can take, write me
personally for my free booklet, “Blow your
knee caps off. ”

PRODUCTS
.THAT
THINK

One JS&A Plaza, Northbrook, III. 60062

©JS&A Group, Inc., 1979

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 29

INTERFACE AGE 51

My TRS-80 Likes Me

When I Teach
How to Use

by Bob Albrecht

Wandering Star Gets Your Help

As you watch Wandering Star meander about the
cosmic oasis, do you ever wish you could help in her
quest for cosmic dust? With the following program, you
can. However, the universe also has cosmic noise (ask
your local astrophysicist). So Wandering Star does not
always hear when you try to help her.

860 IF W = 4 THEN COL = COL - 1
870 RETURN

999 END

When you ‘run’ this program, press keys to tell
Wandering Star to go down, up, right or left. Guide her
towards cosmic dust.

100 REM* * ‘WANDERING STAR #3
110 CLS

200 REM* “COSMIC DUST
210 FOR K = 1 TO 200
220 PRINT @ RND(1022),

230 NEXT K

300 REM* “WANDERING STAR APPEARS
310 ROW = 7
320 COL = 32

330 PRINT @(64*ROW + COL), “*”;

400 REM “‘WANDERING STAR RESTS
410 T = 2000

420 FOR Z = 1 TO T : NEXT Z

500 REM***DOES SHE HEAR US?

510 P = 50

520 IF RND(100)< = P THEN GOSUB 710 ELSE
GOSUB 810

• Press D to go down
•Press U to go up

• Press R to go right
•Press L to go left

She might hear you, or she might not. This happens
in lines 510 and 520. In line 510, we have set P equal
to 50. This will cause Wandering Star to hear you about
50% of the time. If you change P to 30, she will hear
you about 30% of the time. Try 70. She will hear you
about 70% of the time. If you change P to 1 00, she will
hear you all the time. Do an experiment, try lots of dif-
ferent values for P in line 510.

The value of P is the probability (in percent) that
Wandering Star will go in the direction of your key
press (D, U, R or L). Why? Well, let’s look at line 520.

520 IF RND(100)< = P THEN GOSUB 710 ELSE
GOSUB 810

600 REM** ‘SHOW HER IN HER NEW PLACE
610 PRINT @(64*ROW + COL), “*”;

620 T = 1 00

630 FOR Z = 1 TO T : NEXT Z
640 GOTO 510

700 REM* “SUBROUTINE. SHE HEARS US!

710 PRINT @(64*ROW + COL), “

720 K$ = INKEY$

730 IF K$ = “D” THEN ROW = ROW + 1
740 IF K$ = “U” THEN ROW = ROW -1
750 IF K$ = “R” THEN COL = COL +1
760 IF K$ = “L” THEN COL = COL -1
770 RETURN

800 REM** ‘SUBROUTINE. SHE DIDN’T HEAR US
810 PRINT @(64*ROW + COL), “

820 W = RND(4)

830 IF W = 1 THEN ROW = ROW + 1
840 IF W = 2 THEN ROW = ROW- 1
850 IF W = 3 THEN COL = COL + 1

RND(IOO) is a random integer in the range 1 to 100.
Suppose P = 50. About 50% of the time, RND(IOO) will
be less than or equal to 50. In this case, the condition
RND(100?< = P is true and the TRS-80 will ‘gosub
710.’ About 50% of the time, RND(IOO) will be greater
than 50 and the condition RND(100)< = P will be false.
In this case, the TRS-80 will obey the ‘else’ clause and
‘gosub 810.’

This program does not prevent Wandering Star from
trying to wander off the screen. How can you help keep
her on the screen, moving towards delicious cosmic
dust? Also, how can we make Wandering Star’s diet
more interesting? After all, would you like to eat cosmic
dust for millions of years?

Gamemaster’s Dice

Last time, we showed you a short program to create
an adventurer for the game of Runequest. We could
easily modify that program to create a Dungeons and
Dragons character or a Tunnels and Trolls character.

52 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Instead, let’s write one program to create a charac-
ter in any of the three game systems. The following
table shows the names of attributes in the three sys-
tems. We also show the abbreviations for each attri-
bute in parentheses.

DD RQ TT

Strength (STR) Strength (STR) Strength (STR)

Intelligence (INT) Intelligence (INT) Intelligence (IQ)
Wisdom (WIS) Power (POW) Luck (LK)

Constitution (CON) Constitution (CON) Constitution (CON)
Dexterity (DEX) Dexterity (DEX) Dexterity (DEX)

Charisma (CHA) Charisma (CHA) Charisma (CHA)

Size (SIZ)

OK, let’s do this program, piece by piece. We begin
like this.

100 REM** ‘CREATE A FANTASY CHARACTER FOR
120 REM***DD, RQ OR TT
130 REM***SET UP ATTRIBUTE STRINGS
1 40 DD$ = “ 6 STR INT WIS CON DEX CHA ”

150 RQ$ = “ 7 STR INT POW CON DEX CHA SIZ ”
160 TT$ = “ 6 STR IQ LK CON DEX CHR ”

In lines 140 through 160, each string contains the
number of attributes and the abbreviations for the attri-
butes for one type of game. Within each string, we use
exactly four positions to hold each individual substring.
For example,

150 TT$ = “ 6 STR IQ LK CON DEX CHR ’

' / " < 17 ^

4 places 4 places ... 4 places

So, STR begins at character position 5, IQ begins at
character position 9, LK begins at 13, and so on.

150 TT$ = “ 6 STR IQ LK CON DEX CHR ”

t t t t l ft

1 5 9 1317 21 25 Character

position

OK, let’s move on.

200 REM* “TELL ABOUT THE PROGRAM
210 CLS

220 PRINT “I CAN CREATE A CHARACTER FOR”
230 PRINT

240 PRINT “DUNGEONS AND DRAGONS (DD)”

250 PRINT “ RUNEQUEST (RQ)”

260 PRINT “TUNNELS AND TROLLS (TT)”

270 PRINT

280 INPUT “WHICH DO YOU WANT (DD, RQ, OR
TT)”; GAMES

We now expect someone to enter DD, RQ or TT. If
anything else is entered, we will start over.

300 REM** ‘CHECK OUT THE VALUE OF GAMES
31 0 IF GAMES = “DD” THEN ATS = DD$ : GOTO 41 0
320 IF GAMES = “RQ” THEN ATS = RQS : GOTO 410
330 IF GAMES = “TT” THEN ATS = TT$ : GOTO 410
340 PRINT “I DON’T UNDERSTAND” GAMES :
GOTO 270

If someone enters DD, RQ or TT, the TRS-80 moves
on to line 41 0 after first setting AT$ to the appropriate
attribute string. If something other than DD, RQ or TT is
entered, the TRS-80 says it doesn’t understand and
repeats the question.

So let’s see what happens next.

WE CAN’T WAIT
FOR EVERYONE ELSE
TO CATCH UP!

While other software dealers only
promise TAX SOFTWARE in the
future - CPAids has it NOW! And
we've even added more
schedules!

MASTER TAX PACKAGE:

Schedules - A, B, C, D, E, F, G, R/RP, SE, TC, ES.
Forms - 2106, 2119, 2210, 3468, 3903, 2441,
4625, 4726, 4797, 4792, 5695, 6521.
Available on North Star and most CP/M compatable 8”
soft sector computers.

Trust CPAids, the people who started it all. Like you,
we just couldn’t wait any longer.

Call Toll Free
800 - 321-2430

CRiDS.

1640 Franklin Ave. • Kent, Ohio 44240

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 5

Tarbell

Floppy Disc Interface

Designed for Hobbyists and
Developers

Plugs directly into your IMSAI or ALT AIR* and handles up
to 4 standard single drives in daisy-chain.

• Operates at standard 250K bits per second on normal disc
format capacity of 243K bytes.

• Works with modified CP/M Operating System and BASIC-E
Compiler.

• Hardware includes 4 extra IC slots, built-in phantom boot-
strap and on-board crystal clock. Uses WD 1771 LSI Chip.

• 6-month warranty and extensive documentation.

*ALTAIR is a trademark/tradename of Pertec Computer Corp.

'/ 950 DOVLEN PLACE. SUITE B
CARSON. CA 90746
(213) 538-4251 •(213) 538-2254

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 64

INTERFACE AGE 53

New 248-page book includes all the former TIS workbooks
except “PET Graphics." Provides information for both ROMs and
a comprehensive index. Only $14.95.

Also from TIS

WB-3 PET Graphics $4.95

Software products on cassette or floppy disk with complete instruction
manual. Each $24.95 (cassette), $29.95 (diskette).

SW-1 MAIL B mailing list system
SW-2 CHECKBOOK record

SW-3 ACCOUNTS keep track of who owes you how much

SW-4 MEDIT create and maintain date files

SW-5 CALENDAR appointments, meetings at-a-glance

TIS

P.O. Box 921, Dept. IA Add $2 ($5 foreign orders)

Los Alamos, NM 87544 shipping and handling

PET and CBM are trademarks of Commodore Business Machines

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 62

FULL COLOR

GRAPHICS

The original 256-color imaging system with
high resolution video FRAME GRABBER
for the S-100 bus.

Capture and digitize a video frame in 1/60 of a \

second. Select the best resolution for your \

application, from 256 to 1 280 pixels
per TV line. Display your digitized
or computer processed image
with 256 gray levels or 256 \

colors on standard ^ ^

B&W, NTSC or RGB t C
color TV monitors. ’ *

240x256 Digltzed image, 16 levels

480x512 Computer-generated

Compact two-board
bask system

ffjS. .

— Features:

• Highest possible quality 480x512x8 (Sgltal video
image presently available on the market

• Input capability from TV camera or other sources

• Variety of synchronization choices

• 2 selectable video A/D conversion <

• Choice of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32

• 32Kbyte image memoiy on tfv

• 32, 64, 128 &

• Ughtpen Input

• Photographic bigger control

• Software selectable system para

• Interfaces for TRS-80 and other r

• Comprehensive Hne of accessories, monitors and
support software

SEND FOR FREE CATALOG

S DIGITAL GRAPHIC SYSTEMS

i 441 California Ave.,Palo Alto, CA 94306 415/494-6088

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 14

400 REM***ROLL THE CHARACTER
410 NQ$ = LEFT$(AT$, 4)

420 NA = VAL(NA$)

430 FOR K = 1 TO NA
440 AT = 4*K + 1

450 DICE = RND(6) + RND(6) + RND(6)

460 PRINT MID$(AT$, AT, 4), DICE
470 NEXT K

Your turn. You figure out how this piece of the pro-
gram works. Next time, we will tell you our version of
how and why it works. In the meantime. . .

500 REM*** ASK IF SOMEONE WANTS ANOTHER
CHARACTER
510 PRINT

520 PRINT “FOR ANOTHER CHARACTER, PRESS
THE SPACE BAR”;

530 K$ = INKEY$ : IF K$ = THEN 530
540 IF K$ = “ ” THEN 210 ELSE 530

999 END

Your turn, again. Suppose we change lines 140
through 160, as follows.

140 DD$ = “STR INT WIS CON DEX CHA”

1 50 ROS = “STR INT POW CON DEX CHA SIZ”

160 TT$ = ‘‘STR 1C LK CON DEX CHR”

How would you change the rest of the program so it
still works as before?

We are going to do lots more Gamemaster’s Dice
stuff. So we encourage you to get the rulebooks for
DD, RO and TT.

•Dungeons and Dragons (DD) from TSR Hobbies,
P.O. Box 756, Lake Geneva, Wl 53147
•Runequest (RO) from The Chaosium,

P.O. Box 6302, Albany, CA 94706
• Tunnels and Trolls (TT) from Flying Buffalo, Inc.,
P.O. Box 1467, Scottsdale, AZ 85252

ComputerTown, USA! is our project to teach all the
kids in our town (and lots of adults, too) how to use,
program and enjoy computers. We now have the follow-
ing computers available.

10 Commodore PETs
1 Atari

1 Radio Shack TRS-80

Most of them are in our public library. By the time you
read this, we hope to have two new ideas in operation.

Rent a Commodore PET by the day for up to a week.
Rent a 1 2 to 1 4-year-old kid by the hour to come into
your home and help you learn how to use your home
computer, or a computer you are renting (see above).

For more information send a stamped, self-addressed
envelope to ComputerTown, USA!, P.O. Box 310,
Menlo Park, CA 94025.

This is a continuing series for parents and teachers
who wish to help kids learn how to use, program and
enjoy the Radio Shack TRS-80™ computer. The series
began in the October 1979 issue of IA. Parts 1 through
3 are available free as an eight page booklet from
Sharon Ross, Radio Shack Circulation Dept. 3, 1300
One Tandy Center, Fort Worth, TX 761 02. □

54 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

NEW FROM LOBO:

An Entire Family of Disk Drives for
APPLE, TRS-80*, and S-100 Computers

Only LOBO DRIVES offers you an entire family of
fully-compatible disk drives to select from.
Whatever computer you’re using, APPLE, TRS-80,
or S-1 00, you can add a LOBO drive now, with the
peace-of-mind of knowing there’s a whole family of
drives available when you’re ready to expand.

And every drive you order comes complete with
chassis and high reliability power supply. Each
drive is 1 00% calibrated, burned-in, and
performance tested on either an APPLE, TRS-80,
or S-1 00 computer before it’s shipped. We are so
proud of our drives . . . our quality, reliability, and
performance, that we back-up every drive with a
one year, 1 00% parts/labor warranty.

400 SERIES FLOPPY DISK DRIVES

Meet our low-cost 5.25-inch
mini drive that records data
in either hard or soft
sectored format. It is
available in single or double
density configurations, with a total storage
capacity of 220 K bytes.

800/801 SERIES FLOPPY DISK DRIVES

E ■jH

bytes of data storage

(#B(£

diwsj^

INTERNATIONAL

Here is our dual 8-inch
Floppy disk memory unit. It
records and retrieves data
on standard 8-inch
diskettes to provide 800K
unformatted, or 51 2K bytes

935 Camino Del Sur
Goleta, California 93017
(805) 685-4546

“CAN YOU REALLY AFFORD
TO PAY LESS?”

in IBM format per drive. It is also available with
double-sided, double-density capabilities, fora
maximum storage capacity of 1 .6 Megabytes.

7000 SERIES HARD DISK DRIVES

The latest member of our
drive family, the Series
7000 is an 8-inch, 1 0 Mega-
byte Winchester Technology,
hard disk drive. It is fully
hardware/software compatible and comes
complete with disk controller. Now you can have
the convenience, speed, reliability, and all the
storage capacity you need.

Call or write for the complete LOBO DRIVES story.
Find out just how competitively priced a quality
drive can be.

Quantity discounts available -
Dealer inquiries invited.

Yes, I want to know more about LOBO Drives
and what they can do. Send me information on:
□ TRS-80 □ APPLE □ S-1 00

□ 5 1/4-in. Floppy drive

□ 8-in. Floppy drive
Single sided
Double sided

□ 8-in. Winchester hard
disk, 10 Mbyte drive

□ Double density
expansion interface

Name

Company

City State Zip.

Phone No

If dealer, provide resale no

* TRS-80 is a registered trademark of Radio Shack, a Tandy Company.

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 31

INTERFACE AGE 55

o< /

by Carl Warren

& Merl Miller

From the Counter to
Bottom Line

By Carl Warren and Merl Miller
Order No. 14010
225 pages $12.95

The commercial availability of micro-
computers has had profound effects on
computer technology and as a result, on
data processing. The growth of personal
computer technology has completely
changed the computer market. Compu-
ters are more and more becoming avail-
able to the small businessman. This book
will address some of the “How-to’s” for
the businessman. It is an accounting
primer that will give the basic concepts
of accounting needs for a small business.

Electronic Calculators
For Business Use

By Flors M. Locke
Order No. 11044
264 pages $12.95

A complete instruction manual for the
operation and application of electronic
calculators with emphasis on applica-
tions in finance, merchandising, trans-
portation, accounting, payroll and ser-
vices. A self-instructional format intro-
duces basic operations in their logical
sequence, with appropriate exercises for
each new operation.

An Introduction to Personal
and Business Computing

By Rodnay Zaks
Order No. 17014
250 pages $6.95

This is a basic introductory text on micro-
computers. No previous technical back-
ground is assumed. The author progres-
sively addresses all the essential topics
of interest to the microcomputer user in-
cluding how a system works, which mod-
ules are required for which function, how
much memory is needed, costs, soft-
ware and much more.

USING

MICROCOMPUTERS

Microcomputers for
Business Applications

By William Barden Jr.

Order No. 10031
256 pages $8.95

The author, a microcomputer expert, dis-
cusses the many possible benefits that
small business owners can enjoy by us-
ing microcomputer systems. He ex-
plains the various types of microcompu-
ters available, points out pitfalls and de-
fines computer-related terms or “buzz
words” in easy-to-understand language.

NCR EDP Concepts Course

By The NCR Corporation
Order No. 10034
512 pages $14.95

Designed for self-study, this book will
lay the foundation needed to work with
computers and with computer profes-
sionals. It will provide the reader with
skills and knowledge to communicate ef-
fectively with EDP specialists and to
work cooperatively with them. It will also
encourage the reader to acquire the pro-
ficiency and confidence needed for fur-
ther study of computers.

RPG II: With Business
Applications

By Stanley Myers
Order No. 20019
608 pages $18.95
Examines RPG II in its business applica-
tions. Hundreds of illustrations and sam-
ple programs focus on important fea-
tures, procedures and techniques.

T. G. Lewis

How to

Profit

from your

Personal Computer

Professional , Business,
and Home Applications

How to Profit from Your
Personal Computer:
Professional, Business, and
Home Application

By T. G. Lewis
Order No. 16007
208 pages $8.95

Written for business people and com-
puter hobbyists, this book shows you
how to put your computer to work for
you. It describes the uses of personal
computers in common business applica-
tions, such as accounting, handling pay-
rolls, managing inventory and many
more. Simply written in an entertaining
style, special features include: struc-
tured design of programs using blue-
prints, up-to-date programming meth-
ods, and a full glossary of terms.

56 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

BUSINESS

The Incredible Secret
Money Machine

By Don Lancaster
Order No. 10003
192 pages $5.95

The author shares his unique approach to
the art of making money in this “How-to”
cookbook which describes the method
of setting up your own computer, craft,
or technical business. The basic beliefs
that the author used as guidelines can
help you get your own “money machine”
off the ground. The author outlines what
is working for him, and shows realistic
ways to start your own business and
have fun along the way. He lists pitfalls
to avoid and shows you how to reduce
your taxes, profit on investments, and
get free vacation insurance.

How to Make Money with
Your Microcomputer

By Carl Townsend & Merl Miller
Order No. 14021
164 pages $8.95

Now that you have a microcomputer,
how are you going to pay for it? Your
new micro can be used as a lever to
multiply your income and the degree of
your success is determined only by your
own imagination and creativity. This
book will help get things off to a flying
start with dozens of money-making ideas
for the micro owner. This book will serve
as a guide to organizing and implement-
ing your micro business plan from initial
setup right through sales.

DATA

DYNAMICS

TECHNOLOGY

has the books to show you how.

i ‘

BASIC for Business for
the PDP/11

By A.J. Parker and V. Silbey
Order No. 20,020
272 pages $10.95

An introduction to BASIC business
applications designed to accompany the
PDP/11 series, with clear and easy to
follow terms used throughout. Sample
programs illustrate actual practice and
end-of-chapter problems provide valu-
able problem solving experience. For
Business Department courses in com-
puter science and data processing.

BASIC with Business
Applications

By Richard IV. Lott
Order No. 11016
284 pages $11.95

This introductory text provides a general
treatment of major elements of the
BASIC language, avoiding complicated
mathematical processes. Its focus is on
the language and its application to spe-
cific business problems, not the techni-
cal details of computers. The text care-
fully ties together a program flowchart
and BASIC instructions to solve numer-
ous problems in a variety of business
situations. Each new concept is illus-
trated by a simple, yet complete, work-
ing program.

NCR Data Processing
Concepts Course

By The NCR Corporation
Order No. 10026
256 pages $7.95

A general introduction to data process-
ing, computers, and logic for those inter-
ested in how computers work. Includes
sections on digital logic and mathemati-
cal operations. Input/output devices,
memories and computer control are also
covered.

•\ ta ‘

SeyoMM?

e.v

& J

□HQ

pnocessine

concepts eoiiRse

DATA DYNAMICS TECHNOLOGY P.O. Box 1234, Cerritos, CA 90701 8/80

Name(Print)

Address

City State Zip

Please send me:

Description

Qtv

Price

Total

Book Order #

Qtv

Price

Total

Shipping & Handl

Books

ing Charges

_ $ .75 ea. U S . $1.50 ea. Foreigr

5 oEBl

Sianature

TOTAL ORDER $
•TAX $

i SHIPPING & HANDLING $

TOTAL ENCLOSED $

□ □ 1
Exo. Date

□ Check or M.O.fU.S. Funds drawn oh U S hankl

For European delivery contact INTERFACE AGE Europe, Dahlienstr. 4, D-8011 Munchen-Vaterstetten. West Germany.
‘California residents add 6% sales tax. Availability and prices quoted subject to change without notice.

Please allow six weeks for delivery. You may photocopy this page if you wish to keep your INTERFACE AGE intact.

Orders cannot be shipped unless accompanied by payment, including shipping & handling and tax where applicable.
DATA DYNAMICS TECHNOLOGY, A Division of INTERFACE AGE Magazine (213) 926-9548

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 57

Hardware Review

Add A Terminal

—and More—

Your S-1 00

by Roger Edelson

The Matrox 2480 family of TV CRT controllers pro-
vides a low-cost viable alternative to a separate CRT
terminal. This family allows the S-1 00 bus user to add a
professional, full-featured, 24 line by 80 character video
display to his system with virtually no operational penalty.
The S-1 00 bus compatible ALTR-2480 uses a trans-
parent memory feature to eliminate the display interfer-
ence/streaking effects caused by the memory conten-
tion problem associated with many video displays.

The transparent memory (actually a double-ranked
4K by 8 static memory) eliminates this simultaneous
access type of interference without resorting to the
complexities of DMA and/or vertical-blanking access
synchronization. With this design, the CPU may access
the dynamic memory at any time and the implementa-
tion is not sensitive to CPU timing characteristics. This
multiplexed-memory design permits non-contentious
access by both the CRT controller and the CPU with no
on-screen interference or CPU interrupts and syn-
chronization delays.

Versatile Lettering, Customized Fonts

The Matrox 2480 provides full upper and lower case
characters as well as simple graphic symbols. The
character generator is a 2K by 8 (2716) Eprom pro-
grammed by Matrox but, if desired, the user may easily
incorporate custom fonts. The character set available
in the standard Matrox programmed character gener-
ator ROM (MCH-001) is shown in figure 1. The 2K x 8
character-space allows the formation of 128 charac-
ters, adequate for almost any requirement. As sup-
plied, the standard character generator contains the

full Ascii alphabet set plus 32 graphics based on a font
designed for a 6 x 10 cell, though provision has been
made for an optional 8x10 cell.

HEX 01 234567 89ABCDEF

oft 1 -..-.I IW1JLH

t ! " # $ X 8. * < >*+,-.✓

’0 1 23 4 5 6 789 : ; < = >?
40ABCDEFGH I JKLMNO
s PQRSTUUWXYZC\]a.
• ' abcdef gh i jklmno
7 pqrstuvuxyz{ ! } ■

Figure 1. Matrox programmed character generator
(MCH-001)

58 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

The Eprom pin assignments and the character posi-
tion within the cell are shown in figure 2. Note that row
0 is blank as is normal to allow for intercharacter spac-
ing. Rows 8 and 9 are used to display the descenders
of lower case characters. The graphic characters use
all the rows, even those normally reserved for spaces,
to allow for the drawing of continuous lines.

When the ALTR-2480 is set up for a 6 x 10 cell
size, outputs 1 and 2 are not visible. The use of a 6 x 10
cell with lower case descenders produces a crisp,
readable display.

FUNCTION

Character outputs which

form a horizontal slice

through the character.

Row Select 0

Select one of 10

Row Select 1

horizontal slices

Row Select 2

through character

A10

TI20/lntel 19 Row Select 3

cell.

DO LSB

Selects one of 1 28

characters from the

character generator.

A 7

These lines are connected

to the data bus lines

D6 MSB

indicated.

08 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 (outputs from EPROM)

ROW 0

□□□□

□ □

□ □□□

□ □

8
9

□□□□

L 6X10 MATRIX —

8X10 MATRIX

7 BIT CODE FOR LETTER
B" IS 1000010

Figure 2. Eprom pin assignments

European/American Interface

The addressing, and screen organization for the 24 x
80 format, is shown in figure 3. The ALTR-2480 display
interface may also be optionally jumpered for a 2 page
24 x 40 character format if this style is more to the
user’s liking. The board may be configured for either
the American TV (60 Hz) non-interlaced standard or for
the European 50 Hz. In either mode, the ALTR-2480
will work with any standard TV monitor or modified TV
with at least a 1 0 MHz bandwidth.

VIDEO RAM (4K)
A

SELECTABLE

BOUNDARY

CHARACTER POSITION ADDRESS
ROW COLUMN

A15 A14 A13 A12 All A10 A9 At A7 A6 A5

A3 ! A2 A1A0

NOTE: Column addresses 80-127 and row addresses
24-31 are ignored by Vram.

SCREEN DISPLAY ORGANIZATION (24 X 80)

Figure 3. Addressing the ALTR-2480 for a 24 x 80
organization.

The board provides a 75-ohm composite video output
which will drive up to 10 monitors for a combined dis-
tance of 500 feet. The video timing is crystal controlled
by an on-board xtal oscillator and the video output is TTL.
For the standard 6x10 cell size, the crystal is 1 1 .06688
MHz and is necessary to obtain a 1 4.75584 MHz crystal
for the 8 x 10 cell format. No crystal change is required
when switching from American to European bands.

In keeping with the specification for a professional
alphanumeric display, the ALTR-2480 provides soft-
ware control for character blink, inverse video, or nor-
mal intensity. The board is also compatible with either
the Matrox 256 or 51 2 graphics interface families for a
powerful combined alphanumeric graphic display. The
interconnection of the two boards can be done with a
simple 4-wire cable interface.

The block diagram of the ALTR-2480 is shown in
figure 4; the alphanumeric display consists of video
counters and timing circuitry, a 4K x 8 static RAM,
address multiplexing, and a ROM character generator
driving the video generator. All this circuitry is con-
nected to the S-100 bus through appropriate interface
circuitry. The sync generator consists of a, by now
standard, double gate crystal oscillator followed by a
string of counters. Three LSI 63s produce the horizon-
tal count while an LS390 and LS393 suffice for the ver-
tical count. A variety of gates turns the horizontal and
vertical counts into the requisite video sync signals.
The dividers also produce the required timing signals
for memory scanning.

The double-ranked memory consists of four 2114
4K static memory ICs. The memory access time is 500
nsec. The memories are multiplexed through three
quad 2-to-1 line multiplexer circuits and some address
steering gates which control the chip-selects on the
memory ICs. The data output of the memory, as con-
trolled by the scan circuitry, determines the output of
the character generator ROM. The PROM output is
byte loaded into a parallel-to-serial shift register and
then clocked into the video generator under control of
the horizontal and vertical timing circuits.

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 59

The days of complicated, unreliable,
dynamic RAM are gone:

the ultrabyte memory board

ClQQ QR (complete kit \

| ww ywith 16K memory (

Netronics consistently offers innovative products at un-
beatable prices. And here we go again — with JAWS,
the ultrabyte 64K S100 memory board.

ONE CHIP DOES IT ALL
JAWS solves the problems of dynamic RAM with a
state-of-the-art chip from Intel that does it all. Intel's
single chip 64K dynamic RAM controller eliminates
high-current logic parts . . . delay lines . . . massive
heat sinks . . . unreliable trick circuits.
REMARKABLE FEATURES OF JAWS

Look what JAWS offers you: Hidden refresh . . . fast
performance ... low power consumption . . . latched
data outputs ... 200 NS 4116 RAMs . . . on-board
crystal . . . 8K bank selectable . . . fully socketed . . .
solder mask on both sides of board . . . designed for
8080, 8085, and Z80 bus signals . . . works in Explorer,
Sol, Horizon, as well as all other well-designed S100
computers.

I GIVE YOUR COMPUTER A BIG BYTE OF MEMORY
POWER WITH JAWS— SAVE UP TO $90 ON
INTRODUCTORY LIMITED-OFFER SPECIAL PRICES/

UNDECIDED? TRY A WIRED 16K JAWS IN YOUR COMPUTER ON OUR
10-DAY MONEY- BACK OFFER (SPECIFY YOUR COMPUTER)

CONTINENTAL U S A. CREDIT CARD BUYERS OUTSIDE CONNECTICUT CAU .

CALL TOLL FREE 800-243-7428 !

From Connecticut Or For Assistance. (203) 354-9375 Qgnf

I^NETRONICSS«“o™e«,l,o;

333 Litchfield Road, New Milford, CT 06776

Please send the items checked below:

□ JAWS 16K RAM kit. No. 6416, $199.95/

□ JAWS 16K RAM fully assembled, tested, burned in.

No. 6416W, $229.95 *

□ JAWS 32K RAM kit. No. 6432, (reg. price $329.95),

SPECIAL PRICE <299.95.*

G JAWS 32K RAM fully assembled, tested, burned in,

No. 6432W, (reg. price $369.95). SPECIAL PRICE
<339.95 *

G JAWS 48K RAM kit, No. 6448, (reg. price $459.95),

SPECIAL PRICE <399.95 *

□ JAWS 48K fully assembled, tested, burned in. No.

6448W, (reg. price $509.95), SPECIAL PRICE
<449.95.*

C JAWS 64K RAM kit. No. 6464, (reg. price $589.95),

SPECIAL PRICE <499.95 *

□ JAWS 64K RAM fully assembled, tested, burned in.

No. 6464W, (reg. price $649.95), SPECIAL PRICE
<559.95 *

□ Expansion kit, JAWS 16K RAM module, to expand
any of the above in 16K blocks up to 64K, No. 16EXP,
$129.95*

*AII prices plus $2 postage and handling. Connecticut
residents add sales tax.

Total enclosed: $_

G Personal Check G Money order or Cashiers Check

G VISA □ MASTER CHARGE (Bank No )

Acct. No. Exp. Date

Signature

Print Name

Address

City

State Zip

□ Send me more information

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 82

A13

All

SIOO BUS

Figure 4. Block diagram

Tri-state Buffer Connectors

The ALTR-2480 memory occupies 4K of 8 bit bytes that may be positioned
anywhere within the 64K address space on 4K boundaries. The address
positioning is accomplished by the appropriate jumper selection in socket
SI . The board is fully interfaced via tri-state buffers on all the data bus lines
and the data selectors used to multiplex the low-address lines.

Unfortunately, Matrox has chosen to use some of the address lines in
multiple areas without first buffering them, the loading on A12 through A15
and A4, A5 and A6 violate the proposed IEEE standard. These lines all
slightly exceed the standard for current source at O logic condition.

The amount of additional loading is slight, and in almost any usage will not
affect system performance, particularly as it is not necessary to install more
than one ALTR-2480 in a system. In fairness, it should be pointed out that the
board was designed and produced prior to publication of the IEEE standard.

The board is well made with good solder masking and component and
jumper identification. Matrox has even included card extraction levers (a
nice touch). A socket has been provided for the character generator to
enable easy user interchangeability. The device supplied is a preprogrammed
ROM but can handle a customized 27 1 6 Eprom if a different character set is
desired. Unfortunately, Matrox has chosen not to provide sockets for the
21 14 static RAMs, probably the most likely components to fail. The board
requires only a single +8 v supply at .8 amps and is designed to be fully
compatible with S-IOO timing and bus assignments. The ALTR-2480 is only
available fully assembled, tested and burned-in.

A software package is available which provides the user with the full flex-
ibility of a software driven video display with the implementation ease of a
stand-alone terminal. The package, as supplied, will fully emulate the LSI
ADM-3A or DEC VT-52 interactive terminals. A line at a time and a text block
input modes are available to allow the powerful text preparation features of
an intelligent terminal. The package supports three input modes from the
simplest, full duplex through half-duplex (line-at-a-time) to block mode— for
text editing. □

60 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Level A " ar $129.95 is a
complete operating system,
perfect for beginners, hob-
biests, or industrial con-
troller use.

Start Computing For Just $129.95 With An
8085-Based Professional Computer Kit—

Explorerl85

100% compatible with all 8080A and
8085 software & development tools!

No matter what your future computing plans may
be, Level “ A "—at $129.95— is your starting point.

Starting at just $ 129.95 for a Level “A” operating system,
you can now build the exact computer you want. Explorer/85
can be your beginner's system, OEM controller, or IBM-
formatted 8" disk small business system. . .yet you're never
forced to spend a penny for a component or feature you don 7
want and you can expand in small, affordable steps!

Now, for just $129.95, you can own the first level of a fully
expandable computer with professional capabilities— a com-
puter which features the advanced Intel 8085 cpu, thereby
giving you immediate access to all software and development
toots that exist for both the 8085 and its 8080A predecessor
(they are 100 % software compatible J— a computer which
features onboard S-100 bus expansion— plus instant conver-
sion to mass storage disk memory with either 5-1/4” diskettes
or standard IBM-formatted 8” disks.

For just $129.95 (plus the cost of a power supply, keyboard/
terminal and RF modulator, if you don’t have them already),
Explorer/85 lets you begin computing on a significant level . . .
applying the principles discussed in. leading computer maga-
zines. . .developing “state of the art” computer solutions for
both the industrial and leisure environment.

Level “A” Specifications

Explorer/85’s Level “A” system features the advanced Intel
8085 cpu, an 8355 ROM with 2k deluxe monitor/operating
system, and an 8155 ROM-I/O— all on a single motherboard
with room for RAM/ROM/PROM/EPROM and S-100 ex-
pansion, plus generous prototyping space.

(Level “A” makes a perfect OEM controller for industrial
applications and is available in a special Hex Version which
can be programmed using
the Netronics Hex Keypad/
Display.)

PC Board: glass epoxy, plated
through holes with solder mask
• I/O: provisions for 25-pin
(DB25) connector for terminal
serial I/O, which can also sup-
port a paper tape reader
...provision for 24-pin DIP
socket for hex keyboard/dis-
play. . .cassette tape recorder in-
put. . .cassette tape recorder output. . .cassette tape control
output. . .speaker output. . . LED output indicator on SOD
(serial output) line. . .printer interface (less drivers). . .total of
four 8-bit plus one 6-bit I/O ports •Crystal Frequency: 6.144
MHz • Control Switches: reset and user (RST 7.5)
interrupt. . .additional provisions for RST 5.5, 6.5 and TRAP
interrupts onboard • Counter/Timer: programmable, 14-bit
binary • System RAM: 256 bytes located at F800, ideal for
smaller systems and for use as an isolated stack area in
expanded systems. . . RAM expandable to 64k via S-100 bus or
4K on motherboard.

System Monitor (Terminal Version): 2k bytes of deluxe
system monitor ROM located at F000 leaving 0000 free for user
RAM/ROM. Features include tape load with labeling . . .tape
dump with labeling. . .examine/change contents of memory
...insert data... warm start. . .examine and change al!
registers. . .single step with register display at each break point,
a debugging/training feature... go to execution address...
move blocks of memory from one location to another. . .fill
blocks of memory with a constant . . . display blocks of memory
. . . automatic baud rate selection . . . variable display line length
control (1-255 characters/line). . .channelized I/O monitor
routine with 8-bit parallel output for high speed printer...
serial console in and console out channel so that monitor can
communicate with I/O ports.

System Monitor (Hex Version): Tape load with labeling. . .
tape dump with labeling. . .examine/change contents of mem-
ory... insert data... warm start .. .examine and change all

f" NeTronTc?" -

I 333 Litchfield l

■ Please send the items checked belo w—

I □ Explorer/85 Level “A” Kit (ASCII

I B Version), $129.95 plus $3 p&h.

□ Explorer/85 Level “A” Kit (Hex

I Version), $129.95 plus $3 p&h.

□ 8k Microsoft BASIC on cassette
tape, $64.95 postpaid.

I □ 8k Microsoft BASIC in ROM Kit
■ (requires Levels “B,” “D,” and “E”),

I $99.95 plus $2 p&h.

□ Level “B” (S-100) Kit, $49.95 plus

I $2 p&h.

□ Level “C” (S-100 6-card expander)

I Kit, $39.95 plus $2 p&h.

□ Level “D” (4k RAM) Kit, $69.95

I plus $2 p&h.

□ Level “E” (EPROM/ROM) Kit,

I $5.95 plus 504 p&h.

O Deluxe Steel Cabinet for Explorer/

| 85, $49.95 plus $3 p&h.

□ ASCII Keyboard/Computer Ter-
minal Kit (features a full 128 character
set, upper & lower case, full cursor con-
trol, 75 ohrri video output convertible
to baudot output, selectable baud rate,

RS232-C or 20 ma. I/O, 32 or 64 char-
acter by 16 line formats, and can be

I used with either a CRT monitor or a TV
set (if you have an RF modulator),

$149.95 plus $2.50 p&h.

By Netronics

ASCII/BAUDOT,

registers. . .single step with register display at each break point STAND ALONE
. . .go to execution address. Level “A” in the Hex Version ^ 1
makes a perfect controller for industrial applications and can
be programmed using the Netronics Hex Keypad/ Display.

Hex Keypad/Display
Specifications

Calculator type keypad with 24
system defined and 16 user
defined keys. 6 digit calculator
type display which displays full
address plus data as well as
Hex Keypad /Display. register and status information.

Level “B” Specifications

Computer SJjU
Terminal 1W

The Netronics ASCII/BAUDOT Computer Terminal Kit is a
microprocessor-controlled, stand alone keyboard/terminal
requring no computer memory or software. It allows the use of
Level“B” provides the S-100 signals plus buffers/dri vers to either a 64. or 32 character by 16 line professional display for-
support up to six S-100 bus boards and includes: address mat with selectable baud rate, RS232-C or 20 ma. output, full
decoding for onboard 4k RAM expansion select-able in cursor control and 75 ohm composite video output.

4k blocks. . address decoding for onboard 8k EPROM expan- The keyboard follows the standard typewriter configuration
sion selectable in 8k blocks. . .address and data bus drivers for and generates the entire 128 character ASCII upper/lower case
onboard expansion. . wait state generator (jumper selectable), set with 96 printable characters. Features include onboard
to allow the use of slower memories. . .two separate 5 volt regulators, selectable parity, shift lock key, alpha lock jumper,

regulators.

a drive capability of one TTY load, and the ability to mate
Level “C” Soecifications directly with almost any computer, including the new Ex-
Level “C" expands Explorer's P l0 J' r/8 - 5 and ELFjproducts by Ne.ronics.

Explorer/85 with
“C" card cage.

The Computer Terminal requires no I/O mapping and
includes lk of memory, character generator, 2 key rollover,
processor controlled cursor control, parallel ASCII/BAUDOT
to serial conversion and serial to video processing— fully
crystal controlled for superb accuracy. PC boards are the
highest quality glass epoxy for the ultimate in reliability and
long life.

VIDEO DISPLAY SPECIFICATIONS

The heart of the Netronics Computer Terminal is the micro-
processor-controlled Netronics Video Display Board (VID)
which allows the terminal to utilize either a parallel ASCII or
BAUDOT signal source. The VID converts the parallel data to
serial data which is then formatted to either RS232-C or 20 ma.
current loop output, which can be connected to the serial I/O
on your computer or other interface, i.e., Modem.

When connected to a computer, the computer must echo the
character received. This data is received by the VID which
processes the information, converting to data to video suitable
to be displayed on a TV set {using an RF modulator) or on a
video monitor. The VID generates the cursor, horizontal and
vertical sync pulses and performs the housekeeping relative to
which character and where it is to be displayed on the screen.
Video Output: 1.5 P/ Pinto 75 ohm (El A RS-170) • Baud Rate:
110 and 300 ASCII • Outputs: RS232-C or 20 ma. current loop
• ASCII Character Set: 128 printable characters—

R&cT lTcT, tSept^TH^
eld Road. New Milford,

CT 06676

plus $2 p&ii.

□ Deluxe Steel Cabinet for ASCII
Keyboard/Terminal, $19.95 plus $2.50
p&h.

□ Power Supply Kit ( ± 8V @ 5 amps)
in deluxe steel cabinet, $39.95 plus $2
p&h.

□ Gold Plated S-100 Bus Connectors,
$4.85 each, postpaid.

□ RF Modulator Kit (allows you to
use your TV set as a monitor), $8.95
postpaid.

□ 16k RAM Kit (S-100 Board expands
to 64k), $199.95 plus $2 p&h.

□ 32k RAM Kit, $329.95 plus $2 p&h.

□ 48K RAM Kit, $459.95 plus $2 p&h.

□ 64k RAM Ki!f£589.95 plus $2 p&h.

□ 16k RAM Expansion Kit (to expand
any of the above up to 64k), $139.95
plus $2 p&h each.

□ Intel 8085 cpu User’s Manual, $7.50

postpaid.

□ Special Computer Grade Cassette
Tapes, $1.90 each or 3 for $5, postpaid.

□ 12” Video Monitor (10 MHz band-
width), $139.95 plus $5 p&h.

□ North Star Double Density Floppy
Disk Kit (One Drive) for Explorer/
85 (includes 3 drive S-100 controller,

motherboard with a card cage,
allowing you to plug up to six
S-100 cards directly into the
motherboard. Both cage and
L el car ds are neatly contained inside
Explorer’s deluxe steel cabinet.

Level “C” includes a sheet metal superstructure, a 5-card gold
plated S-100 extension PC board which plugs into the mother-
board. Just add required number of S-100 connectors

Level “D” Specifications

Level “D” provides 4k or RAM, power supply regulation,
filtering decoupling components and sockets to expand your
Explorer/85 memory to 4k (plus the original 256 bytes located
in the 8 155 A). The static RAM can be located anywhere from
0000 to EFFF in 4k blocks.

Level “E” Specifications

Level “E” adds sockets for 8k of EPROM to use the popular
Intel 2716 or the T1 2516. It includes all sockets, power supply
regulator, heat sink, filtering and decoupling components.

Sockets may also be used for soon to be available RAM IC’s
(allowing for up to 12k of onboard RAM).

Order A Coordinated
Explorer/85 Applications Pak!

Experimenter’s Pak (SAVE $12.50)— Buy Level "A” and Hex
Keypad/ Display for $199.90 and get FREE Intel 8085 user’s
manual plus FREE postage & handling!

Student Pak (SAVE $24.45)— Buy Level “A,” ASCII Key-
board/Computer Terminal, and Power Supply for $319.85 and
get FREE RF Modulator plus FREE Intel 8085 user’s manual
plus FREE postage & handling!

Engineering Pak (SAVE $41.00)— Buy Levels “A.” "B,”

“C,” “D,” and “E” with Power Supply, ASCII Keyboard/ I

Computer Terminal, and six S-100 Bus Connectors for $514.75 I

and get 10 FREE computer grade cassette tapes plus FREE BAUDOT Character Set: ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQ
8085 user’s manual plus FREE postage & handling! RSTUVWXYZ-?:*3$#().,9014!57;2/68 •

Business Pak (SAVE $89.95)-Buy Explorer/85 Levels “A,” Cursor Modes: Home. Backspace, Horizontal Tab, Line Feed,
“B,” and “C” (with cabinet), Power Supply, ASCII Key- Vertical Tab Carriage Return. Two special cursor sequences
board/Computer Terminal (with cabinet), 16k RAM, 12” an provided for absolute and relative X-Y cursor addressing •
Video Monitor, North Star 5-1/4” Disk Drive (includes North Cursor Control: Erase, End of Line, Erase of Screen, Form
Star BASIC) with power supply and cabinet, all for just Feed > £* iete * Monitor Operation: SO or 60Hz (jumper
$1599.40 and get 10 FREE 5-1/4” minidiskettes ($49.95 value) selectable.

plus FREE 8085 user’s manual plus FREE postage & handling! Continental U.S.A. Credit Card Buyers Outside Connecticut

Continental U.S.A. Credit Card Buyers Outside Connecticut CALL TOLL FREE 800-243-7428

CALL TOLL FREE 800-243-7428 To Order From Connecticut Or For Technical —

_ To Order From Connecticut Or For Technical ■ Assistance, Etc. Call (203) 354-9375

Assistance. Etc Call (203) 354-9375 “ "1 I Netronics R&D Ltd., Dept. PE-9

sonalized disk operating system— just* Litchfield Road, New Milford, CT 06776

plug it in and you’re up and running!), | | Please send the items checked below —

$699.95 plus $5 p&h. ■ ■ □ Netronics Stand Alone ASCII Key board /Computer ■

□ Power Supply Kit for North Star! | Terminal Kit, $149.95 plus $3.00 postage & handling. I

Disk Drive, $39.95 plus $2 p&h. ■ ■ □ Deluxe Steel Cabinet for Netronics Keyboard/Termi- .

□ Deluxe Case for North Star Disk! I nal In Blue/Black Finish, $19.95 plus $2.50 postage I

Drive, $39.95 plus $2 p&h. j j ■

□ Experimenter’s Pak (see above),! | □

$199.90 postpaid.

□ Student Pak (see above), $319.85 1 | □
postpaid.

□ Engineering Pak (see above),! | □

$514.75 postpaid.

□ Business Pak (see above), $1599.40 1 | □ :
postpaid.

«BT&t0vxpvtX$toflo h /

!' •WA' 0 *+ , - . / 0123456789 : ; <=>?
'abcdef9kijklnftopqrst(iwxyz<'.HI

Total Enclosed $

S onn. res. add sales tax) By-

Personal Check □ M .O./Cashier’s |

and handling.

Video Display Board Kit alone (less keyboard), $89.95
plus $3 postage & handling.

12” Video Monitor (10 MHz bandwidth) fully assem-
bled and tested, $139.95 plus $5 postage and handling.
RF Modulator Kit (to use your TV set for a monitor),
$8.95 postpaid.

5 amp Power Supply Kit In Deluxe Steel Cabinet
( ± 8VDC @ 5 amps, plus 6-8 VAC), $39.95 plus $2
postage & handling.

Total Enclosed (Conn. res. add sales tax) $_

Check □ Visa

Acct. #

□ Master Charge
(Bank # )

I □ Personal Check □ Cashiers Check/Money Order J
I □ Visa □ Master Charge (Bank # ) |

I Acct. #

L pius $z.}up<xn. ui«-iuucs j uuvc o-iuu controller,

□ Hex Keypad/Display Kit, $69.95 DOS, and extended BASIC with per- State

Send Me Information

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 83

INTERFACE AGE 61

And In This Corner...

62 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

The Information Analyst

by Frank Vaughan

One of the brightest debuts at the National Com-
puter Conference in Anaheim this year was the Apple ill
small business system.

Apple went to great pains to show off its stuff at the
annual gathering. . .renting all of Disneyland for a night
(at a reported cost of $42,000). . .bussing visitors in a
British two-decker. . .and unveiling the soon-to-be-
famous Apple III.

The soon-to-be-famous Apple III? Yes, because as
nearly as we can tell, all of the faults found with the
Apple II seem to have been corrected in the Apple III.
Don’t be mistaken: this machine is not in the “game”
category. This is a pure business system. . .no game
paddles or color TV set. Here is a minimum 96K system
with a professional Hitachi black and white monitor that
is as crisp in its display as the previously shipped color
televisions were fuzzy. Here also is the new operating
system which some punster labeled “Apple SOS” or
“applesauce.”

Hardware is still based on the 6502, which has been
cranked up to 2 MHz. Now, 2 MHz isn’t too impressive,
but if ybu recall, an Apple II using the same chip at 1 MHz
often equals some of the 4 MHz systems. Since we only
tested the system for one morning, time did not permit
us to run any timing activities, but we expect that the
system will provide more than 2 MHz performance.

Prices will run from $4,340 to $7,800, which makes it
a reasonably priced small business system. The pricing
holds the key to Apple’s marketing plans for this sys-
tem, as there are no indications that Apple plans to sell
the new device in less than full system configurations.

The minimum system is called the Information Analyst
and consists of a 96K CPU with a single built-in floppy
drive, the improved keyboard (which still isn’t detach-
able but is used to hide the sister boards with all the
memory), two printer interfaces and a 12-inch video
monitor. Software will include Apple SOS, and a
management oriented set of software tools which in-
cludes Visicalc III, a mail list manager and Apple Busi-
ness Basic.

For the word processor system, Apple adds an ex-
ternal disk drive and a choice of two printers, the sur-
prisingly good Apple Silentype thermal unit, or a letter-
quality daisywheel. The system with a Silentype is
$5,330; switching to the daisywheel jacks the price up
to $7,800. Software for the system, regardless of
printer, includes SOS and word processing application
software. A training course is also included.

Options include 32K of additional RAM, bringing the
system to a 128K maximum, additional floppies to a
maximum of four, the use of NTSC or RGB color video
monitors, various I/O cards and a vinyl carrying case for
those inclined to compute on the road.

Highlights and Contrasts

•The Apple III is an upper and lower case machine
that will allow the user to mix text and graphics. The ac-
tual character set is stored in RAM, not ROM, which
allows for a user-defined character set, special sym-
bols and graphics.

•A battery-powered integral clock and calendar re-
tain time and date references even when the system is
powered down. The function can be used to automatic-
ally time- and date-stamp file entries.

•When the system is first powered up, it automatic-
ally performs some ROM-based hardware diagnostics
and then self-boots. Apple will eventually publish, or
make available, some limited troubleshooting information.

• Like the Apple II, this system uses single-sided,
single-density 5 14 -inch floppy disks. Unlike the Apple
II, the disks are 16 sectored, not 13, which gives users
some 23% more storage capacity per disk.

•SOS contains an emulation mode which disables all
of the Apple III special functions and allows the system
to function as an Apple II.

•A new DOS for the Apple II users will be released
under the label of DOS 3.3. Basically, it is the Apple II
DOS modified to run 16 sectored disks. It will be distri-
buted with two ROM chips that will go on the disk con-
troller card and make the disk recognize 1 6 sectors.

•DOS 3.3 will contain a utility called “muffin” that
will allow users to convert data on 1 3 sectored disks to
1 6 sectored disks. Officials at Apple anticipate that the
only difficulties that users might encounter would be
with protected disks.

•Newly built Apple II systems will be distributed with
DOS 3.3. For those interested in upgrading, the new
OS will cost $60, which includes the code, two ROMs
and manuals.

•Sources inside Apple indicate that SOS is patterned
after the highly successful UNIX operating system from
DEC.

•An additional DOS 3.3 feature will be a file transfer
system “FID” that allows users to transfer files by
name only.

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 63

Looking at Applesauce

The Apple SOS consists of five major elements: a
device independent file system, which is byte oriented
and interrupt-driven and controls the storage elements
of the system; a device module, which handles devices
that are either block- or character-oriented; an event
manager, which associates interrupts with the activi-
ties of an outside source; a memory management sys-
tem that lets programs run anywhere there is sufficient
memory, reportedly making the process user-trans-
parent; and a system call manager, which receives and
processes SOS calls from running applications,
decodes and sends them to the proper SOS module.

According to Apple, the SOS overlays directly on the
system hardware, providing an interface to all system
elements and isolating their operating details from the
user. SOS will act as a foundation on which language
development modules are set, so that the user can en-
joy the interchangeable use of multiple languages.

In a separate announcement, Apple introduced an
ANSI standard Fortran, called Apple Fortran, which is a
subset of Fortran 77. It differs from the ANSI subset in
that: compiler directives may be included in source
code, subprogram names cannot be passed as para-
meters, and integer- and real-data types have different
storage requirements— two- and four-bytes respec-
tively. The new Fortran will be available in the third
quarter and will cost $200. It is announced on the
Apple II only, but indications are that it will also run on
the Apple III.

Hardware Notes

The system will probably draw much of its power
from its CPU utilization, which features a superset of
the 6502 instruction set, relocatable base page regis-
ter, relocatable stack and 128K byte address range.

Peripheral devices will request machine attention via
either interrupt or polling methods. It has a built-in 6-bit
digital-to-analog converter. While the company has ab-
solutely no plans to offer game paddles— a single joy-
stick for analog input is planned.

An expanded keyboard with 74 keys is also included,
featuring sculptured keys for a typewriter-like feel,
numeric pad, two function keys and an alpha lock key.
Auto repeat is featured on all keys.

The previous optional disk controller is now built in
and can handle up to four drives. Both serial and RS-
232-C ports are provided for the printers.

Three different text modes are provided. It supports
80-character upper/lower case text with true
descenders, 40-character black and white text or use
when in the Apple II emulation mode and 40-character
color-on-color text. Graphics modes include 560 by
192 black and white and 280 by 192 16-color, which
may also be used for 16 shades of grey.

The system has four I/O slots available for additional
expansion. Additional boards to be available will in-
clude: a parallel printer card, an analog interface card
and an engineering development card.D

INTERFACE AGE BACK ISSUES

1979

□ MARCH — Curing the Music Business Blues; An Income Averaging Program; Help Your Computer Keep Its Cool; M6800 Program Relocator

□ APRIL — Industrial Robots; Protype: A Low-Cost. High Quality Word Processor; High Performance. Low Cost New Printer; 6502 Memory Test Program

□ MAY — Sales Record Keeping; Two Views of Credit; The iCOM 451 1 Hard Disk System; A Simplified Method of Binary Number Subtraction

□ JUNE — The Automated Home; Computing Lumber Costs; Interfacing a Numerical Chip to the TRS-80; Home Poison Control

□ JULY — Need A System Cabinet? Build It; Saving Time While Keeping Minutes; Integrated Circuit Testing for Hobbyists; Flexing with Flex Utilities

□ AUCUST/SEPTEMBER — Handicapped Byte Back; Changing Acres to Yards to Rods. . .; Speed Up Your SWTP 6800; Make the Computer Work for You

□ OCTOBER — Personal Computers in the Classroom; A Classroom Record Keeper; Alpha Micro Review; APL for the Z-80

□ NOVEMBER — Selecting Your First Computer; The Pathology Bookkeeper; Cromemco’s System Three; The Sport of Sorting

□ DECEMBER — The Computerized Artist; Volume Projection for Small Business; A Color Television Interface; Using TRS-80 Codes

1978

□ FEBRUARY — Medical Applications

□ APRIL — Robotics

□ JULY — New Products Directory

□ AUGUST - Games

□ SEPTEMBER — Educational Applications

□ OCTOBER — Hardware Index

□ NOVEMBER — Software Index

□ DECEMBER - Book Index

1977

□ MARCH — New Products Directory

□ MAY — Floppy ROM #1

□ JUNE — Bionics

□ JULY — New Products Directory

□ AUGUST — Astronomy/Astrophysics

□ SEPTEMBER - Floppy ROM #2

□ OCTOBER — Meteorology/Environment

□ NOVEMBER — New Products Directory

1976

□ APRIL — Teleprinter Maintenance

□ OCTOBER — Basic Diet Planning

□ NOVEMBER — New Products Directory

ALL ISSUES
AVAILABLE
IN

LIMITED QUANTITIES

Send check or money order payable to: INTERFACE AGE Magazine, P.O. Box 1234, Dept. Bl, Cerritos, CA 90701

U.S./Canada/Mexico: $3.00 Each O HI □

Foreign: $5.00 Each

■■■■

□ L

VfSA

SElfi hi

. Exp. Date_

Signature

Send back issues checked to:

Name __ Address

City State 1 Zip Country

64 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

PEARL™ follows tradition

PEARL builds on the legacy of master craftsmanship which has produced so many of America’s finest
achievements — by establishing a new standard for excellence, for availability, for innovation in
microcomputer software.

PEARL (Producing Error-free Automatic Rapid Logic) is a program which generates new programs. Available
in versions for nonprogrammers as well as computer professionals, PEARL is designed to run under CP/M*
on any microcomputer with at least 48K.

PEARL lets the end-user define and produce automatically new source code for all new applications
software — in BASIC — in a matter of hours. PEARL’S modular, structured code provides a classic teaching
tool for software development staffs, yet on-screen menus and prompts make it easy for nonprogrammers to
use.

Tradition and excellence aren’t just things available yesterday. PEARL brings them to you today. You can
generate error-free microcomputer software NOW. Call your nearest dealer today.

Manuals
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3

$ 25.

1 30. (for non-programmers)

350. (for those with programming skills)

650. (for software developers)

evolutionary software lor the 1 ^ 80 ’h

Computer Pathways Unlimited, Inc.

2151 Davcor Street S.E. • Salem. Oregon 97302
(503) 363-8929

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 9

A Home for
Your Computer

by Tom Fox

Remember the feeling of exhilaration you experienced
when you hired your first employee? In one swoop, you
doubled the size of the work force and dissipated the
burden of performing tedious, routine tasks yourself.

But it was also up to you to make sure that the
employee was happy in the new work place. So you
took special pains to make sure the work area was
comfortable, a parking space was available, the coffee
was hot and fresh.

The same attitude and attention should be present
when you bring a computer into your organization for
the first time. Computers are a special . . .fussy kind of
appliance: remarkably capable, but requiring a specific
type of environment. Here is some idea of what it
should be like — and how to go about it.

Where To Put It

Several considerations are important: the system’s
accessibility to users, the quality of electrical power to
feed it, temperature and cleanliness of the surrounding
air, ease of maintenance, isolation from those who
shouldn’t be fooling around with it. If you can, set it up
in its own room, convenient to those who will be work-
ing with it. Resist the temptation to squeeze it on a
desk top simply because it will “just fit there.”
Paraphernalia tend to accumulate around a computer:
instruction manuals, computer-generated reports, data
disks, etc. This is important to the machine’s opera-
tion, but it can take up more floor and desktop space
than the computer itself.

If you replace your secretary’s typewriter with a
word processing computer that “just fits,” you will
witness a phenomena having the characteristics of
crabgrass: it will silently and insidiously stake a claim
on every bit of table top, chair and floor space in reach.
Before long, your secretary will lose complete control
of her territory, and have to look elsewhere to perform
her job. You’ve heard of people being replaced by a
computer, but this is ridiculous.

Another reason for placing the system in its own room
is to control who has access to it. Even the best-intended
friend or trusted employee can be destructive in com-
puterdom. A closed door easily removes the temptation.

The same thing applies double to data, the informa-
tion about your business that you give to the computer,
and is returned to you in digested form. Data will
generally be kept on disks or floppy diskettes which
can exceed the value of the computer — and are far
more fragile.

What To Feed It

Most of today’s computers will operate on the
voltages and power ratings commonly found in offices.
Nearly all new business machines work with 1 1 7 volts
AC, 60 hertz, single phase, at a current rating of less
than 1 5 amps per unit. There is a catch, however. Com-
puters tend to be fussy about the quality of power they
receive. Voltage should not vary more than +10%
from 1 1 7 volts. If your office lights dim or flicker when
the air conditioner cycles on, a small computer won’t
work until the power is stabilized.

Why are computers so particular about power? Be-
cause they work in tiny steps to solve gigantic problems.
Since the steps are small, they must be performed ex-
tremely rapidly: recently-built computers perform at
least one million operations per second; many work at
five times that rate. That’s over 80,000 computations
for each cycle of 60 hertz AC power. Can you imagine
the havoc to a paycheck-writing program if power were
disturbed for a single cycle, and the CPU “forgets” to
perform thousands of instructions?

To find a solution to a power problem, we have to
understand what sort of things cause them. Summer-
time city-wide brownouts are becoming all too familiar.
A brownout is the deliberate reduction in voltage in-
stigated by power company engineers to protect their
generating systems from overload. A computer not
specially protected against a sustained reduction in
voltage should be turned off until the crisis passes.

Another problem is interference by outside influ-
ences: a nearby television or radio tower, a diathermy
machine in the doctor’s office next door, even a defec-
tive CB radio in the neighborhood. This sort of problem
is even more difficult to solve, but fortunately it’s
relatively rare.

A final thing to watch for is the effect the computer
can have on itself. Disk drives, particularly for hard disk
media, require a healthy surge of current to get them
started. This momentary demand can cause problems
in another portion of the system for a few seconds.
Power that checks out perfectly prior to a computer in-
stallation can easily become marginal because a com-
puter is connected to it. It’s one of the computer
world’s catch-22s: the electricity is just great— until
you start to use it.

What can you do? Begin by making sure that nothing
else under your control is robbing juice from the circuit.
Hire an electrician to make sure this power comes from
the breaker panel or other main distribution point; that
the computer’s circuit is not shared by other appli-
ances or wired-in equipment such as furnace blowers
or air conditioners.

Have the electrician accurately measure the voltage.
It should be within 5 volts of 1 1 7 volts AC. Watch the
voltmeter carefully for 10 minutes to make sure it stays
within this range, preferably in mid-afternoon when
power consumption is highest. Meanwhile, have some-
one turn all large appliances on and off. This won’t
catch all possible power problems, but it’s a start. If
some adverse condition is spotted, call in the power

company. Chronically low voltage can often be fixed by
changing a tap on the transformer.

Power surges caused by equipment in nearby
businesses are more difficult to stop. In extreme
cases, the power company may have to run a separate
line to your building from their substation— but not for
free. A power company’s standard for “satisfactory
power” is almost always below what is necessary for
trouble-free computer operation.

What Now?

To begin with, every component in a computer sys-
tem has minimal built-in protection against substandard
power. Certain computers have a great deal of such
protection; it is one of the things to look for when shop-
ping for equipment.

Get a list of the voltage range for each unit and find
out the maximum current needed for all operating condi-
tions. Show this to your electrician to get a judgment as
to the adequacy of power— at least on paper. If the ulti-
mate solution — installing a piece of equipment to boost
inferior power regardless of outside influences— be-
comes necessary, here are the four basic categories:
Line isolators are transformer-like devices that filter
out spurious signals such as radio and TV interference,
voltage spikes and momentary dropouts. They cost
from $100 to $300.

Power that checks out
perfectly prior to a
computer installation can
become marginal because
a computer
is connected to it.

Line regulators are boxes that actually boost voltage
when it falls too low and cut it when it gets too high, so
it always stays within a healthy narrow region. This
costs from $300 to $600.

Capabilities of both isolators and regulators are
available in a device called a power conditioner. It will
accept from 87 to 135 volts from the powerline and
delivery within 7% of 1 17 volts to the computer. It will
reduce spurious signals to one 10-millionth of their
original value before the computer sees them. The
cost for this device is in the $400 to $700 range.

Finally, we have no-break power systems, sometimes
called uninterruptible power systems. This is the top of
the line (and priced accordingly). They will handle
everything the above units will, and continue to feed
pure voltages even after the lights go out. Massive bat-
teries keep the computer going during brownouts and
blackouts. Because of their prohibitive cost, no-break
power systems are installed only when absolutely

68 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

necessary. If you need this type of protection, plan on
spending from $2 to $5 a watt— at least $2000 for a
very small computer.

The Air It Breathes

Computers require air mainly for cooling purposes.
Modern small business computers usually operate with
no difficulties if the room is kept at normal room temp-
erature. But don’t leave it at that. The computer itself
will generate a respectable amount of heat that needs to
be ventilated from the room. Air conditioning is always
recommended, but it is not always essential. This is par-
ticularly true in a generally cool climate, and if you can
suspend computing operations on really hot afternoons.

The reliability of electronic components degrades
rapidly with increased temperature. Each 30 0 rise will
cut the system’s life in half. So, even though a com-
puter will do everything asked of it in 95°, you are
sending it to an early grave by expecting it to run ex-
cessively at that temperature.

Equally important is the cleanliness of the air. Smog
usually won’t hurt, but dust definitely can. It clogs the
filters, which keep dust from settling on the electronic
components, and blocks the flow of cooling air. Accu-
mulated dust acts as an insulator, trapping excessive
heat and inviting early collapse. Locate these filters
early and service them regularly.

An especial case of dust-destructiveness is in the
hard-disk drive, which, amazing as this sounds, uses air
as a lubricant. Inside the drive, the disk whirls at
speeds up to 120 miles per hour. The recording head
that reads and writes the data on the disk moves back-
and-forth over the surface like the tone arm on a phono-
graph. It doesn’t touch the surface of the disk, how-
ever, but “flies” on a microscopic film of air 50 to 100
millionths of an inch thick. A speck of dust catching be-
tween these two fast-moving surfaces would scratch
the record head and gouge the disk, ruining both.

Fifty-millionths of an inch is less than % 0 the
diameter of a human hair, and % the size of a particle of
cigarette smoke. So you see how critical clean air is to
a hard disk drive. These units, of course, have special
and very elaborate air filtering arrangements. Find out
how to replace these filters and do it regularly.

Dusty air problems can also be minimized if the com-
puter is kept in an air conditioned, inside room— one
with no doors or windows leading to the outside.

The issues explored here are generally unknown to
the first-time purchaser of a computer. And most
retailers won’t mention them because they sound ex-
tremely complex, and pose a psychological barrier to a
sale. But being forewarned still puts you ahead.
Creating a happy home for your computer may present
some headaches you hadn’t planned. But the effort is
necessary — and worth it. □

Order Now
SAVE 20 %

PROCESSING

P.O. Box 488
Gresham, Oregon 97030
(503) 667-4669

Computer/Data Processing Directory

50.000 Computer User Site Locations

Over 50,000 Computer User “sites” listed geo-alphabetically . . .complete
description of more than 40,000 computer “systems” in use at these sites. . .
including CPU make, model, size, capacity. . .input/output peripherals. . .over

40.000 computer Executives. .. EDP manpower analysis, type of business,
programming languages, as well as time availability and cost. Efficiently cross-
indexed.

OVER 1,500 PAGES OF CONCENTRATED INFORMATION
USE THIS HANDY COUPON TO ORDER COPIES YOU REQUIRE

Send set(s) Eastern, Midwestern, Southern, Western, System

3, and 360/370 System USA Users @ $395 per set.

SPECIAL PRE-PUBLICATION RATE (REGULAR PRICE $500.00)

Send Copy(ies) Eastern USA System Users Volume @ $76. each

Send Copy(ies) Midwestern USA System Users Volume @ $76. each

Send Copy(ies) Southern USA System Users Volume @ $76. each

Send Copy(ies) Western USA System Users Volume <§> $76. each

Send Copy(ies) System 3 Users Volume <§> $76. each

Send Copy(ies) 360/370 System Users Volume @ $76. each

SPECIAL PRE-PUBLICATION RATE (REGULAR PRICE $95.00)
n Send information on advertising space and rates for future issues.

□ Enclosed check for S

We pay postage and handling on Prepaid Orders

D Bill Me At $ Plus Postage and Handling

type OR print

Date of Order Purchase Order No. _

Company Name

Street Address

City State Zip

P.O. Box Zip Room No. or Dept.

Ordered By Title

(Calif, orders— add 6% sales tax.)

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 69

Fly Your Computer

Flight Simulation Program

by Thomas

One aspect of computer simulation rarely encoun-
tered is that of flight simulation. Here is a program that
provides a realistic simulation of a Boeing 747 aircraft
from takeoff to landing. The objective is attained within
the parameters of a minicomputer system using Basic.

Software, Hardware Requirements

The simulation was written using Extended Benton
Harbor Basic #110.02.00. This is a variation of Basic
distributed by Heath Company for it’s HI 7 floppy disk
system. The simulation is not restricted to use on this
particular version of Basic. Modifications for other ver-
sions are described at the end of this article.

A Heath HI 9 video terminal is necessary in order to
run the program. Other terminals cannot be used without
extensive modification of the graphic routines. The pro-
gram was written for use on a Heath H8 computer, but
will work oi most any system with the proper software
or modifications. The only limit is on systems that do not

Carbone

have a real-time clock. This is a particular memory loca-
tion or port in which the computer keeps track of the
passage of time. You may refer to your operation
manual to see if your system has this capability.

The program also requires some type of device in
which data may be printed, aside from the HI 9 terminal.
This may be a printer or an alternate video terminal.

How the Idea Was Developed

When I set out to create a flight simulation program, I
had several parameters in mind. The most important
aspect was versatility. In other words, the “aircraft”
must be able to respond properly to any command the
pilot initiates. Because of this, it became necessary to
select an aircraft of which I have some knowledge. The
Boeing 747 was the perfect choice for several rea-
sons: I have flown in and been in the cockpit of a 747;
any knowledge I needed could be easily obtained.

The flight simulator is composed of three programs

BREAK

OFF

LINE

ENGINE

ALL

ENGINES

ERASE

DECREASE

INCREASE

REVERSE

RESET

★

(

)

—

BACK

SPACE

RESERVE

BRAKE

WINDOW

HEAT

OFF

SET

RADIO

LINE

FEED

CTRL

CAPS

LOCK

RADIO

OFF

WINDOW

HEAT

GEAR

DOWN

GEAR

}

{

NORMALIZE

SCROLL

SHIFT

BRAKE

DECREASE

RESERVE

8REAK

OFF

SHIFT

STICK

FWRD

WHEEL

STICK

WHEEL

LEFT

CENTER

RIGHT

STICK

BACK

AUTO

PILOT

ENTER

OFF

BRAKE INCREASE

Figure 1. Keyboard Layout

linked together by ‘chain’ commands (commands used
to transfer the computer to another program). The
following three sections are technical descriptions of
the four programs that comprise the simulation.

FLIGHT. BAS, INSTRUC.BAS

The purpose of ‘flight.bas’ is to inform the user of the
title and objective of the simulation. It states departure
and arrival time and destination. It also asks the user if
instructions are needed. If the user informs the com-
puter that he/she desires instructions, the computer
transfers to ‘instruct. bas.’ If the user does not desire
instructions, the computer transfers to ‘display. bas.’

The objective of ‘instruct. bas’ is to instruct the user
on how to operate the various controls and functions of
the aircraft. It is beyond the scope of this program to
teach the user how to fly. Rather, it is intended to
teach someone who has a general knowledge of flying
how to operate this particular aircraft. The instructions
cover the use of the navigation map (figure 2), as well
as how to enter your commands using the keyboard
layout (figure 1 ). The instructions will also give the user
several hints on how to make the flight successful.
After the instructions are printed, the computer will
shift control over to. . .

DISPLAY. BAS

The purpose of this program is to print a picture of
the cockpit and instruments using the HI 9 graphics.
The data statements within the program contain all the
necessary data to print the cockpit. Each item of data
contains three pieces of information. The first position
informs the computer as to how many of a given char-
acter are to be printed. The second position contains
the way in which the character is to be printed. Valid
choices are: N = Normally, G = Print the graphic symbol
represented by the character, R = Print the character
in reverse video, and M = Print the graphic symbol in
reverse video. The last position contains the character
to be printed. For example, if a particular data item was
“6Gx”, the computer would print the graphic equi-
valent of “x” six times. If the data item were “N4”, the
computer would print a “4” normally. Note: since there
is no number in the first position, the computer
assumes that the character is to be printed once. If the
computer encounters an “x” as a data item, it will gen-
erate a line feed. This process is continued until all the
data has been processed. At that point, the screen will

contain a reasonable image of a 747 cockpit. Control is
then transferred to. . .

CONTROL.BAS

This is the heart of the flight simulation. This pro-
gram contains all the formulas required to operate the
aircraft. In addition, the program updates the instru-
ments and determines if you have crashed. All of the
variables used in this program are listed in table 1 . Due
to the complexity of the organization of the program, a
list of functions by line number is necessary in order to
explain the basic operation of the program.

Lines 1 0-20 initialize the variables and set the real-
time clock at zero. Lines 40-130 update the instru-
ments at the proper position on the screen. Lines 140-
160 allow the user a set time interval to input the com-
mand. The operation Cl +PIN(232) places the Ascii
value of the key depressed into variable Cl . Lines 1 70-
690 process the command located in Cl. Line 700
places into T 1 the elapsed time (in seconds) since the
computer last processed this line. It also sets the clock
back to zero. The syntax used to obtain T1 will be
different on a non-Heath system. Lines 710-1310
calculate new values for the instruments and update
the position of the aircraft. Lines 1320-1730 print the
appropriate reason for the airplane crashing. Lines
1 740-231 0 print radio messages from the tower on the
alternate terminal. Lines 2320-2360 print the runway in
the window of the cockpit. Lines 2370-2560 determine
if the next radio message should be sent or not.

Running the Program

Simply load ‘flight.bas’ into the computer’s memory
and then run it. The rest of the program is self-
explanatory. The only other thing you will need is a
keyboard layout (figure 1 ) and a navigation map (figure
2). The proper use of these items is described in the
program instructions.

There are three sections of ‘control. bas’ that must
be modified in order for the program to operate on a
non-Heath system. The method of determining T1
must be changed. The printing of the radio message
must be changed, and the method of obtaining the
Ascii value of the command entered must be changed.
Due to the vast number of different systems available,
it is impossible to list the exact modifications required
for each system. To determine the best way to go about
modifying the three program functions to fit your

72 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

QUALITY

THAT'S WHAT
SEPARATES THIS
PRINTER FROM
THE TOTS

MT-80P

MICROTEK MT-80

SOLID VALUE FOR YOUR DOLLAR

The market is flooded with low-cost
printers that look and last more like
toys.

The Microtek MT-80, our versatile alpha-
numeric line printer, has a high quality
print mechanism that gives you solid
value for your dollar. It has been de-
signed with a superior brain resulting in
more advanced features and more de-
pendable performance. Our printer is so
reliable that we offer you an incredible
365 days warranty.

We stand behind every printer we make
because we build quality into each one.
So stop tinkering with toys and get
serious. Demand 100% value by
specifying the MT-80.

LOADED WITH INNOVATIONS

• 40, 80 or 120 columns (software
selectable)

• Non-thermal paper, pin feed

• 125 CPS, 70 lines per minute

• 9 x 7 dot matrix

• Vertical format unit

• 96-character ASCII (upper and lower
case)

• Adjustable forms width to 91/2"

• Parallel and serial (RS-232C) inter-
faces available

MICROTEK^.

OUR UNIT PRICE

$795 Parallel
$895 Serial (RS-232C)

For more information contact:
MICROTEK, Inc.,

9514 Chesapeake Drive,

San Diego, CA 92123
Tel.(71 4)278-0633
TWX 910-335-1269

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 41

INTERFACE AGE 73

73.5 73.25 73 72.25 72.5

1-, .. . — . ,■ 1 - , . _J L_ I

Figure 2. Map

system, read your operation manual.

One piece of information you may need to accom-
plish this is the reason for entering all the commas in
‘display. bas.’ This is used to fill the input buffer of the
computer. When the input buffer of an H8 is full, it will
generate a beep whenever a key is pressed, and the
letter of the key pressed will not be displayed on the
screen. This wiH not affect the PIN(232) statement and
provide for a cockpit display without letters scattered

all over it.

After you have become adept at flying the aircraft,
you may wish to experiment with the program. One
modification I have tried is to print a graph of time vs.
altitude on a printer during the flight. The results of
such a graph are both interesting and informative. Many
such modifications are possible. You are only limited by
your imagination (and your computer’s memory). □

Program on Page 134

74 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Do more

than ever before -

spend less than

You planned

Heath makes the All-In-One Computer more versatile

Many satisfied customers know
Heath takes the risk out of buying a
balanced computer system. With the
Heathkit All-In-One Computer, you
get 16K Random Access Memory
(expandable to 48K), keyboard, video
terminal and floppy disk system -
together in one self-contained, com-
pact unit - for up to hundreds of
dollars less than comparable systems.

Heath now makes the All-In-One
Computer more versatile than ever!
The new Heathkit H77 Floppy Disk
System gives the All-In-One even
more data storage and recall capac-
ity. Combined, the All- In-One and
H77 Floppy Disk give you up to 300K

bytes of on-line data storage -
enough to hold entire files. You can
mount operating system and pro-
gram disks at the same time, to make
computing even faster.

You can run programs written in
MICROSOFT™ BASIC™ and As-
sembly Languages, and all current
software written for the popular
Heathkit H8 Computer.

Heath Users Group (HUG) will share
with you a library of over 500 pro-
grams to make your computer serve
you in ways you never imagined.

There's no better way to learn about
computer systems - and save money
- than by building one yourself.

Concise, easy-to-follow Heathkit
assembly manuals show you the
way, from start to finish. And a na-
tionwide network of service centers
protects your computer investment.

loin the Heathkit computer family
today - and pocket the savings!

For complete details on Heathkit
computer systems, as well as nearly
400 other electronic kits for your
home, work or pleasure, send today
for your free, value -packed Heathkit
catalog. Or pick up your copy at the
nearest Heathkit Electronic Center.

Heathkit

SEND FOR FREE CATALOG VISIT YOUR HEATHKIT STORE

Write to: HEATH COMPANY,
DEPARTMENT 343-684,
BENTON HARBOR, MI 49022

rr^T.nk.i

In the U.S. and Canada, visit your
nearby Heathkit Electronic Center where
Heathkit products are also displayed,
sold and serviced. See the white pages of
your phone book. In the U.S., Heathkit
Electronic Centers are units of
Veritechnology Electronics Corporation.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 34

CP-184

by John MacDougall

The Apple II personal com-
puter is the size of a portable
typewriter and has an excel-
lent disk operating system. — :

This makes the machine very
adaptable for text processing — ■ — "
applications where hard copy
is a desired end result. A general
purpose interface can be used for
connecting an Apple computer to a
Qume or Diablo daisywheel printer. Although these print-
ers are superficially identical, there are enough differ-
ences in data bus structure to make it impossible to de-
sign a completely general purpose interface. It is strongly
recommended that you read the printer operation and
connection manuals before proceeding with the inter-
face. With proper connection to the data bus and some
slight differences in software, this interface has been
used for a Diablo Hytype-I and a Qume Sprint Micro 3.

Interfacing to the Apple II

To build your own interface, obtain an Apple hobby/
prototyping board. It comes with an application note
which is one of the best descriptions of the Apple I/O
interfaces around. Apart from the usual data and address
bus signals, the designers included a complete decoding

scheme on the main logic board. For very
simple interfaces, additional peripheral
address decoding may not be required.
Thus the hardware necessary to con-
struct this interface is simplified by mak-
ing use of the decoding already provid-
ed by the Apple main board.

While reading the application note, you

will see that the Apple I/O is memory

=r=- mapped. Data to be outputted (or input-
ted) is sent to a memory location where the
hardware takes over. In the Apple, each of
the I/O slots is mapped into a different location
in the C000 space with 256 bytes allocated uniquely
for each slot. Obviously one doesn’t need 256 bytes to
send a piece of data. This allocation was intended to be
used by simple firmware ROM chips which would be
placed on the I/O card. Thus each peripheral device
can carry its own driver routines.

In addition to the 256 bytes, there are an additional
2000 bytes in the C800 to CFFF space which can be
used by any I/O device. The different I/O devices are
kept off each other’s toes by a hardware switch built in-
to each interface which uses the C800 address space.

It is the responsibility of each interface intending to
use the C800 space to be sure that all other interfaces
are switched off before entering that space. This is
done by addressing location CFFF. Operation of this
scheme will be shown during description of the hard-

76 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

ware and software. The daisywheel interface J|
carries its own firmware drives and must M
use the expansion space for the minimum I

possible configuration. VI

The usual problem with memory mapped
I/O is that software is also tied to a specific
memory area and the peripheral can only be
used in the slot for which the software is written.

If the driver routines are to be put in ROM, this
becomes a severe restriction. Fortunately, with the Ap-
ple parallel printer card, it is possible to write
relocatable 6502 code which can be used with special
hardware to make a slot-independent peripheral. Thus
the daisywheel software was made slot independent by
being able to copy and adapt large portions of the first
256 bytes of the Apple II printer card software.

Description of the Interface

The circuit diagram of the interface is presented in
figure 1 and the finished hobby card constructed with
wire wrap is shown in figure 2. The schematic can be
divided into two functional blocks: hardware to interface
with the printer, and the driver firmware. The printer
interface hardware will be described first.

Most of the I/O decoding is done by the Apple before
the I/O slots. Thus pin 41 (called device select) already
has been decoded to the level C080 + NO where ‘N’ is
the slot number. If we only wanted to control one de-
vice, this decoding would be sufficient. However, there
are three separate ports to be controlled, so some
additional decoding by the 74LS42 (Q1) is necessary.
To simplify this, a complete map of the addressing for
the interface is presented before the listing which
follows the article.

The decoded control signals determine where the data
bus signals will be sent or received from. Output from
the interface to the printer is through the two 74LS374
octal registers. The first register (Q9) simply puts the
low data byte on the lines to the printer while the second
register (Q8) has a more complicated function: it must
put the additional data on the printer data bus (2 to 4
bits depending on the printer), and output the strobes
which determine what the data is to do in the printer.

Use of the data bus for strobing can cause problems
because of the peculiar nature of the processor. The
6502 puts out valid data only during the last portion of
the cycle. Thus, if this data is present at the strobe out-
puts for the full half-cycle, false strobing can occur.
Fortunately the Apple has a signal which, when ANDed
with the normal cycle, gives a delayed enable. This is
the Q3 signal and is present on pin 37 of the peripheral
slot. The Q3 is used only for the latch signal on the
upper 74LS374 (Q8).

Input to the Apple from the interface is via the two
quad multiplexors (Q10 and Q11). These are tri-state
devices with a select input to determine what data is to
be read and an output enable to put this data on the
Apple bus. The select signal comes from the 74LS42
decoder and the enable signal comes from the read/

write line in association with a bunch of other logic.
This other logic, mainly the 74LS109 flip-flop,
l determines if the C800 space is to be read or

^ not. Any read in the I/O slot will set the flip-flop

and that and address to CCxxXX will reset the
flip-flop. Therefore, if another peripheral wishes
6 to use the C800 space, it simply addresses CFFF
and turns off all C800 spaces (including its own).
Remember that pin 1 (I/O select) decodes to the CNXX
level while pin 20 (I/O strobe) is enabled for all C800 to
CFFF addresses.

The two quad multiplexors Q10 and Q1 1 determine
if the data bus data comes from the output of the 2708
Eprom or the select switches and printer ‘ready’ lines.

The 2708 Eprom contains the complete driver firm-
ware on the card. How this is mapped is a little tricky.
The first 256 bytes are, as stated earlier, essentially
the same as the Apple printer firmware and contain the
necessary code to determine which slot the peripheral
is plugged into and the initialization instructions. Where
this code is addressed depends on the slot, and the
code is thus written in relocatable form.

In the Apple II parallel printer interface, the 256
bytes are the complete driver but there is some very
clever combined code and hardware remapping. We
were able to find the additional space necessary for
some of the daisywheel initialization code by trimming.
The real driver routines are contained in the C900
space but are still in a contiguous area of the Eprom.

To state it another way, the initial routines can be
256 bytes anywhere in the region Cl 00 to C700 but
the driver routines are located uniquely at C900. The
problem of how to handle this and still use all of the
2708 is solved by hardware relocation of the address
bus for the 2708. When the 2708 is addressed in the
range Cl 00 to C700, the AND gates in the A9 and A8
address lines are disabled and only the addresses
below 256 bytes are used. When the address range is
outside the slot range and inside the C800 space, the
top two address bits are enabled and the address
range is effectively remapped into the higher space.

Of course, the first 256 bytes were already used in
the lower slot space, so when it is remapped to the
higher address area, data must start at C900. All this
activity is transparent to the Apple. Happily, it knows
that the correct code will be present above C800 after
addressing an I/O slot.

The other type of inputs to the 74LS257’s is split be-
tween the simple mode select switches and the printer
handshake ‘ready’ lines. The mode select switches
allow setting double line spacing and either 10 or 12
characters per inch character spacing. In addition, they
can be used to set the printer impact pressure in
machines with this option. Every time the driver routine
is accessed, these switches are checked and the cor-
responding pressure or spacing is applied.

There are four ‘ready’ lines from the printer: for the
total printer, the platen, the carriage and the print

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 77

wheel. Note that all signals to and from
the printer are negative logic (a ‘1’ is a

‘low’ voltage).

There is only one other bit of hardware
left— the ribbon life timer Q5. Ribbon lift on
these daisywheel printers is a separate line
When the signal is low, the ribbon is lifted. When
the signal is high, the ribbon is allowed to drop,
revealing the printing. Obviously you don’t want the rib-
bon constantly popping up and down, nor do you want
it to obscure the printing. A reasonable compromise is
to use a timer that holds the ribbon up for about a sec-
ond then lets it drop if no new characters come along.
A 9601 retriggerable one-shot is used for this. Its
range is extended by means of the 2N2222A emitter
follower transistor. If you don’t like the time constant,
you can change the capacitor value.

Basic Software

The software accompanying this article is only to get
you up and running. It does not have the ability to buf-
fer the input and then type in reverse; nor does it sub-
stitute carriage tabs for a succession of spaces — two
desirable features that speed up printing.

Refer to the software listing. If you have access to
the listing for the Apple parallel printer card, it would be
helpful to examine that listing for comparison. The first
256 bytes are derived exactly (including the same com-
ments) from the printer card software. However, be-
cause of the peculiar tie in between the software and
hardware in the printer card, it is necessary to modify
the software. This is also necessary to provide the
additional space for the printer initialization and for the
jump to the driver routines.

The way that the Apple handles the printer routine is
that on first entry it accesses the code at the slot
address. The first thing the code does is to clear the
carry flag. The presence of the cleared carry flag is
used throughout the start of the program to give a suc-
cession of relative jumps as the software is initialized.
The first of these jumps is merely a fake to hide the
second entry point at CNOO + 2 (where ‘N’ is the slot
number). This second entry point is used by all suc-
ceeding accesses of the routine as determined by the

Figure 2. Daisywheel printer interface constructed
on an Apple II prototyping board.

Apple monitor. Note that all of these relative
jumps are simply a clever way of writing relocat-
able code so that the firmware may work in any
of the Apple I/O slots.

>4 I won’t try to explain the parallel printer card
a software in detail. It is sufficient to understand
that its details have been kept intact while adapt-
ing them to the daisywheel interface.

Two points should be noted, however. One is that
there is a jump to the C800 space during initiali-
zation so that special initialization of the driver regis-
ters can be made. The second is that unlike the printer
card firmware, the daisywheel firmware requires a
very extensive driver, so the outputting of a charac-
ter involves a jump to a C800 subroutine rather than
a simple STA.

In the driver routine, all of the registers are saved
and the printer strobes are initialized. The incoming
byte is then checked to see if it is an Ascii charac-
ter. If so, it is printed without delay. This is designed
to work on the most likely possibility and thus make
the software as fast as possible. If the byte is not
an Ascii character, it is checked for all the possible
printer control characters such as carriage return,
space, etc. If no useful character is found, nothing is
done and the routine returns gracefully to the Apple
without doing anything.

Note that the Qume data bus uses the Ascii charac-
ters in positions D1 to D7 rather than DO to D6. The
software listing is configured for the Diablo. To modify
for the Qume, insert an ASL-A (code ‘OA’) in place of
the NOP at line 254.

Daisywheel printers handle carriage movement
incrementally and, therefore, need to calculate and
store the carriage location at all times. This informa-
tion, as well as other useful data, is stored in the hobby
card reserved spaces. These are in the low resolution
window area of memory (but outside the display
regions).

It is possible that some programs will scroll the entire
low resolution area rather than only the displayed
parts. Naturally this will totally destroy such things
as your carriage position and cause a printer to crash.
Any software supplied by Apple should not do this,
but occasionally other programmers are not aware
of this reserved space. If you can’t get the software
fixed then you will have to change the driver rou-
tines to use memory locations which do not get
destroyed. □

Figure 1 and Program Listing
Start on Page 128

An article describing how to interface to a daisywheel
printer was published in IA in Oct, 78. It contains all flow
charts and a detailed description of the operation of the
program. The driver routines for the Apple interface
were converted almost routine for routine over to the
6502 code. The reader might like to compare the two
driver programs side-by-side to see the differences be-
tween Z-80 and 6502 codes.

78 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

... a highly creative, stimulating, and imaginative information processing
environment ... a world in which you have the freedom to experiment, test new
ideas, and even challenge the “established way” of doing things ... a bold and ex-
citing galaxy where DP professionals are provided with the latest hardware and
software resources to develop their ideas and reach for the outer limits of infor-
mation processing. That universe exists at National CSS, a dynamic, high-
performance information services company

Shaping the Future of Information Processing. . . At National CSS you’ll
discover a people-oriented environment ... a place where your programming
innovation and creativity will be challenged and rewarded. You’ll have an
opportunity to work with highly talented DP professionals in an open and
free atmosphere . . . exchanging ideas with some of the best minds in the
industry. . . and helping shape the future of information processing.

NCSS . . . it’s thought provoking, challenging and exciting!

If you’re looking for new worlds to explore, looking for an opportu-
nity to shape your own destiny, looking for a place to spread your wings
and reach for the stars, then look for the name National CSS . . . you
could be looking at your own future!

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 45

I'd like to know more about National CSS. Please send me your free brochure and poster.

Brighten
up your
future with
our colorful
20 "x 28 "poster.
Yours free
with coupon.

“Land of
Opportunity
poster

FREE

Name: Address: National CSS

Mail to: National CSS, Inc.

Cit Y : state: Z 'P' Dept. ADC 04081 , P.O. Box 209,

National CSS is an equal opportunity employer. West Haven , CT 065 1 6

System of the Month:

80 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Heath WH89/Zenith Z89

by Tom Fox

For many years, Heathkit products have graced the
living rooms, workshops and radio shacks of those who
felt comfortable with a soldering iron in their hands.
The glow of accomplishment gained by building a com-
plex electronic device from a box of loose parts was a
goal in itself. The usefulness of the completed device
was a secondary consideration.

When Heath entered the computer market, a subtle
but significant change occurred: the computers
became valuable possessions — even to those who had
no interest in the education to be gained in the con-
struction process. The H89 all-in-one computer kit, in
particular, soon became available as the WH89 or
“wired” H89. It’s as complete as most any other
microcomputer to be found in the retail stores.

When Zenith purchased Heath a short time ago, it
scoured the Heath catalog for useful additions to its
product line. They zeroed in immediately on the H89,
designed a new nameplate and voilal— the Z89 micro-
computer. The two machines are identical. With
Zenith’s experience in merchandising and massive
base of retail distribution, we are likely to see a lot of
Heaths hiding behind Z-badges.

Pros and Cons of Compact Structure

The WH89 incorporates most of its essential hard-
ware items within a very compact 13 x 17 x 20-inch
plastic enclosure that is smaller than many CRT ter-
minals by themselves. The computer, floppy diskette
drive and interface cards have been neatly tucked into
the unused space of the WH89’s sister product, the
HI 9 CRT terminal.

The squeeze is a tight one, and maintenance access
to the various boards suffers as a result. Adequate
cooling is often a problem with such densely-packed
circuitry, but a muffin-type ventilation fan keeps it in
check. The fan blows warm air directly upwards
through cooling slots on the top of the unit, so you
have to be careful not to place heat-sensitive items
(such as floppy diskettes) over them.

One other orifice bears watching: The maw of the
front-mounted floppy diskette drive is large enough to
swallow a child’s hand up to the wrist. While we are
fairly sure there are no hazardous voltages inside, it is

easy to touch a rotating part or the sharp cut-off leads
of the circuit card components.

Primary Circuitry Source

A total of five circuit boards contain the bulk of the
WH89’s electronic circuitry. The two main boards (ter-
minal logic board and CPU logic board) are identical in
size at 9 x 1 1 inches. They each contain a Z80 micro-
processor integrated circuit chip running at a speed of
2 MHz. The computing load is thus shared by the two

processors — one to run your programs, and the other
to manage the details of terminal display and keyboard
manipulation. The CPU logic board also contains 48K
bytes of RAM. Because a certain portion of the
memory address space is reserved by the system, it is
not possible to expand the RAM beyond this size.

The CPU logic board will accept up to three smaller
boards: floppy disk interface, serial interface and cas-
sette interface. Each is 4 x 8 inches in size. All but the
cassette interface are standard with the WH89.

The two remaining cards within the unit are the video
circuit board and power supply circuit board. Except
for the two interface boards, the cards interconnect via
a nest of ten or more cables and plug-in connectors.
The odd shape of the space available within the
enclosure seems to preclude the use of the desirable
mother/daughter board concept featured in other
Heath products.

The Wangco disk drive will accept a single 514 inch
single-sided minifloppy diskette. Each hard-sectored
diskette will store up to 102 Kbytes of data in 400
256-byte sectors. Recognizing that the individual per-
formance of the drive mechanism can vary from unit to
unit, the Heath software package includes a routine to
see just how fast the mechanism can move the record-
ing head from one track to another.

There is then a way to instruct the disk operating sys-
tem to step at that rate. The unit we tested worked well
at a remarkable 8-millisecond step rate, even though
Heath will only guarantee the drives to work at 30 milli-
seconds and slower. We cranked up the speed to 8 milli-
seconds and enjoyed a dramatic and welcome perfor-
mance improvement with no noticeable loss in reliability.

To add more disk storage capability, you can pur-
chase the WH87 dual minifloppy diskette drive to bring

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 81

the total online capacity up to 306 Kbytes. If only one
extra drive is needed (for a total of two) a kit version of
the add-on drive must be purchased and assembled.

Hallmark Feature: The .Terminal Itself

Heath’s grand accomplishment in the WH89 is the
CRT terminal itself. The unit is robust and handsome,
and includes many features usually available only on
premium-priced “smart” terminals. The 84-key key-
board is laid out like a typewriter’s, which is slightly dif-
ferent than the teletype-style arrangement more com-
mon in the computer industry. It incorporates eight
special function keys.

The terminal will operate at 1 2 different baud rates,
although only the highest— 9600 baud— is used in the
WH89 application. The 1 2-inch display screen holds up
to 25 lines of 80 characters each for a total of 2000
crisp upper- and lower-case characters. The terminal in-
cludes character- and line-insertion and deletion modes
and a graphics capability. None of the Heath-supplied
software we have seen capitalizes on these niceties.

A small speaker is tucked away on an inner recess of
the computer. Its function is to provide the familiar
“beep” tone, and (optionally) to sound a tiny “click”
each time a key is depressed. In the unit we tested, the
sounds were barely audible.

Heath offers five separate hard copy printers. The
least expensive is a matrix printer of their own design
which features a novel variable printing speed. The other
devices are Heath-labeled versions of Texas Instru-

ments’ TI810, Digital Equipment Corp.’s Decwriter II and
Xerox Diablo 1640. All except the latter utilize dot
matrix mechanisms. The Diablo unit spins a patented
daisywheel to place fully-formed characters on the
page. This would be the device to choose for letter-
quality word processing applications.

Serious Quality Software

It comes as somewhat of a surprise to discover the
wide array of serious-quality software that can be had
with the WH89. Heath software tends to carve a
course close to the hardware realities of the machine
itself, requiring a more complete knowledge of the
workings of the computer.

The Monitor is supplied as 2 Kbytes of firmware in
ROM, which means that it need not be loaded from
diskette or tape, but is active instantly when the power
is turned on. Its major function is to boot (start up) the
system under the more elaborate HDOS (Heath’s disk
operating system), but it retains a spare set of six com-
mands directly available from the keyboard.

These commands allow you to display and change
data in RAM and load and run programs from cassette
tape. The latter capability requires an extra-cost
cassette drive and interface module. Additional pro-
grams are buried in the Monitor to test system memory
and diskette drive speed.

HDOS keeps track of all data read from, and written
to, the minifloppy diskette drive(s). It also includes a
variety of commands— many of them separate programs:

82 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

•Set system date

•List file directories

•Copy, rename and erase files

•Type files on the terminal or printer

• Exercise and test the diskette drive

•Set peripheral characteristics (baud rate, etc.)

•Initialize and verify floppy diskettes

HDOS requires a minimum of 2.4 Kbytes in RAM, and
up to 9 Kbytes when certain commands are active. The
file naming conventions incorporate a generous wild-
carding ability that allows you to globally refer to a
class of files with similar names. Entering ‘delete
file09.dat,’ for example, will erase all files with the
name ‘file01.dat, file02.dat.’

File-loading diskettes

HDOS includes a program called Onecopy which
makes the best of the inconvenience caused by having
but a single drive when it comes to copying files from one
diskette to another. Onecopy will load files from one
diskette into RAM, and then instruct you to insert a sec-
ond diskette so the RAM contents can be dumped onto
it. Depending upon the amount of data to be transferred,
the program may instruct you to swap the diskettes two
or three times before the copying process is complete.

The software package includes Extended Benton
Harbor Basic, a modest but useful example of this almost-
universal language. This Basic requires some 1 2 Kbytes
of space in RAM in addition to HDOS. Heath’s Basic is
a pure interpreter, and has a tool kit of 42 commands
and 31 functions, including a few which are only usable
on the WH89’s predecessor, the hobbyist-oriented H8
microcomputer. A generous dollop of string handling
commands is available, as are most of the usual trans-
cendental functions (logarithmic, trigonometric, etc.).
Benton Harbor Basic has one shortcoming for business
applications, however: it contains no mechanism for
reading or writing data files to the diskette drive.

For a modest extra cost, we strongly recommend pur-
chase of the H89 Microsoft Basic. Even though Micro-
soft’s version requires more memory space, it is super-
ior in almost every respect to Benton Harbor Basic. It
features 1 1 6 commands and functions, including edit-
ing features which allow you to alter a program state-
ment without retyping the entire line. Both sequential
(Ascii) and random (binary) data files are supported.
Microsoft Basic ran the prime number cruncher (IA Jun
80) in 2027 seconds, more than twice as fast as Ben-
ton Harbor Basic’s 4211 -second performance.

Edit program for text

The WH89 software package includes three major
modules intended for use by programmers in 8080
assembly language. The first is Edit, which allows the
entry and alteration of source programs to be used for
all manner of text files (letters, proposals). Be warned,
however, that the Edit concepts and commands come
from an earlier generation of text editors. It is line
oriented, rather than screen oriented, and requires the
memorization of a puzzling set of special control se-
quences in order to get the most utility.

Once a source program is keyed in via Edit, a pro-
gram called ASM is activated to convert it into 8080

Improved!

POSTMASTER

Tomorrow’s
mail system.

Today.

One package does it ALL. Teratek’s
Postmaster offers the most powerful and flexible
mail-management system available for any
CP/M or compatible derivative capable of running
CBASIC II, now including Apple II.

Menu Driven.

Up to 250K Records Per
File Name.

Up to 16 Drives Supported.

9 Digit Zip Code Supported.
Batch Entry: Entering names
and addresses to a mailing
list is simple. Repeated
elements of a record need
only be entered once.
Powerful Record Extraction:
Used in conjunction with the
Optional Reference Field,
this feature allows simple
creation of user specified
“target-files.”

Dedicated Record Editor: List,
modifybr delete records.
Allows intact or extracted
backup of original file.
Automatic “ID” Field
Insertion: (optional) Key in a
name, and a unique 10 char-
acter record identifier will be
entered automatically to the
Reference area.

Envelopes: Postmaster pre-
pares single or continuous
envelopes.

Mailing Labels: Standard or
user-specified formats up to
five across. Any number of
labels per name.

Translator Program NAD
to Postmaster Provided as
Full Source.

Form Letters: Supports
courtesy titles, nicknames,
single page or continuous
form. Optional text or saluta-
tion inserts in any letter.
Dedicated Record Sorting.
Attractive Reports: Neat,
paginated reports on either
80 or 132 column paper.

Clear, Complete
Documentation.

Quality That’s Affordable and
Available: The Postmaster
programs are available in a
variety of 5" and 8" disk for-
mats (40k of RAM, CP/M and
CBASIC2 are required).
Among the formats sup-
ported are TRS-80, North Star,
Heath H8 and H89, standard
8" IBM, Vector MZ and other
CP/M derivatives capable of
running CBASIC.

Sample Data Files Included.
Powerful Yet Easy to Use.

All Output Programs Provided
as Full Source.

It’s terrific!

We use it ourselves!

Prices reflect distribution on 8" single density diskettes.
If a format is requested which requires additional diskettes,
a surcharge of $8. per additional diskette will be added

Dealer Inquiries Invited

COMPLETE

PACKAGE:

MANUAL

ALONE:

(Credited toward
subsequent purchase)

*CP/M is a trademark
of Digital Research

LIFEBOAT ASSOCIATES I
2248 Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10024 □ (212) 580-0082 □ Telex: 220501

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 83

MICAU

OSBORNE

BUSINESS SOFTWARE

in CBASIC2 or CROMEMCO 16K BASIC

* features *

Four Complete Packages—

• General Ledger

• Accounts Receivable

• Accounts Payable

• Payroll with Cost Accounting
Strong support from Osborne Manuals
CBASIC2 runs under CP/M or under CDOS
version 1.07 on Cromemco computers
16K BASIC runs on Cromemco computers
Cursor addressing routines for Hazeltine,
Lear Siegler and Cromemco (Beehive)
Terminals

Source Codes and Installation Instructions
provided along with disks
Automatic Command Start-Up
Easy to apply to all of your business and
systems needs

• hardware required *

• One or more 8" or 5" Floppy
Drives

• CRT with cursor addressing

• 132-Column Printer

$95 p.-

package

lOOKIHK

vmsskk Oiimim)!

( alii .nkl M 2% I,|>

CREDIT (AKIV.A((tPIH>

• DEALER INQUIRIES INVITED*

MICAH S PRODUCTS OF DISTINCTION

• OSBORNE BUSINESS

• DUP/1 (Disk Utilities

• EXPAND (Run Cromein-

SOFTWARE (in CBASIC2

(or CP/M and CDOS)

< o Software on CP/M)

A 16k)

• UUP/2 (Disk Utilities for

• BLACKJACK (Tutorial

• CBIOS (CP M (or

Cromemco)

Casino Action)

Cromemto Computers)

. DUP/3 (DGP/2 Expanded)

• DRIVE (Customized

. MICROPIOT (Versatile

• SPOOL (Cromeini o

Printer Drivers)

Printer Graphicsi

Format Utility)

• DBMS Conversion to NAD

• Call or Write for Free Catalogue and More Information •

★ We will Customize any of our programs at our Standard Consulting Rates *

Ah! WICfiLl . . . .Satisfyin’ Software

That turns your system on!

MICro Applications and Hardware
• CONSULTANTS and SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS •

■ MICAH Box 4987 Walnut Creek. California 94596 USA phone: 415/933-2783-

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 35

CALIFORNIA DATA CORPORATION’S

IVERSATILEI

S-100 ANALOG I/O SYSTEMS

16 Channel A/D
2 Channel D/A
4 Channel D/A

High quality commercial grade S-100 bus compatible systems are
designed for industrial and laboratory use.

• 16 channel 12 bit A/D conversion system nominally
operates at 25 kHz

•12 bit resolution, ± the LSB accuracy
•Multiplexer, converter, and sample and hold on the
hybrid chip

•7 control and measurement ports
• Utilizes Z80 and 8080 interrupt modes
•Optional Programmable Gain Instrument Amplifier
allows mixing of high and low level signals

• 2 and 4 channel D/A high-speed conversion systems

•Binary and 2’s complement inputs
•Outputs: ±5v, ±10v, 0 to -lOv, or 0 to + 10v
•Replaceable output amplifiers protect circuit
•2 channel board has 16 bit parallel I/O and scope
intensification strobe

• A/D’s from $575 D/A’s from $395

CALIFORNIA DATA
CORPORATION

3475 Old Conejo Road, Suite CIO
Newbury Park, California 91320
(805)498-3651

machine code, which will run on the WH89’s Z80
microprocessor chip. ASM is a conditional assembler,
and features pseudo opcodes for programmer conven-
ience. We would, however, miss the ability to define
macros, or “super instructions,” a feature of certain
other assemblers.

Debugging method available

Recognizing that programs seldom work without a little
massaging, Heath includes Dbug, a useful debugging
tool for analyzing the operation of assembly language
programs. With Dbug, you can single-step a program,
inspect and alter the contents of memory locations and
data registers, and insert breakpoints in the program
flow. Dbug also allows the loading and dumping of
assembled programs to the floppy diskette.

By way of the Zenith connection comes a word pro-
cessing program called the Electronic Typing System. It is
a version of Autoscribe out of the Phoenix Group that
has been specially adapted by the authors for the WH89.

Documentation

For over 20 years, nearly everyone who picks up a
Heath technical manual has had the thought, “now
that’s how documentation should be done!” Heath has
set the standard for attractive, informative and accur-
ate user manuals.

Since the WH89 is one of Heath’s more complex
offerings, it is not surprising to see that a hefty portion
of the overall system weight is made up of paper. The
Operation/Service manual is a 260-page education on
microcomputer systems hardware as exemplified in the
WH89. This book covers everything from instructions
in integrated circuit insertion to timing diagrams for the
Z80 chip, and includes operation, troubleshooting and
circuit descriptions in depth.

The Software Reference Manual is another 440
pages of discussion on the five major systems soft-
ware packages (HDOS, Dbug, Edit, ASM and Benton
Harbor Basic), plus the ROM-delivered Monitor. If you
think you have to wade through a stack of data before
even turning on the machine, take heart: the book con-
tains a “First Time Through” introductory chapter which
allows anxious types to safely bring up the unit in the
minimum possible time. The Microsoft Basic option is
served up with its own 110-page book which only de-
scribes the Microsoft-unique features of the language,
and does not pretend to be a Basic learning guide.

Finally, those who opt to build their own WH89 have
the opportunity to mark the boxes in 100 pages of
Assembly Manual, which — except for the schematic
diagrams — is only used once.

Unit and Kit Costs

A completely assembled WH89 with 48 Kbytes of
RAM and a single minifloppy diskette drive lists for
$2895. The kit version of the same unit is $900 less.
Printers are available in the range of $795 to $2995.
The add-on dual floppy diskette drive lists for $1195.

On the software side, the HDOS systems software
package is $150. The enhanced capabilities of Micro-
soft Basic is also available for $150. Their newest of-
fering is the $395 Zenith word processor, which also
requires a printer. The cost of each program includes a
year’s free updating service. □

84 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 6

AUGUST 1980

SYBEX

Dept. IA8
2344 Sixth St.
Berkeley, CA.
94710

AVAILABLE AT BOOKSTORES
AND COMPUTER SHOPS
EVERYWHERE

r^AIL TO: SYBEX 2344 Sixth St.. Berkeley. CA 94710

| Send me copy(s) of The CP/M Handbook @ SI 3.95

| Name

| Company

Address .
City

Amount enclosed

| Charge my □ Visa
| Card number

_ State _

□ UPS □ 4th class

D Master Charge □ Am. Ex.

TO ORDER:

By Phone: (415) 848-8233. Visa. MC. Am Ex jQn dQfe

By Mail: Indicate quantity. Prepayment required |

Shipping: S1.50 per book (UPS) or 75C (4th Class) i Si G n a ture

Tax: In California please add tax • □ Send me your free catalog

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 60

C300IA8

NEW! CP/M HANDBOOK
MAKES CP/M EASY AS ABC

CP/M-the industry standard in operating
systems: now Sybex makes it easy as ABC
with a new step-by-step guide: THE CP/M®
HANDBOOK (with MP/M*").

Gain a clear understanding of CP/M’s
basic operation, learn how to use the editor
and assembler, then explore all versions of
CP/M, including CDOS and multi-user MP/M.

Numerous sample programs, practical
operating hints and handy reference tables
make the CP/M HANDBOOK a must for
anyone-from beginner to experienced
programmer.

For sophisticated editing or simple
copying, the new CP/M HANDBOOK gives
you a hand-and makes CP/M easy as ABC.

By Rodnay Zaks, 250 pp., Ref. 0300, $13.95

CP/M * and MP/M tm are trademarks of Digital Research

radBay

MAKE YOUR BASIC

Developing business applications without keyed file support is like
producing a play without the right cast — you can expend needless
time and money, and end up giving an inadequate performance.

Enter MAGSAM™

MAGSAM picks up where your BASIC leaves off by providing it
with a powerful Keyed File Management System that‘s quick and
easy to use. The result is applications that do exactly what you want
them to — instead of only what BASIC allows you to.

Supporting Cast

MAGSAMs advanced features and capabilities include

• Random, sequential, and generic access by key

• Secondary indexing with any number of keys

• Key and record deletes with automatic space reclamation

• Dynamic file allocation and extension

• Complete compatibility with BASIC files

• Interactive tutorial program

• One year update service

The versatile MAGSAM file management is now available in two
major versions MAGSAM IV, the new high performance assembler
version, is ideal for business applications in which response time is
critical. Complete with an interface for CBASIC, MAGSAM IV is
$295. MAGSAM III is the standard version and is in use world wide
Written in BASIC, it is available for CBASIC. Microsoft BASIC, or
Micropolis BASIC for $145. The MAGSAM manual alone is $25
You’re the Star

MAGSAM is available immediately —off the shelf. So you can begin
saving time and money now while providing your customers and
clients with applications that truly meet their needs. Send for a free
brochure telling the full story on MAGSAM, or see a demonstration
at your computer dealer today.

Another Butiness Solution from:

fWMG

Micro Applications Group

7300 Caldus Avenue, Van Nuys, CA 91606

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 37

SPECTACULAR

Introductory Offers

BASF "FLEXYDISK”
Superior quality
data storage medium,
certified and
guaranteed 100%
error free.

5V«" Diskettes 10 @ $24.00

8" Disks 10 @ $24.00

Vinyl storage pages
8" or W 10 @ $ 5.00

Write for quantity discounts

SFD CASSETTES
‘'Super Ferro Dynamic"
Using the finest
Agfa PE 611 tape
in a professional
quality housing.

C-10 Sonic

weld housing 10 @ $7.00
C-10 5 Screw

housing 10 @ $8.00

Cassette album page $1.89

Write for quantity discounts

LIBRARY CASE Library 3 ring binder $6.50

3 ring storage album. - „ ,/ * S2 49

Protects your valuable * as ® ne
programs on disks 8 Kas-ette $2.99

or cassettes. Write for quantity discounts

PMC Power Consoles
UL listed. 15 Amp
circuit breaker.

3 prong outlets.
Optional surge
suppression and RFI
filtration.

ABM

# 1 Main indicator lamp and AC
switch. 5 outlets. $ 43.50

#10 as above, but with individual
indicator lamps and switches,
and Surge Suppression $ 69.50
#23 Same as #10, 3 outlets
with RFI filtration, and shielded
AC cord. $145.00

Other models starting @ $28.50

PRODUCTS
631 “B” ST.
S.D., CA 92101

VISA. MASTERCHARGE. MONEY ORDER.
CERTIFIED CHECKS. FOR PERSONAL CHECKS
ALLOW 2 WEEKS. C.O.D. REQUIRES A 10%
DEPOSIT. CAL. RES. ADD 6% SALES TAX.

$2.00 SHIPPING AND HANDLING PER ORDER.
MIN. ORDER $10.00 SATISFACTION
GUARANTEED OR FULL REFUND.

COMPUTER CLUB DIRECTORY

This directory was compiled to inform readers of clubs in
their areas.

Amateur Computer Group of New Jersey
1776 Raritan Rd., Scotch Plains, NJ 07076
Jeff Kashinsky, President (201) 536-1078

Amateur Radio Research and Development Corporation
1524 Springvale Ave., McLean, VA 22101
Paul Rinaldo, President (703) 356-8918

Boston Computer Society

17 Chestnut Street, Boston, MA 02108
(617) 227-9178

New England Computer Society
P.O. Box 198, Bedford, MA 01730
Eric Johannson (61 7) 562-67 1 6

Philadelphia Area Computer Society
P.O. Box 1954, Philadelphia, PA 19105
PACS Hotline (21 5) 467-01 77

Rochester Area Microcomputer Society
P.O. Box 90808, Rochester, NY 14607
Mike Ciaraldi (71 6) 467-01 77

Alamo Computer Enthusiasts

4847 Castle Shield, San Antonio, TX 78218

David Samson (512) 656-8469

Computer Hobbyists Group of North Texas
P.O. Box 1344, Grand Prairie, TX 75051
Garrett Davis (214) 559-2710

Crescent City Computer Club
University of New Orleans
P.O. Box 1097, New Orleans, LA 70122
David Hughes (504) 271-5540

Denver Amateur Computer Society
1380 S. Santa Fe, Denver, CO 80223
Mike Dmytrasz (303) 697-5800

Southeastern Michigan Computer Organization
Box 02426, Detroit, Ml 48202
S.E.M.C.O. Newsline (313) 775-5320

Utah Computer Association

378 East 9800 South, Sandy, UT 84070

Lawrence Barney, President (801) 571-9661

Space Coast Micro Computer Club

315 Inlet Avenue, Merritt Island, FL 32952

Ray Lockwood, President (305) 452-2159

Homebrew Computer Club

P.O. Box 626, Mountain View, CA 94042

Bob Reiling, President (415) 967-6754

Northwest Computer Society
P.O. Box 4193, Seattle, WA 98104
(206) 284-6109

San Diego Computer Society

P.O. Box 85137, San Diego, CA 92138

(714) 571-5550

Solus Computer Club
1690 Woodside Road, #219
Redwood City, CA 94061
S. Sokolow (415) 368-3331

Connecticut Computer Club

18 Ridge Court W., West Haven, CT 06516
Leo Taylor (203) 933-59 1 8

TCUG (TRS Computer User’s Group)

P.O. Box 2235, Reston, VA 22090
Ron Hickey (703) 241-2878

Proteus (International Processor
Technology User’s Group)

1690 Woodside Road, #219, Redwood City, CA 94061
S. Sokolow (415) 368-3331

86 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 68

AUGUST 1980

Diablo printers spend more time

in this position.

A printer isn’t much good if it can’t do the
job when it’s needed.

That’s why, at Diablo, we don’t just design
printers that work. We design printers that keep
on working. In fact, we make them so reliable,
you can just open the carton, plug in and play.

Diablo offers the widest range of reliable
printers and options to give the flexibility you
need. Which stands to reason. After all, we
pioneered the daisy wheel technology and we’re
still the leader in it.

So if your printers spend too much time in
the “off’ position, you know what to do.

Switch.

Diablo Systems

Diablo® and XEROX® are trademarks of XEROX CORPORATION

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 12

XEROX

ZSID

Z- 80 Debugger for CP/M

by Alan R. Miller

One of the standard programs provided with CP/M is
DDT (dynamic debugging tool), an independent pro-
gram used to test and debug other programs.

SID (symbolic instruction debugger) is a more ad-
vanced debugger than DDT. The regular version
operates on both the 8080 and Z-80, but the symbolic
features refer only to the standard Intel 8080
assembly-language mnemonics. ZSID is a Z-80 version
of SID utilizing the official Zilog mnemonics. Since
ZSID is written with Z-80 instructions, it will not
operate on an 8080 machine.

CP/M programs normally execute in the transient
program areas (TPA) starting at 1 00 hex. When SID is
executed, it is initially loaded into the TPA, then
automatically relocates itself to the top of the usable
CP/M memory. This leaves the beginning of the TPA
available for the testing of other programs. After SID is
in place, it can be directed to load a separate program
into the TPA. Alternately, a separate program can be
loaded along with SID by including the program name in
the command line. For example, the statement:

B>A:SID PAYROLL.COM

will first load SID, then SID will load the program
‘payroll.com.’ If the program is a hex file, then SID will
decode it, placing it where it belongs.

Monitor Features

SID contains most of the usual monitor features. For
example, a command of: ‘D100, 17f will display
memory locations from 100 to 17f hex. Each location
will be given in hex and also in Ascii if the characters
are printable. DDT and the 8080 version of SID give the
Ascii values at the end of the same line as the hex
code. ZSID, however, places the Ascii characters on
the next line under the corresponding hex code. This
format is more convenient for narrow video screens.'

A block of memory can be moved with the M com-
mand. S allows the user to change (set) memory loca-
tions. Hexadecimal addition and subtraction can be
performed with the H command. The X command
allows the user to examine and alter the CPU registers.
These include the general-purpose registers, the alter-
nate register set, the flag register, the program
counter, the stack pointer, and the X and Y index
registers. There is no search command available in the
debugger, nor is there a command for inputting or out-
putting through an I/O port

The L command produces a symbolic disassembly of
the machine code using the official Zilog mnemonics.
The A command allows assembly-language mnemonics
to be coded directly. Z-80 assemblers are not con-
sistent in their mnemonic sets. Consider the subtract
instructions:

SBC A,C

SBB A,C

The first is the official Zilog mnemonic for an 8-bit sub-
traction with borrow. The second is also allowed by
some assemblers, since it resembles the 8080 mne-
monic. But ZSID will not accept the second version
during the A operation.

Another Z-80 peculiarity occurs with the set of addi-
tion and subtraction mnemonics. Zilog uses two
operands for addition and subtraction operations in
both 16-bit and 8-bit versions. However, only one
operand is used for the 8-bit ‘sub’ instruction since
there is no corresponding 16-bit operation.

16-bit 8-bit

ADC

HL,DE

ADC

A,E

ADD

HL.DE

ADD

A,E

SBB

HL,DE

SBB

SUB

A,E

Since the

accumulator

is always the

destination

register for the 8-bit operations, the argument is not
really needed. For this reason, some assemblers do
not require the destination operand for any of the 8-bit
add and subtract operations. ZSID, however, requires
two operands for all ‘adc’, ‘add, ’and ‘sbb’ instructions.
Another common variation allows two operands for
‘sub’ command:

SUB A,E

making the instruction look more like the other add and
subtract operations. This form has been incorporated
into ZSID although it is not a Zilog mnemonic.

Executing a Program with SID

Several commands allow the user to execute a pro-
gram under control of SID. Suppose that a program
works properly until it reaches the address of 244. The
program can be loaded with SID, then the command
‘G1 00,244’ can be given. This will start the program at
address 1 00 hex, the first argument, and set a break-
point at address 244, the second argument. If the pro-
gram gets to address 244, control will automatically
return to SID. This happens because SID replaces the
original byte at address 244 with an RST 38H instruc-
tion. When control returns to SID, the original byte is
restored. Then the user can inspect the CPU registers,
change them if desired, and continue execution of the
program with another G command.

The P command is similar to the G command; it
allows an instruction to be passed a given number of
times before the program returns control to SID. This
command is convenient for debugging loops. The T
command can be used to single-step through a pro-
gram. This command can also be used to trace back
through the previous steps.

Arguments to SID Commands

Several different types of arguments can be given
with SID commands. The default radix is hexadecimal,

88 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

but this can be changed with a prefix. A # sign
precedes a decimal number and an apostrophe is used
before an Ascii character. Hex arguments to ZSID are a
little different from those of the 8080 version of SID.
The latter accepts any valid hex number. With ZSID,
however, the first digit of a hex number must be one of
the decimal digits 0-9, i.e., a leading zero must be used
if the first digit is A-F. This restriction is necessary
because the Z-80 mnemonics have a different struc-
ture from the 8080 mnemonics.

Consider the 8080 instructions:

MOV A,C
MVI A,C

The first is a register-to-register move; the second in-
struction loads the value of C hex into the accumulator.
The 8080 version of SID can distinguish between the
two instructions since the mnemonics are different.
The Z-80 equivalent, however, uses the same mnemonic
for both instructions:

LD A,C
LD A,0C

and so a leading zero must be used to distinguish the
hex value of C from the register name C. Arguments
can be expressed relative to the previous address. For
example, a command of D100, + 5 will display memory
from address 100 to 105.

Symbolic References

The Digital Research assemblers MAC and ASM and
the Microsoft assembler Macro-80 with its linking
loader can produce a separate symbol table. SID can
be directed to load this symbol table along with the pro-
gram being tested. Symbolic references from the sym-
bol table can then be used as arguments to SID. The
symbols can be used in three ways.

If preceded by a decimal point, the symbol is used as
a pointer. Suppose the symbol table contains the label
‘outhz’ corresponding to the program address of 163.
Then the command ‘l.outhx, + #20’ will disassemble 21
(decimal) locations starting at the address of ‘outhx.’
Furthermore, the symbol table entries will be given in the
listing whenever possible, both as addresses and as
operands to instructions. A typical disassembly, if the
symbol table is loaded, might look like this:

OUTHX:

163 CALL

0167

166 LD

A,B

HEX:

167 AND

The value stored at the address corresponding to the
symbol can also be obtained. If the symbol is preceded
by an at-sign, the 16-bit value at the referenced loca-
tion is utilized. On the other hand, if the symbol is
preceded by an equal sign, the byte value at that loca-
tion is chosen. Suppose the symbol ‘iobyte’ has been
defined as location 3. Then the current value stored at
that address can be obtained with the command:

H = IOBYTE

Programs with Arguments

Some CP/M programs require one or two argu-
ments on the command line. The statement:

A>LIST B:SORT.PAS

will direct CP/M to load and execute the file ‘list.com’
from drive B. Additionally, the filename ‘b:sort.pad’ is
placed in memory at the file-control block starting at 5C
hex. Finally, CP/M starts the program ‘list’ by branching
to the address 100 hex. Programs such as ‘list’ that re-
quire arguments on the command line can be debugged
with SID. In this case, the first command would be:

A>SID LIST.COM LIST.SYM

This line loads SID, list and list’s symbol table. The next
step is to set up the file-control block. The command:

#IB:SORT.PAS

will write the requested filename into the file-control
block. Now the program ‘list’ can be started up under
control of SID. The G, P or T command is given with the
appropriate breakpoint so control will return to SID at
some point.

When a program is run under control of SID, the
stack is initially placed at 100 hex. The program being
tested should change the stack pointer to something
else if a disk read is to be performed. This step is
necessary since CP/M uses the region 80 to FF hex as
a buffer for the disk operations.

Undocumented Z-80 Instructions

Purchasers of ZSID are provided with the regular SID
user’s manual and a handy supplement that summar-
izes the official Zilog instruction set. A more complete
summary of the instructions is available from Zilog. But
there are many Z-80 instructions that have not been
documented by Zilog. Most of these are 8-bit opera-
tions involving one of the two 16-bit index registers.
The official instructions all involve 16-bit operations for
the index registers.

Suppose that we want to move register C into the
low-order byte of the IX register. One way to do this us-
ing the official instructions is:

PUSH BC

POP IX

But this method will also move register B into the high-
order byte of IX. A more direct way to perform the
move is to use one of the undocumented instructions.
The assembly language mnemonics which can gener-
ate the necessary code are:

DEFB ODDH

LD L,C

The byte DD precedes all of the undocumented 8-bit
IX operations and FD precedes all undocumented 8-bit
IY operations. Then the appearance of L or H in the re-
maining part of the instruction is interpreted by the
Z-80 CPU as the low or high order byte of the cor-
responding index register.

The move from register C to IX can be performed
with ZSID. First write the value DD into memory with
the set command:

#S4000

4000 00 DD

4001 00 .

Then use the A command to enter the move operation:

#A4001

4001 LD L,C

4002

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 89

Have computer, will travel.

Executive Computer System Carrying Cases.

• Makes your microcomputer truly portable.

• Protects your equipment: locking latches limit access.

• Rugged black vinyl with metal corners outside.

• Protective foam rubber, black velveteen covered, inside.

• Computer can be operated without removing from case.

• And cases are custom designed for full systems.

Apple* Executive Case holds:

• Apple microcomputer.

• 9" Sanyo monitor.

• 2 disk drives.

• Power strip.

• 2 boxes diskettes.

• Manuals.

• Dimensions: 28"x 2l"x 10Vi "

• Weight: 17 pounds.

• Price: $179

TRS-80** Executive Case holds:

• TRS-80 Microcomputer.

• Expansion interface.

• 2 disk drives.

• Power strip.

• 2 boxes diskettes.

• Manuals.

• Dimensions: 28 "x 21 Vi "x 8Vi ."

• Weight: 17 pounds.

• Price: $179

Ibrms: FOB Los Angeles — Master Charge, Visa or check
with order. Allow 3-4 weeks for delivery.

'Registered, Apple Computers, Inc.

"Registered Trademark, Tandy Corporation.

COMPUTER TEXTUe

10960 Wilshire Blvd, Suite 1504

Los Angeles , C A 90024 ( 213 ) 477-2196

The lowest priced
daisywheels you can buy!

Reduced to $1695—

Diablo based daisywheel
terminal (similar to photo)

• 30 CPS Diablo Hytype I
printing mechanism

• RS 232 interface

• Plotting capacity

• Wheeled pedestal

• 82 key keyboard
Reduced to $1895—

Qume based daisywheel
terminal (Gen Com 300Q, in photo)

• 30 CPS Qume Q30
printing mechanism

• RS 232 interface

• Plotting capacity— Super Plot
firmware package standard

• Wheeled pedestal

• 86 key keyboard

Qume Sprint 5 prices reduced !

55 RO $2795 55 KSR $3095

45 RO $2595 45 KSR $2895

COMPUTER T±jX*J

“ UTEH t thy h
ifTEB TEXT”

PUTER TEXTile
PUT ER TEXTile
TEXTi le

>UTER

*UTETt TEXTile

COMPUTER TEXTile

write or call

COMPUTER TEXTile

10960 Wilshire Blvd.

Suite 1504

Los Angeles, CA 90024
(213) 477-2196

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 74

Load register C with the value of 12 using the X
command:

#XB

BC 0000 12

Then display all the CPU registers with the X command.
Execute this short program with the G command, being
sure to set a breakpoint so control will return to SID:

#G4000, 4002

Finally, examine the CPU registers with the X com-
mand. The low 8-bits of the IX register will now contain
the value 12.

All of the regular Z-80 8-bit instructions involving the
H and L registers can be used in this way. If the regular
instruction is preceded by a DD then the operation is
performed on the corresponding half of the IX register.
If the byte is FD then the IY register is used. The
operations include register-to-register moves:

LD H,r

LD r,H

LD L,r

LD r,L

where r is one of the general purpose registers A, B, C,
D, E. Registers H and L now refer to the index register.
Thus the instruction:

DEFB 0DDH

LD H,L

will move the low half of IX into the upper half of IX.
Immediate instructions can also be performed. The low
half of IY can be loaded with the value of 7 by using the
instructions:

DEFB 0FDH

LD L,7

The 8-bit arithmetic and logical operations, including
the shift and rotate instructions can also be used in
this way.

These undocumented Z-80 instructions have been
incorporated into Allen Ashley’s PDS software. But
there are several potential problems with using un-
documented codes. The immediate problem is that
ZSID will not properly decode the instructions. Also,
these instructions might not be available on future ver-
sions of the Z-80, especially if the chip is obtained from
a second-source supplier. Nevertheless, these 8-bit in-
structions give the programmer some extra registers
that may occasionally be needed.

Despool Program

A separate Despool program is available from Digital
Research. This program keeps the printer busy while
the user does other things on the video screen. Since
the CPU operates so much faster than the peripherals,
it is possible for all peripherals to operate at once.
Large, main-frame computers and minicomputers
typically work this way. With microcomputers only one
peripheral usually operates at a time.

The KLH spooler (IA Apr 79) spools the operation of
the printer in a variety of ways. It can be operated from
Basic, from an editor, or from the systems level. It can
only operate with 8-inch soft-sector disks; Despool can
operate with any CP/M system and any type of disk.
Unfortunately, files can only be spooled from the
systems level, and the printer stops momentarily every
time the console keyboard is in use. Nevertheless,
Digital Research’s Despool is better than nothing. □

90 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

NO FRILLS! NO GIMMICKS! JUST GREAT

DISCOUNTS

MAIL ORDER ONLY

ATARI 800

Personal Computer
System

$7990°

S0R0C

Technology

iq 120 $ 699 00
IQ 140 999 00

NORTHSTAR

Horizon II
32K

Horizon II Quad
Horizon II 64K
Horizon Quad 64K

$234900

2799 00

2999 00

3399 00

CR0MEMC0
System 3 $ 5695 00

Z2H 7995 00

912

TELEVIDEO

$ 749 00 I 920 $ 799 00

HAZELTINE

1420 $ 795 00
1500 $ 849 00
1510 $ 1049 00
1520 $ 1229 00

INTERTEC

Superbrain
32K Computer

$249500

Superbrain 64K'

$ 2795 00

DECwriter IV
LA 34 $ 979 00

0KIDATA

Microline 80

$699 00

TEXAS

INSTRUMENT^

810 Multi Copy
Impact Printer

$149900

We'll meet or beat any advertised prices

Most items in stock for immediate delivery. Factory-sealed cartons.

Full manufacturer’s guarantee.

DATA DISCOUNT CENTER

Box 100 135-53 Northern Blvd., Flushing, New York 11354

Visa • Master Charge • N.Y.S. residents add appropriate Sales Tax • Shipping F.O.B. N.Y.

PHONE ORDERS
CALL
212

465-6609

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 75

INTERFACE AGE 91

You just deleted the wrong file on your Horizon com-
puter or North Star floppy disk. But take heart, all is not
lost; in fact nothing is lost— the file can be completely
saved. Of course, important files should always be
copied on at least one separate disk, but copies aren’t
needed to save accidentally erased files that have not
been overwritten.

Figure 1 shows an example directory, before and
after, where the file named ‘data2’ is destroyed in error.
The important fact is that the ‘destroy’ command in
Basic (or the *DE command in DOS) does not destroy
the file; it only deletes the file name in the directory.
Even the file data, i.e., size, density, type, remains but,
being nameless, this information is not read out with a
‘catalog’ or *LI command.

The deleted file can be saved intact by simply creat-
ing a file in the directory with information identical to
the deleted file. This can be done immediately, provid-
ed the “before” catalog printout showing the informa-

*LI

DOS

1 0

BASIC

1 4

2AOO

PR061

D A T A 1

DAT A2

DAT A3
*DIE DATA2
‘♦LI

DOS

BASIC

1 4

2AOO

PRQG1

DAT A 1

D A T A 3

Figure 1. Data2 file can be easily restored.

tion is available. The ‘data2’ file could be saved simply
by typing (in Release 4 Basic):

CREATE “DATA2”, 7, 3
or in R4 DOS:

*CR DATA2 7 84

*TY DATA2 3

Release 5 Basic or DOS commands must also include a
single or dual density designation. Note that the loca-
tion specification, 84, in the *CR command is optional.

Since few computerists have the discipline to print out
a catalog every time a new file is created, suppose that
the ‘before’ catalog wasn’t available. Then the problem
is to figure out what it would have said. The file name is
not important; any name can be used. It need not be the
same as the deleted name— in fact, I have frequently
used the ‘destroy’-‘create’ method to rename files.

The destroyed file is located at the end of the pre-
vious file. Add the location of the previous file to its
size and you have the location of the destroyed file.
The size of the destroyed file can now be found by sub-
tracting its location from the location of the next file.
That is all the information needed to recreate the file,
using a ‘create’ or DOS *CR command, assuming of
course that the file type is known. Location isn’t a part
of the ‘create’ command and it is optional for *CR, but
it was needed to calculate size.

Overwriting by New Files

Creating a file without writing to it does not destroy
any data previously in that location, so to recover from
an error, ‘destroy’ the new file and save the old as
described above. If new files have been created and
written to after a file is mistakenly deleted, the data (or
program) may have been overwritten and permanently
lost— maybe not.

92 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

When a file is destroyed, the disk data space be-
comes available. If, as in our example, the data space
of the destroyed file, ‘data2,’ is sandwiched between
two other files, it can be overwritten only by an equal or
smaller size new file. In other words, new files will be
written in the lowest available location with enough space
to hold them. Before giving up, delete any new files not
yet written to; print out the remaining directory; and
write out by hand a list of the remaining files in the se-
quence of their location, showing start and end loca-
tions. Now look for gaps in the list — the accidentally
destroyed file name may be intact in one of them.

Disk Identification

It is quite useful, as your disk collection grows, to
identify disks so that the identification prints out with
the directory. Four methods of identification should be
considered:

1 . Create a zero length, name only, file:

*CR DISC = 29 0

Creation of a zero length file to indicate the disk
takes no room, but remember that the compact
program, if needed, doesn’t work if there are zero
length files.

2. Write a ‘rem’ file with a disk identifying name:

*CR 29-REM 3
*TY 29-REM 2

This is a good practice; use a few blocks for ‘rem’
in Basic about the files on the disk. Remarks can
save a lot of time later. With either this or the first
method, the identification will be at the top of a
catalog printout only if the identification file is
created first (or if the disk includes DOS immedi-
ately after DOS) before other files are created.

3. Rename DOS:

*DE DOS

*CR DISC = 29 10 4

The built in boot-up firmware looks for DOS by
location, ndt by name, so the DOS file can have any
name without affecting operation. This technique
identifies the disk without using disk space and
does not preclude compacting later. You can do
this on old disks and still have the identification
print out first. You can also double name files if you
want to forego future compacting. For example,
when starting a new disk:

*CR DISC = 29 10
*CR DOS 10 4

You must use the *CR command and specify loca-
tion for the second name or an unused location will
be automatically selected.

4. Name the directory as a file:

*CR DISC = 29 4 0

This is the technique used for all disks produced
by North Star. I personally use this identification
method on all disks, but with the added safety
feature of “typing” the file with an unusual
number:

*TY DISC = 29 29

The first four blocks on all disks are automatically
dedicated to directory listings. Access to the directory
is normally done only by the DOS routines. This is in-
tended to preclude catastrophic errors by the user, but
you can circumvent this safety feature by making a file
out of the directory as shown above. If you make this
file an unusual type, e.g. type 29 in the example, you
can access it only by deliberate action— by name and
the unusual type. A program later in this article does
access this file for useful directory details not other-
wise available.

Creation of this disk identification file should be done
before other files are created if it is to be listed first in
directory printouts.

As mentioned previously, a program is discussed
below which uses the fourth method of disk identifica-
tion for access to directory data. When the program is
run, type in the disk identification file name and the file
type in order to open the file. Another standard has
been incorporated into a number of published utility
programs. These programs assume that the directory
has been identified as a type 3 file named either <*> or
DIR. All disks must have the directory identified with
one of these two names, depending on which standard
is used.

You can accommodate all these multiple standards
by identifying the disk as in method four plus the other
names, all for the same directory— that is, three
separate file names such as:

DISC =29 0 4 29
<*> 043

DIR 0 4 3

Multiple Restorations

Suppose that you were “housecleaning” a disk, de-
stroying many obsolete files, and then discovered
when you were done that you had destroyed one or
more files you intended to save. The above reconstruc-
tion methods are inadequate for this situation, but the
files can still be saved.

100

REM DIRECTRY ' , prints DIRECTORY details

1 10

REM by S. Owen, 4/2/79

1 20

REM

1 30

INPUT "Output device nunber? " f U

! 40

INPUT "Disc nane? ”,Q$\A1*-G$

1 50

INPUT "Nane file TYP? " f Q\ A 1 =Q

160

! HU

170

! HU,7.3I ,TAB< 9), "DETAILED DIRECTORY, '",A1*,"'

, TYP ",A1

180

• HU , XH5 I

I 90

!#U," NAME L0C SIZE TYP LEN DENS.

TDI TDI"

200

! HU

210

OPEN HI 7.A1 , A 1 $

220

FOR K* 1 TO 128

230

Z=0\D$="S"

240

FOR J=1 TO 8

250

READH1, XX

260

! H U , CHR $ ( X ) ,

270

NEXT J

280

REM

290

READ# 1 , XX I ,XX2,.XX3,XX4,XX5,XX6,XX?,XX8

300

!HU,TAB(10),X1+X2,

310

! HU , TAB ( 1 6 ) , X3 + X4 ,

320

! HU,TAB<22) ,X5,

330

IF X6< 1 28 THEN 340\X6=X6-1 28\D*= "D"

340

!HU,TAB(34) ,X6,

350

! HU , T AB ( 43 ) ,D$,

360

! HU , T AB ( 45 ) , X? ,

370

! HU , T AB ( 48 ) , X8

380

Z=X1 +X2+X3+X4+X5+X6

390

IF Z= 192 THEN EXIT 410

400

NEXT K

410

! HU

420

CLOSE HI

430

END

Figure 2. Program prints disk directory details.

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 93

Were’s a better way to
create /edit your Worth Star
basic programs

N^BUS has a unique interactive GLOBAL LINE
EDITOR, with powerful source preparation/editing
features, unmatched anywhere at ANY PRICE!

u* Interfaces with ANY release 4 or later BASIC by RUNning
a supplied program.

i * Co-resistant with BASIC — merely type the command “EDIT”
without a line number.

i X All N*BUS programs are assembly language fast!

Line scrolling plus these exciting commands:

EDIT MODE • INPUT MODE • BOTTOM • TOP • BASIC • BYE •
APPEND • NEXT • PRINT • COPY (lines) • DELETE (lines) •

SCALE • PROMPT • CHANGE* CHANGE (global) • ERASE
COLUMNS • LOCATE • LOCATE (global) • TAB • TCHAR •

WINDOW • WINDOW NEXT • WINDOW PREVIOUS • VIEW • INSERT •
GO (to a line) • MOVE (lines) • DEVICE

N*BUS ALSO includes BPRT, a program print/variable cross-reference
utility featuring an ultra-fast shell-Metzner sort, BPAK, a source
program packer and RE, a file rename program. IF YOU USE NORTH
STAR BASIC, you owe it to yourself to ORDER YOUR COPY OF
N*BUS today!

AND ONLY $69 I 64 pg. manual, alone, $9.75 ppd.

— plus $1.50 postage | (Creditable toward system purchase)
Calif. Res. add 6% tax. No C.O.D.’s please. Send check or M.O.
VISA or MASTER CHARGE accepted.

Dealer inquiries invited
COMPLETE BROCHURE AVAILABLE

Software Systems

1269 Rubio Vista Rd. • Altadena, Ca. 91001

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 51

Multi-User North Star Horizon

Hard Disk Computer Systems

Interrupt-driven, bank-switching timesharing, developed by Micro
Mike’s, Inc. for the North Star Horizon computer, has been
mated to Micro Mike’s hard disk operating system.

As many as four 26.5 megabyte (formatted) Winchester-type,
sealed-media Shugart hard disk units can provide users access to as
much as 106 megabytes (formatted) of stored information in a
flash. Micro Mike’s timesharing/hard disk operating system,
TIMESH A VER,® allows as many as seven users per timesharing
computer system, each user simultaneously running a different
program.

The programming staff of Micro Mike’s has written a wide variety
of comprehensive business application programs in North Star
BASIC, based around a set of defined Common SUBroutines
(CSUB). Most programs are available separately or are included in
Micro Mike’s Program Library.

IN STOCK:

North Star Horizon computers
Zenith Z 19 intelligent (Z80-based) terminals
Printers: NEC Spinwriter, Texas Instruments TI 810, IDS-
440 Paper T iger

Shugart 26.5 megabyte (formatted) hard disk units with S-100
controller card for North Star* systems

Call or write for details and descriptive literature.

JttUfefi

Micro Mike’s, Inc.

905 South Buchanan
Amarillo, Texas 79 1 0 1 * USA*

telephone: 806-372-3633

making technology uncomplicated . . . for People
Copyright 1 980 Micro M ike’s, Inc. All Rights Reserved Worldwide.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 80

Use the program of figure 2 to read the directory
data for saving any destroyed file. This program reads
the directory identification file created by the fourth
identification method described above and prints out
the information for all files, including the destroyed
files — less their destroyed names. It even prints out
additional information you probably don’t need and
maybe didn’t even know was there. You can then
recreate any or ail of the destroyed files.

Each directory entry uses 1 6 bytes. The first eight
are dedicated to the file name (even if the name is
shorter); then two for location; two for size; one for
type and density; and three for ‘type dependent infor-
mation’ or TDI, the first TDI byte being file length ac-
tually used.

Figure 3 shows an example “before” and “after”
printout of the program, where data2, data3, and data4
files were destroyed. With the “after” printout, it is
easy to save any of the destroyed files. For example:

*CR DATA3 6 78
*TY DAT A3 3

Now the file is recovered intact.

RUN

Output device number?

Disc name

DISC-29

Name file

TYP?

DETAILED

DIRECTORY , "

'DISC-

29'' f TYP 29

NAME

L0C

SIZE

TYP

LEN

DENS.

TDI

DISC=29

DOS

1 0

BASIC

1 4

PR0G1

DATA1

DAT A2

DAT A3

DAT A4

DAT A5

READY

DESTROY "

DATA2"

READY

DESTROY "

DATA’S"

READY

DESTROY "

DATA4"

READY

RUN

Output device number?

Disc name

DISC-29

Name file

TYP?

DETAILED

DIRECTORY,

'DISC*

=29', TYP 29

NAME

L0C

SIZE

TYP

LEN

DENS.

TDI

DISC=29

DOS

1 0

BASIC

1 4

PR0G1

DATA1

•p

DAT A5

READY

Figure 3.

. The directory before and after

several

deletions.

94 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Even if the disk wasn’t previously identified using the
directory identification file technique, restoration is
simple. First create the identification:

*CR DISC = 29 4 0
*TY DISC = 29 29

Then run the figure 2 program. The only difference
from the previous example is that the file named
disc = 29 and its associated data will appear on the
detailed directory printout where the first deleted file
data was— that is, the disc = 29 name and file informa-
tion overwrites the data2 information in the directory,
but no data in the file was overwritten. The deleted
data2 file filled the gap between program 1 and the
deleted data3 file, whose file information is still printed
out. Jot down or print out the information about the de-
leted files and then proceed to recreate any of them in
the directory.

The sequence of names in the directory does not
have to be the same as the sequence of files on the
disk. When a file is opened, the system finds the name
in the directory and reads the location information
beside that name. The directory and DOS are excep-
tions. The directory data must occupy the first four
sectors (0-3) and DOS must start at sector 4. File
names for either, however, can be anywhere in the
directory.

Warning! Writing to a directory file, created for disk
identification and for readout or directory data, can
cause problems beyond the scope of this article. That
is why it should be given an unusual number. □

MEMO

TO: All Corporate Executives
Re: Barter Date: 1980’s

Remember when businessmen weren't afraid to do business?? When goods and ser
vices were exchanged at their value? When executives weren't afraid to look eye to eye
and conclude a business transaction with fears of inflation?

Will today's corporate executive the one who’ll still be an executive tomorrow— Con-

sider a million barrels of crude oil for hiscorporation'sgoodsand services, or maybe air-
line tickets, or office supplies, or hotel rooms, or computers, or car rentals????

Keep your operating dollars in your company.

Use your company's goods or services to obtain what your firm needs to operate profit-
ably without high interest rates !

Our company began operating on barter and operates on it today with very low cash
overhead.

From our computer equipment from The David Jamison Carlyle Corporation of
Century City. CA to our pocket pagers from Answer Pago of Los Angeles, serving
all of California.

To our Toll Free Corporation Communications Center, Telecom Services Inter-
national. Inc. of Chicago. Illinois.

BARTER WORKS!!! Let Barter Worldwide Incorporated be your broker. It costs you
nothing until we negotiate the barter for you.

Write and tell us what you need, and what you have to barter or call Toll Free 24 hours
a day. 7 days a week for our brochure and application. 800-621-1466 Ext. 6046 (In
Illinois 800-972-1966 Ext. 6046)

Don’t wait....the time is now. Bartering avoids inflated dollar exchanges, the more time
wasted now. the less profits later. Please call now!!!

Mike Jeffries
President

BM4V“

BARTER WORLDWIDE INCORPORATED
6575 Green Valley Circle Suite 112
Culver City. California 90230

(800) 621-1466 Ext. 6046

P.S. Barter Worldwide will see you at the

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS K INDUSTRY
EXPO Oil Doc. 1 . 2 «t 3. 1980 al lliu Anaheim
('.(invention Center. For information call
Barter Worldwide or (714) 558-0840.

AUTHORIZED

TRS-80®,

DEALER A301

COMPUTER SPECIALISTS

10%

DISCOUNT

Off

List

64K 1 Drive
$3499.00

Popular 16K Level II System $ 715.00

26-1145 RS-232 Board 84.00

26-1140 "O" K Interface 254.00

26-1 160 Mini Disk 424.00

26-1171 Telephone Modem 169.00

Cat Telephone Modem 159.00

Fast 100 CPS Centronics 730 Printer 675.00

Text Quality Centronics 737 Printer 850.00

Plug Compatible Lobo 5% Drives 375.00

Versatile Lobo Interface, 8" Drives

and Hard Drives Call For Prices

15 %

DISCOUNT

Off

List

4K Level It
$527.00

1-800-841-0860 Toll Free Order Entry

No Taxes on Out Of
State Shipments

Immediate Shipment
From Stock.

MICRO MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS, INC.

DOWNTOWN PLAZA SHOPPING CENTER
115 C SECOND AVE. S.W.

CAIRO, GEORG I A 31728

(912) 377-7120 Ga. Phone No.

*TRS-80 is a registered trademark of the Tandy Corp.

Full Factory Warranty
on All Items Sold.

Largest Inventory
In the S.E. U.S.A.

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 39

INTERFACE AGE 95

Formatting

Integer

Basic Programs

by R. F. Zant, Ph.D.

The colon is used in Basic to place multiple state-
ments on a single line. In Applesoft and other Microsoft
Basics, the colon can also be used to format statement
listings such as the program segment in figure 1 . Lines
1 00 and 1 60 demonstrate the vertical spacing of state-
ments, while line 1 40 demonstrates the indentation of
statements in the range of a ‘for. . .next’ loop. Such
formatting of program statements improves the legibil-
ity of a program listing, facilitating both debugging and
modification.

100 REM SUM N NUMBERS
110 :

120 LET S = 0: REM START SUM RT ZERO

130 FOR I = 1 TO N

140 : : LET S = S + I

150 NEXT I

160 :

Figure 1. Formatted Applesoft

An unfortunate characteristic of Apple’s integer
Basic system is that the use of colons in formatting
statements is considered to be a syntax error. The in-
put processor rejects the statements and will not add
them to a Basic program. Integer Basic programs can
be formatted, however, with the assembly language
routine described below.

To create a formatted program, a syntactically cor-
rect, but unformatted, program is entered (figure 2).
Lines that are to contain only a colon are entered as
‘rem’ statements with no text (not even a blank). The
‘rem’ command will later be replaced by a colon (figure
3). Lines to be indented are begun with the graphics
command ‘GR:’ followed by the Basic statement
desired. The graphics command will later be replaced
by a colon, leaving a statement that begins with two
colons (figure 3).

100 REM SUM N NUMBERS
110 REM

120 LET S=0- REM START SUM AT ZERO

130 FOR 1=1 TO N

140 GR : LET S=S+I

150 NEXT I

160 REM

Figure 2. Integer Basic before translation

96 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

100 REM SUM N NUMBERS
110 :

120 LET S=0: REM START SUM AT ZERO

130 FOR 1=1 TO N

140: : LET S=S+I

150 NEXT I

160:

Figure 3. Integer Basic after translation

After the Basic program is entered, the integer format
program in locations 770 to 834 is executed by the imme-
diate command ‘call 770’ (figure 4). The integer format
program scans the Basic program replacing null ‘rem’
statements and ‘gr’ statements with colons. However,
‘gr’ statements are only replaced if they begin with a
line and are followed by a colon. Thus, graphic state-
ments can still be used in a formatted program.

1000 *

INTEGER FORMAT

1010 *

1020 *

ROUTINE TO FORMAT

1030 *

INTEGER BASIC PROGRAMS

1040 *

FOR THE APPLE II

1050 *

1060 *

WRITTEN BY:

1070 *

ROBERT F. ZANT

1080 *

1090 +

06-10-79

1100 *

1110 *

ASSEMBLED USING

1120 *

S-C ASSEMBLER II

1130 *

1140 *

PROGRAM WILL CHANGE

1150 *

10 REM

1160 *

20 GR: PRINT A*

1170 *

1180 +

10 :

1198 *

20 : : PRINT A*

1200 *

1210 *

'REM' FOLLOWED BV TEXT WILL

1220 *

NOT BE CHANGED

1230 *

'GR' USED ALONE WILL NOT

1240 *

BE CHANGED

1250 *

1260 *

'REM' AND 'GR' ARE CHANGED

1270 *

ONLY WHEN THEY BEGIN A LINE

1280 *

1290 *

1300 *

1310 *

TO USE:

1320 *

1 ENTER INTEGER BASIC PROGRAM

1330 *

2 BLOAD FORMAT PROGRAM

Why Your Next CRT Should
Come From MICROMAIL:

GTC GT-10 1

(General Terminal Corp was formerly known

as Info ton)

• Z80 microprossor controlled;
smooth scroll, dual intensity,
reverse video

• Block mode; insert/delete character,
insert/delete line, protected fields.

• 96 character full ASCII upper/lower
case plus 32 character line-
drawing character set

• 24 lines x 80 characters, plu£’

25th status line Character matrix
9x9.

• All steel packaging; convection
cooled no-fan design.

• RS 232 serial and 20mA current
loop interface, 110-19, 200 baud

$950.00

TEC 510

• Reverse video, blinking, underline,
1/2 intensity, protected fields,
blank security field.

• Transmit character, line, partial
page, page, or unprotected data.

• Cursor up, down, left, right, return,
home, plus load and read

(in quantities) $750.00

SOROC IQ 120

• Displays 80 x 24, upper/lower case.

• Separate numeric keypad and cursor
keys

• Protected fields displayed at
reduced intensity

$740.00

• 1 1 7 -key detachable keyboard with
numeric cluster and cursor control

• Insert/delete line, insert/delete
character

Underline, blink, reverse, 1/2
intensity, protected and blank fields

Printer port with independent baud
rate — prints line, partial or full

SOROC

IQ 140

We Also Represent the Following Manufacturers:

DIABLO DEC TELETYPE TEXAS INSTRUMENTS

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 79

Write or Call In for Our Free Catalogue!

nMICRGlMfllL,

MICROMAIL • BOX 3297 • SANTA ANA, CA 92703
' (714) 731-4338

TO ORDER: Send check or money order to MICROMAIL, P.O. Box 3297, Santa
Ana, CA 92703 Pe rsonal or company checks require two weeks to clear Termi
nals in stock are snipped the business day after receipt of certified funds. Al
equipment includes factory warranty.

SHIPPING: We ship freight collect by UPS when possible. Larger terminals ard

shipped by motor freight Air and express delivery is available on all products

AUGUST 1980

GIFTS & GHDGCTS

ITT Computer Phone it's an automatic dialer it's a calcu-
lator, it’s a clock. Programs up to 24 numbers and dials them at
the press of a button. The ITT Computer Phone is an all-in-one
telephone for office or home Plugs into ordinary modular
jack system #DD- 1001 $299.95 ($3.85 Shipping & Handling)

Sanyo - Super
Compact Micro-
cassette Record-

er-This unit has a 2
hr recording capac-
ity, built in tape
eraser, tape coun-
ter and all metal
construction.

#DD-1002 $229 95
($2.95 Shipping
Handling)

ORDER
TOLL FREE

Extend-A-Phone

Now you can really
reach out and call
someone! Extend-
A-Phone gives you
the ability to dial out
and answer from up
to 400 ft. away from
your telephone
Cordless and no
monthly service
charges. You can
install it yourself
#DD-1008 $299.95
($4.25 Shipping &
Handling)

Language Trans-
lator- by Texas In-
struments— The
Remarkable talking
electronic trans-
lator with elec-
tronic voice and
brain This unit
comes with a spe-
cial carrying case,
earphone. 1 10V AC
adapter and Word
Phrase Guide
#DD-1007-$299.95
— French, Spanish,
German, andltalian
module $60 00
($2 95 Shipping &
Handling)

Bino/Cam-This
combination bin-
ocular and camera
system features
112mm telephoto
lens, 1/125 second
shutter speed, 7-
power x 20mm
wide angle bin-
ocular. All this is
contained in one
lightweight 1 9 5 oz
unit. #DD-1003
$25995 ($3.80)

Shipping & Han
dling)

Phone Directory-

Just press a letter
key and the index
spins to that letter
to reveal your col-
lection of numbers.
Battery-powered
#DD-1004 $2995
($2.95 Shipping &
Handling)

800-621-1466 Ext. 6035

24 Hrs
A DAY

American Express
Visa • Mastercharge
Accepted

Allow Up to 4 Weeks For Delivery

Easa-Phone Panasonic Automatic DiaJer-Easa-Phone

can be connected to all types of telephones. This unit gives
you true-touch tone dialing. You can program up to 32 num-
bers with a lighted display to show what number is being
dialed #DD- 1009 $199.95 ($2.95 Shipping & Handling)

California Residents Add Sales Tax
Illinois Residents Call 800-972-1966 Ext. 6035

Canon P7-D
Hand Held Cal-
culator- The Can
on P7-D is the
worlds smallest
plain roll paper
printing and display
calculator— carry it
in a briefcase,
automobile glove
compartment, or
even a lady 's shoul-
der purse #DD-
1006 $79 95
($3 85 Shipping &

Handling)

Music On Hold-

This easy-to-mstall
unit allows you to
provide music over
your telephone,
when you have to
be away from your
phone No wires to
connect I #DD-1005
$29.95 ($2.95 Ship-
ping & Handling)

Panasonic Re-
mote Answering
Machine T-1520-

This multiple func-
tioning answering
machine will make
your life easier
With features like a
double cassette
system, two-way
recording, built-in
microphone, ring
control, selectable
recording time and
much more. #DD-
1010 $299 95

($5.70 Shipping &

Handling)

Mail Check or Money Order
including handling charge

TO:

6575 Green Valley Circle, Suite 112
Culver City, California 90230

98 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

1340 * 3

1350 *

1360 *

CALL 770

1370 HIMEML

EQ $4C

1380 HIMEMH

EQ $4D

1390 PENDL

EQ $CA

1400 PENDH

EQ $CB

1410 SL

. EQ $3C

1420 SH

. EQ $30

1430 *
1440
1450 *

OR $302

1460

LDA PENDL

POINTER TO

1470

LDV PENDH

FIRST LINE

1480

STA SL

1490
1500 *

STV SH

1510 LOOP

LDV #$03

SKIP LINE #

1520

LDA <SL); V

GET FIRST TOKEN

1530

TAX

PUT IT IN X

1540

INV

1550

LDA <SLW

GET NEXT TOKEN

1560

DEV

FIRST TOKEN

1570

CPX #$5D

REM'’

1580

BNE GR

1590

CMP #$01

ALONE

1600

BNE NXLINE

1610

LDA #$03

SUBSTITUTE

1620

BNE STORE

BRANCH ALWAVS

1630 OR

CPX #$4C

GR?

1640

BNE NXLINE

1650

CMP #$03

THEN

1660

BNE NXLINE

1670 STORE
1680 *

STA <SL>; V

NEW TOKEN

1690 NXLINE LDV #$00

1700

CLC

1710

LDA <SL). V

UPDATE POINTER

1720

ADC SL

TO NEXT LINE

1730

STA SL

1740

BCC TEST

1750

INC SH

1760 TEST

CMP HIMEML

TEST FOR

1770

BNE LOOP

END OF

1780

LDA SH

PROGRAM

1790

CMP HIMEMH

1800
1810 *

BNE LOOP

1820

JMP $FBE2

BELL * RTS

1830

. EN

Figure 4. Integer format routine

A formatted program can be listed, executed, and
modified as a regular Basic program. If the program is
modified, the integer format program can be used
again to format the new statements.

The integer format program does not supply all for-
matting possibilities available in Applesoft, but its use
will improve the legibility of programs. □

SAVE APPLE® AND TRS-60®

NEWDOS/80

Powerful Disk Operating System for rhe TRS-60® designed for the sophisticated
user and professional programmer.

NEWDOS/80 is nor meant to replace the present version of NEWDOS 2.1 which
satisfies most users, but is a carefully planned upward enhancement.

• New BASIC Commands with variable record lengths up to 4095.

• Mix or march drives. 35, 40, 77TK .

• Security boor-up for BASIC or machine code applicaton programs.

• Improved editing commands.

• Enhanced RENUMBER that allows relocation.

• Device handling for routing to display and printer simultaneously.

• CDE ftjncrion; striking of C, 5, and E keys allows user to enter o mini-DOS.

• Compatible with NEWDOS ond TRSDOS 2.3.

• Superzop 3.0 ond 2.1 utilities.

LIMITED UPGRADE OFFER

NEWDOS owners up-grade to NEWDOS/80. Conrocr Apporot or MTI for information.

NEW DOS FOR APPLE® "APEX"

The complete APEX package with operating system,
assembler, editor and user manuals. The package also includes *
a complete set of utilities to maintain files on single or multiple
drive systems. (Specify 5 inch Apple disk or 8 inch disk.) M w

RELATED SOFTWARE
XPLO *79

FOCAL™ *59

‘149

SAVE ON APPLE II 16K

FREE MTI MEMORY UPGRADE KIT TO 46K
WITH PURCHASE OF APPLE II 16K

(MU ONLY)

‘1195

TRS-80® SOFTWARE

NEW DOS+ 35 track *99

AJA Word Processor *89

AJA Business Program *289

Disk Drive Alignment Program ..*109
Radix Dora Base Program .... *99.95

MOD I ”8" DISK SYSTEM

• One SA800R DOS ond Coble

• 2 Drive Chassis ond Power Supply

*1095

TRS-80® DISK DRIVES

MTI MINI FLOPPY %A A
FOR APPLE ONLY**MY

MTI APPLE 8" DISK DRIVE SYSTEM

*One Shugorr SA 800R Floppy

SsOnly C ° be0nd *1405

DISK DRIVE SALE!

Shugorr SA400 with power supply ond

chassis $869

TF-1 Perrec FD200, 40 frock $089

TF-5MPI 351,40 frock $089

IT-70 Miaopolis, 77 frock $609

TDH-1 Dual sided, 35 frock $499

MAX Disk 2: 10 Megabyre $4995

DISK DRIVE SYSTEM

• 2 Shugorr SA400
wifh power/chassis

• Coble

SPECIAL PRICE ONLY

> Interface 32K

> 1 35-Trock DOS+

‘1199

★DARE DRIVES FOR ANY MICROCOMPUTERS

Perrec FD200 $282 FD250 $359

5hugorTSA400 (unused).. $282 SA800 $479

MPI B52 $349 051 $282

OKIDATA PRINTER

‘749

LIST SI 009
OUR PRICE

PRINTERS

Centronics 779 Si 069 ANADEX S 950

Centronics 707 $939 700-1 S1 195

Centronics 701-1 SI 795 702-2 Si 995

Spinwrirer-NEC S2599

Dose 2 Printer 80. 132 col. graphics / tractors S 599

Eft

/Microcomputer

TECHNOLOGY

INCORPORATED

3304 W. MacArthur
Santa Ana, CA 92704
(714) 979-9923

ASK FOR FREE
CATALOGUE

pparat, Inc

7310 E. Princeton Ave.
Denver, CO 80237
(303) 741-1778

Telex #678401TABIRIN

ALL PRICES CASH DISCOUNTED • FREIGHT FOB FACTORY

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 78

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 87

u b routine COLUMNS
for the TRS-80

by Daniel Jacob

The TRS-80’s standard printout formats are either
a horizontal succession of four items, each allocated
to a predetermined print zone, or one vertical column
of items.

Both formats are lacking when it comes to analyzing
a printout consisting of a large number of closely
related data.

For example, when analyzing a printout for maxima
and/or minima, it isn’t convenient to follow the trend
in data horizontally, having also to switch lines every
four items.

It is much easier to see a trend in data when the
items are stacked successively in a column because:

a) when the items are in a line, the tail end of each item
is followed by the beginning of the next item, making
it difficult to compare “heads with heads’’ and “tails
with tails.”

b) more often than not, variations in data are small and
it is good to have each digit of an item as close as
possible to the corresponding digits in the adjoining
items.

As for the standard one-column format on the
TRS-80 (and maybe other computers, too), it is a very
inefficient use of the screen. Furthermore, both for-
mats automatically disappear from the screen as the
display reaches the bottom.

The subroutine to be described herein eliminates
four of the limitations mentioned above:

a) allows printing of vertical successions of data

b) columns are automatically tailored for spacing

c) efficient use of the screen

d) when the screen is filled, it halts further printing
until a special command is issued.

In a nutshell, the subroutine measures each item before
it is printed and retains in memory the maximum cursor
position in each column. With this information, the sub-
routine determines where the next column begins.

The computer is instructed to start printing at an arti-
ficial home position, location 128, and to continue
downwards always comparing the most recent cursor
position to the one remembered from the last printing.
If the most recent cursor position is larger, it is the one
retained in memory next.

When the printout reaches the bottom of the screen,
the computer is instructed to shift the cursor three
spaces to the right of the cursor position in memory,
and to the artificial top of the screen: this creates the
position of the new column. This position is also re-
tained in memory.

Having the position of every new column in memory
and knowing the length of the next item, the subroutine
determines whether or not there is enough space for
the next item on the screen.

100 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Figure 1 . Flow diagram

If there isn’t enough space, the subroutine halts
printout and issues an instruction on how to continue.
Hitting ‘C’ then results in a ‘CLS’ (clear screen) and the
continuation of printing, starting with the item which
wouldn’t fit in the last printout.

Figure 1 is a flow diagram of the subroutine, figure 2
is the program listing, and figure 3 is a listing of some
sample programs which demonstrate the use of sub-
routine “Columns.”

9 SOTO 24

10 PRINT@0,CHR$(30)

11 ON ERROR GOTO 1 2 : QL=LEN( PR) :0N ERROR GOTO 0:GOTO 13

12 QL=LEN(STR$(PR) ) : RESUME 13

13 IF QL>63 THEN PRINT©®, "RESULT IS TOO LONG."

: PRINT "REDO PROGRAM . " :END

14 IF QB+QL>64 THEN 21

15 QS=QP+1 28

16 PRINT@QS,PR;

17 IF POS(0) QC THEN QC«POS(0)

18 QP-QP+64

19 IP QS>959 THEN 20 ELSE RETURN

20 QP» QC+ 3 : QB= QP : RETURN

21 QB*=0 :QC=0:QP=0 :PRINT@0, "TO CONTINUE, HIT * C * "

22 IF INKEYS ="C" THEN 23 ELSE 22

23 CLS: GOTO 15

24 PRINT;

Figure 2. Program listing for Subroutine Columns

itai

64K BYTE EXPANDABLE RAM

DYNAMIC RAM WITH ON BOARD TRANSPARENT
REFRESH GUARANTEED TO OPERATE IN
NORTHSTAR, CROMEMCO, VECTOR GRAPHICS,
SOL. AND OTHER 8080 OR Z-80 BASED S100
SYSTEMS *4MHZ Z-80 WITH NO WAITSTATES

* SELECTABLE AND DESELECTABLE IN 4K
INCREMENTS 0N4K ADDRESS BOUNDARIES

* LOW POWER-8 WATTS MAXIMUM

* 200NSEC 4116 RAMS

* FULL DOCUMENTATION

* ASSEMBLED AND TESTED BOARDS ARE
GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR AND
PURCHASE PRICE IS FULLY REFUNDABLE IF
BOARD IS RETURNED UNDAMAGED WITHIN
14 DAYS.

ASSEMBLED/

TESTED

64KRAM $595.00

48KRAM $529.00

32K RAM $459.00

16K RAM $389.00

WITHOUT RAM CHIPS $319.00

S100 MAINFRAME
AND CARD CAGE

* W/ SOLID FRONT PANEL $239.00

* W/ CUTOUTS FOR 2 MINI-FLOPPIES $239.00

* 30 AMP POWER SUPPLY $119.00

*8 SLOT MOTHERBOARD $149.00

•19 S LOT MOTHERBOARD $199.00

VISTA V 200 MINI FLOPPY SYSTEM

* S100 DOUBLE DENSITY CONTROLLER
r 204 KBYTE CAPACITY FLOPPY DISK
DRIVE WITH CASE & POWER SUPPLY
r MODIFIED CPM OPERATING SYSTEM
WITH EXTENDED BASIC
$695.00

r EXTRA DRIVE, CASE & POWER SUPPLY
$395.00

16K XI DYNAMIC RAM

THE MK4116-3 IS A 16,384 BIT HIGH SPEED
NMOS, DYNAMIC RAM. THEY ARE EQUIVALENT
TO THE M0STEK, TEXAS INSTRUMENTS. OR
MOTOROLA 41 16-3.

* 200 NSEC ACCESS TIME. 375 NSEC CYCLE
TIME

* 16 PIN TTL COMPATIBLE.

* BURNED IN AND FULLY TESTED.

* PARTS REPLACEMENT GUARANTEED FOR
ONE YEAR

$8.50 EACH IN QUANTITIES OF 8

compuTER Devices

1230 UU.COUinj RUE.
ORflhGE, Cfl 92668
(714)633-7280

Calif, residents please add 6% sales tax. Mastercharge
& Visa accepted. Please allow 14 days for checks to
clear bank. Phone orders welcome. Shipping charges
will be added to all shipments.

32K BYTE MEMORY

RELIABLE/COST EFFECTIVE EXPANDABLE RAM FOR

6502 ANO 6800 SYSTEM-AIM 65-*KIM*SYM*PET*S44-BUS

* PLUG COMPATIBLE WITH THE AIM-65/SYM EXPANSION
CONNECTOR BY USING A RIGHT ANGLE CONNECTOR
(SUPPLIED) MOUNTED ON THE BACK OF THE MEMORY
BOARD

* MEMORY BOARD EDGE CONNECTOR PLUGS INTO THE
6800 S 44 BUS.

* CONNECTS TO PET OR KIM USING AN ADAPTOR CABLE.

* RELIABLE-DYNAMIC RAM WITH ON BOARD INVISIBLE
REFRESH-LOOKS LIKE STATIC MEMORY BUT AT
LOWER COST AND A FRACTION OF THE POWER
REQUIRED FOR STATIC BOARDS.

* USES +5V ONLY. SUPPLIED FROM HOST COMPUTER.

* FULL DOCUMENTATION ASSEMBLED AND TESTED
BOARDS ARE GUARANTEED FOR ONE YEAR AND
PURCHASE PRICE IS FULLY REFUNDABLE IF BOARD IS
RETURNED UNDAMAGED WITHIN 14 DAYS.

ASSEMBLED WITH 32K RAM 1419.00

& WITH 16K RAM $349.00

TESTED WITHOUT RAM CHIPS $279.00

HARD TO GET PARTS (NO RAM CHIPS)

WITH BOARD AND MANUAL $109.00

BARE BOARD & MANUAL $49.00

PET INTERFACE KIT-CONNECTS THE 32K RAM BOARD TO
A 4K OR 8K PET. CONTAINS: INTERFACE CABLE, BOARD
STANDOFFS, POWER SUPPLY MODIFICATION KIT AND
COMPLETE INSTRUCTIONS $49.00

iMa

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 101

WE WILL NOT BE UNDERSOLD

DISK DRIVES

$299

More capacity than Radio Shack 35 Track (80 K
Bytes) drives.. Fully assembled and tested.
Ready to plug-in and run the moment you
receive it. Can be intermixed with each other
and Radio Shack drive on same cable. TRS-80*
compatible silver enclosure.

90 DAY WARRANTY. ONE YEAR ON POWER SUPPLY.
FOR TRS-80*

CCI-100 5 Vi", 40 Track (102K Bytes) for Model I $299

CCI-200 5 Vi ", 77 Track (197K Bytes) for Model I $549

For Zenith Z89

CCI-189 5 Vi", 40 Track (102K Bytes) add-on drive $394

DISKETTES — Box of 10 (5 'A ")- with plastic library case $24.95
8 " double density for Model II (box of 10) $36.49

16K MEMORY UPGRADE KITS $59

for TRS-80*, Apple II, Sorcerer (specify)

PRINTERS NEC Spinwriter

Letter Quality High Speed Printer

Includes TRS-80* interface software, quick
change print fonts, 55 cps, bidirectional,
high resolution plotting, graphing, propor-
tional spacing $2689

With Tractor Feed $2889

DIABLO 1650

R.O. $2890 KSR $3285
$969

779 CENTRONICS TRACTOR FEED PRINTER
Same as Radio Shack line printer I
737 CENTRONICS FRICTION & PIN FEED PRINTER $849

9x7 matrix

730 CENTRONICS FRICTION & PIN FEED PRINTER $639

7x7 matrix Same as Radio Shack line printer II
PI CENTRONICS PRINTER $269

Same as Radio Shack quick printer
PAPER TIGER (IP440) $948

Includes 2K buffer and graphics option
TI-810 Faster than Radio Shack line printer III

Parallel and serial w/TRS-80* interface software $1575
with upper and lower case and paper tray $1665
OKIDATA Microline 80 Friction and pin feed $639

Tractor Feed, friction, and pin feed $739

EATON LRC 7000 + 64 columns, plain paper $349

COMPLETE SYSTEMS

TRS-80* LEVEL II-16K with keypad $699

TRS-80* Expansion Interface $249

ZENITH Z89, 16K expands to 48K, all-in-one computer $1949

ZENITH Z19 $740

ATARI 400 $492 ATARI 800 $839 Tl 99/4 $894

MATTEL INTELLIVISION $249

NORTH STAR Horizonl 32K, Double Density $2149

DISK OPERATING SYSTEMS

PATCH PAK #4 by Percom Data $ 8.95

CP/M for Model I, Zenith $145.00

CP/M for Model II, Altos $170.00

NEWDOS Plus — with over 200 modifications 35track $ 89.00
and corrections to TRS-DOS 40 or 77 Track $99.00

CAT MODEM Originate and answer same as $1 56

Radio Shack Telephone Interface II

LEEDEX MONITOR Video 100 $1 35

The CPU SHOP

TO ORDER CALL TOLL FREE 1-800-343-6522

5 Dexter Row, Dept. IA7M, Charlestown, MA 02129
Hours: 10AM-6PM (EST) M-F (Sat. till 5)

Massachusetts residents add 5% sales tax
# TRS-80 is a trademark of Tandy Corporation
Prices subject to change without notice.

Massachusetts residents call 617/242-3361
DEALER (NATIONAL/INTERNATIONAL) INQUIRIES INVITED

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 73

100 CLSsPRINT"PROGRAM #1: DEMONSTRATES SIMPLE COLUMN LISTING."

: PRINT SPRINT" 1 PR' TAKES ON THE VALUE OF 'I'"

110 PRINT SPRINT SPRINT SPRINT "HIT 'R' TO RUN"

120 IF INKEY$<>"R" THEN 120 ELSE 130

130 CLSsFOR 1=0 TO 20000 STEP 100

140 PR=I

150 GOSUB 10

160 NEXT

170 END

200 CLS SPRINT" PROGRAM #2: 'PR' TAKES ON THE VALUE OF A NUMBER"
210 FOR 1=0 TO 2500: NEXT
220 CLS

230 FOR PR= -50 '10 50
240 GOSUB 10
250 NEXT
260 END

300 CLS SPRINT" PROGRAM #3s FACTORIAL PROGRAM. " SPRINT

SPRINT" 'PR' IS A STRING VARIABLE" s FOR 1=0 TO 2500: NEXT
310 CISs CLEAR 1 00 sDKFSTR PsF=1
320 FOR 1=1 TO 33 s FOR N=1 TO I
330 F=F*N S NEXT

340 PR="I="+STR$(I)+" F ( I ) ="+STRSj> (F)

350 GOSUB 10
360 F=1
370 NEXT
380 END

400 CLS SPRINT" PROGRAM #4s GENERATES RANDOM LENGTHS OF NUMBERS."
SPRINT "STOPS WHr.N 3 CONSECUTIVE NUMBERS ARE IDENTICAL." S
PRINT S PRINT S PRINx"rtI'X '«■ TO RUN"

410 IF INKEY$0"k" THEN 410 ELSE X=X S CLS sDEFSTR Ps RANDOM
420 N=INT(RND(20000)/2300)+1 :IF N >9 THEN 420
430 PR=STRING$(N,N+48; sGOSuB 10

440 IF N=M AND N=C THEN PRINTS, "HIT 'R' TO RE-RUN" s RUN 410
45© C=HsH=NsGOTO 420

500 CLS s PRINT" PROGRAn #5: TAKES YOUR X AND Y INPUTS AND RETURNS"

S PRINT"Z=Xf 2 +Y" S PRINT s PRINT s PRINT"HIT 'R« TO RUN"

510 IF INKEY$<>"R" THEN 510 ELSE CLS

520 CLEAR 200 SDEFSTR P

530 INPUT" ENTER X,Y ";X,Y

540 PR="X=" +STR$ (X ) ♦" Y="+STR$(Y)+" Z="+STK$ (X* 2 +Y)

550 GOSUB 1 0 sGOTO 530

60© CLS SPRINT" PROGRAM # 6 s LISTS ANGLES AND THEIR SINES FROM";

SPRINT" 0-360" sPRINT"IN INCREMENTS OF 5 DEGREES" SPRINT SPRINT
sPRINT"HIT »R» TO RUN" sDEFSTR P
610 IF INKEY5pO"R" THEN 610 ELSE CLS
620 FOR 1=0 TO 360 STEP 5s A=. 01 7453292*1
630 PR=STRip(I)+") "+STR$(SIN(A) )

640 GOSUB 10
650 NEXT SEND

700 CLS sDEFSTR P SPRINT" PROGRAM LISTS NUMBERS THE LENGTHS OF";
SPRINT" WHICH ARE PROtORTIONaL" SPRINT" TO THE SINE FUNCTION"
SPRINT : PRINT SPRINT"HIT »R » TO RUN"

710 IF INKEY$<>"R" THEN 710 ELSE CLS
720 FOR 1=0 TO 10 STEP .6
730 X=9*S IN ( I ) +1 0
,740 IF I 6.28 THEN 1=0
750 PR=STRING$ (X,X/2+48 ) sGOSUB 1 0 sNEXT

Figure 3. Sample programs

102 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

The following is a line-by-line explanation of the

subroutine listing:

9 & 24: Diverts all ‘run’ statements to the main program.

10: Erases the uppermost line on the screen.

This is in order to erase input values which
may have been entered.

11 & 1 2: Obtains the length of the next item along with
an error-trapping routine. If PR, the item to
be printed, is a numerical variable, there will
be an error in line 1 1 (because then LEN(PR)
will be invalid), and execution will be diverted
to line 12 because of the ‘on error goto 12’
statement. Line 12 will then be a valid state-
ment, and QL, the length of the item, is ob-
tained. ‘Resume 13’ returns error-trapping to
the normal mode, and diverts execution to
line 13. If PR is a string variable, line 11 is
valid; ‘on error goto 0’ nullifies the ‘on error
goto 12’ statement so that normal error-
trapping is resumed, and execution is
diverted to line 13.

13: If the length of PR is more than 63 spaces, a

message is issued and the program is ended.

14: T ests whether the item to be printed next will

fit into the current column being printed. If it
won’t fit, execution is diverted to line 21
which, together with lines 22 and 23, sets all
cursor control variables to zero, prints out an
instruction for continuing, halts further
execution, and waits till ‘C’ is hit, upon which
the screen is cleared and printing is resumed
by the diversion to line 1 5.

15: Creates an artificial home position two lines

lower than the normal home position by add-
ing 1 28 to the new cursor position stored in
QP. QS is the new printing position.

16: Simply causes PR, the next item to be

printed, to be printed at position QS.

1 7: Obtains maximum cursor position in each col-

umn and assigns this value to QC.

1 8: Prepares a new printing position at the next

line of the current column by adding 64 to the
cursor-control variable QP. Here, also, the
cursor is brought to the real home position
before returning control to the main program
so that any input displays will occur at the top
of the screen and not where the last printout
took place.

19: Checks whether printing has reached the

bottom of the screen. If so, line 20 incre-
ments cursor-control variable QP, three
spaces to the right of the maximum printing
position in the last column, and to the top of
the screen. This new position is stored in QB
to be used in line 14. The last statement in
line 20 returns control to the main program.

How to Use

Loading: Load the subroutine before you start pro-
gramming the main program. Program instructions may
start at line 25.

Printing: The variable PR must contain the item to be
printed. PR may be either a numerical variable or a
string variable.

When it is desired to print PR, call the subroutine by
‘gosub 10.’

PRINTERS & CRT’S From Orange micro

IMPACT PRINTER

$ 699 °°

TELEVIDEO CRT’SI

PRICES SLASHED!

91 2B $699° °*

912C $ CALL

920C $CALL
‘While they last

PRINTERS

“The base 2 outperforms every printer in its
price range. Do a comparison and see for
yourself . .

★ GRAPHICS ★ TRACTORS /FRICTION FEED

• 2K Input Buffer • RS-232 Serial, Centronics® Parallel,
IEEE-488, 20 ma • TRS-80 Cable option • 60 LPM - 100
CPS • Fast form feed • User programmable character
set • 64, 72, 80, 96, 120, 132 Columns / line • Expanded
characters • 9.5" wide paper • Automatic skip-over-
perforation • Horizontal & Vertical tabs • Programmable
vertical line spacing • Intel 8085 Microprocessor — over
40 software commands • Self test • 15 Baud rates to
9600 Baud • Optional foreign character sets

Interfaces to TRS-80, Apple, Atari, PET, Northstar, and most
other computers. circle inquiry no. 84

AXIOM

OKIDATA

IMP-1

795

Printer

845

IMP-2

895

w/tractors

955

Other models

$ Call

CENTRONICS

779 w/tractors

730

1039

895

PAPER TIGER

w/o graphics

w/graphics

1059

899

COMPRINT

QUME

912 Parallel

549

Letter Quality

2499

912 Serial

579

w/tractors

2684

TOLL FREE ( 800 ) 854-8275

CALIF. ONLY (714) 630-3322

Call for FREE CATALOG

Phone orders WELCOME. Same day
shipment for VISA, MASTER
CHARGE, and AMERICAN EX-
PRESS. Personal checks require 2
weeks to clear. Add 3% for ship-
ping and handling. California resi-
dents add 6%. Manufacturer’s
warranty included. Prices subject to
revision.

Orange
micro

P.O. Box 2076
Yorba Linda, CA 92686

b available in

microform

I University f.viMUM.v m mjim M. wzvy ]

I Microfilms ma vao t; ir** frfM *> i»t ** J

I International l

Please send me additional information.

Name

Institution

Street

City

State Zip

University Microfilms
International

300 North Zeeb Road
Dept. P.R.

Ann Arbor, Ml 48106
U.S.A.

18 Bedford Row
Dept. P.R.

London, WC1R 4EJ
England

AUGUST 1980 circle inquiry no. 77 INTERFACE AGE 105

Futra Company

P. O. Box 4380
Torrance, CA 90510

Phone (213) 370-2933

Apple II or Apple II Plus
W/16K RAM

(ship, included)

APPLE ACCESSORIES: FUTRA

(shipping included) Prices

Disk II with controller $505.00

Disk II 2nd drive 455.00

Graphics Tablet 679.00

Language System with PASCAL 397.00

Parallel Printer Int. card 149.00

H. S. Serial Int. card 159.00

Centronics Printer Int. card 179.00

Communication Int. card 179.00

Interger BASIC Firmware Card 1 55.00

* Novation CAT Modem 179.00

* Apple Clock Card 249.00

* ABT Apple numeric key Pad 1 1 5.00

* ALF Apple Music Card 239.00

* D. C. Hayes Modem II 345.00

* Corvus 10 Megabyte Hard Disk Drive

For Apple II 4499.00

* = Independent Manufacturer

OTHER ACCESSORIES

Sup ‘R’ Mod R. F. Modulator $29.00

Visi Calc (software disk) 1 20.00

Apple Bowl (software disk) 1 4.00

Computer Bismarck (software disk) 49.00

FUTRA POLICY: If you find a lower price advertised on
any of the items we sell, we will do our best to meet or beat
that price. Terms such as shipping delivery time etc . . .
must be similar. The advertised price must be in this issue
or in a comparable magazine of the same month issue.

OTHER COMPUTER SYSTEMS:

(shipping included)

ATARI Computers

400 (w) 8K
800 (w) 8K

North Star Computers

Horizon II 32K D/Den (Assembled)
with all options

Horizon II 32K D/Sid D/Den (Assembled)
with all options

$475.00

795.00

2361.00

2650.00

PERIPHERALS:

(shipping included)

NEC “Spinwriter”

5510 R/O, RS232 (w) Tractor,
thimble & ribbon. 55 CPS
Texas Instrument
825 R/O, RS232 (w) Tractor.

Basic Printer. 75 CPS
Integral Data Systems
IDS-440G “Paper Tiger’’

(w) Factory Warrantied Graphics
Annadex

DP-8000, Standard 80 column
version. RS232 & Parallel input
DP-8000-AP, “Apple/Sider’

96 column version. Parallel only

Trendcom

Trendcom 200, (80 column thermal)
High resolution graphics ability
Trendcom Apple interface
Apple
“Silentyp

Die Computers version of Trendcom

200. Incld.

ADDS

r pe” (96 column thermal)
uters version of T rem
pedal Apple Interface.

FUTRA

Price

$2595.00

1249.00

889.00

835.00

795.00

549.00

75.00

555.00

Regent 25 CRT Terminal

Leedex

Video 100, 12" B/W Monitor

895.00

143.00

Sanyo

4509, 9” B/W Monitor

Base 2

190.00

RS232 & Parallel (w) Tractor
2K buffer, FULLY LOADED

599.00

Hazeltine

1500 CRT Terminal

IQ- 120 CRT Terminal

997.00

(w) commercial grade keyboard.

Texas Instrument

985.00

820 KSR, RS232 (w) Tractor,

VFC & Compressed Print. 180 CPS

1995.00

DATA SUPPLIES

Memorex Diskettes

5”V4” Diskettes

0, 10 or 16 sector. Box of 10

8” Diskettes

$27.00

0 or 32 sector. Box of 10

32.00

3 ring Vinyl Diskette Sieves

Each holds (2) 5"V4 M diskettes.
Package of 10

6.95

TERMS OF SALE: Master Charge or Visa add 3%
service charge to purchase price. No COO's. Allow 3
weeks for personal checks to clear. Orders under $50.00,
add $2.00 for shipping and handling costs. All other
orders (unless specified in ad) that are within 50 lbs. limit of
U.P.S. will be shipped, no charge. Shipments over 50 lbs. in
weight or out of Continental U. S. shipped freight collect.

All prices subject to change and all offers subject to with-
drawal without notice.

California residents add 6% or 6.5% if serviced by BART.

O zs. C O
° 3 CT C H

*< o o "2 *<
o)

§■ o 5- I
5. Q. . c ®

— 0 rZ™.

~ 3 O

^ O CQ

2. ^ C ^

— ^3 13 3*

<3^1 ® 8

O 1 “ <2 ®

=? ° < O o

D < cto

(t>

CO It ®
O =5

-i 0 ^

CD < ^

CD CD O

□

o 3

"5- <

8 ? i

0) ^
0 =r
CD (D
3

° ^

■si od cn

4* 4*
4^ CO DO

CO CO
CO CO
3 03

3 <S.
cr cd
CD CO

CO §

§ O »

^ CD

=r 3 o
o 3

^ 3 g
CD CO rH-

r+ T'
CO ^ O

? CD o

0 0) ^ z.

Zt O O CD

^ o o

0 3 3
CL — <

03 3 ®

>— ♦- c 3

0 o ®

■ CD

CD 3"
_ CD
CD =T

f 1

O 0
^ <

<
O

CL
CD
-O CQ

O 0

•a 0
o co

c
.3-3

O 3

< CO
H.-Q

o 03

® CQ
0

r— f-

I T
0

■o £ O -n -o

J3 IT 0 V J3

_ 0 3 0

C/3 3 0 O C0

03 5 3

52- 0 CO T3 2

i 0 3 s 2 .
0 8 Rfj a

§ 0 § 3 CD
- • CD ^ • o

|l?3?

_ ® ? w o
O 3 ® ® o,
o c o co
o 3 ^

^ | i i q

Q. ® 3 (O
5 CO O' < 0

3 A m 0) x
O 0 -< 3.

3 0 to 03 _

co 05 * cr o
3" o 3 ® o

a.® §.• p

§’ i 2-

3 o o
Q SL-o

5* 5

CQ 0

§1
5 S2-
0 3

£ CD

cf co

0 co
o 3

§ 0
O O

< ID
0 _

0 Si
Z5*

0 CQ

■Q 3 CO CO

C 0 '

Q. 3

C 0

0 3

Q 3 —
O -g - 0 CO

^ CO

CO —T TD
C O ^
cr - o
-1 _ CQ

0 5 ^

c >< 0

r+ O 3

5 * 0 P.
0 "2

03 0

ID -

O S

o CO

O 0
o O

O 2
^0

I — CQ

o c

13 -h
0 < CD

_L |- CO °

§ O OT

_. B)

dq § <q

Q 3 0
C 3- 03' ID

3 cd g:^

3 CD <
CO 0 CO 0

O ^ o cr
00 J3 c 0

- ■ 3; CQ

0 o
3 O -

3 1 -O

® it

^ CO O)
== 0 ^
3 o

C^ 0 3
E. 3

_ . . 0

— CD
3 3 Cr
0 o
5 ql 0

a> e. 3 .

a a 3 -

co
c

_. b

0 -

O' CQ O

0 I3 - CQ CD

cr CO 0 _

S ® 3 "

d?® §
b» So

I <

_ 3-
— 0

03 CO

<— *- Q
5 - CO

8“ ®

r§n

O ® 3 I;
"o =3 5

O 0 cr n
0) 3 . 0 O
0 CQ

£ 5 ' 5 '

rf r~

3 IT

O CO
® CD

m g -
2. c

Q.
cr
0

CO
0

® ® S

O S'

3 ®
® °-

0
O

§•3

O o
c 2

^ 3
Q. TD
0 C

APPLE SPECIALS
AT

A-V1DD

Now is the time to save $$$$ on All Apple
Computer Products.

Apple II Starter System:

Apple 11 Plus Computer with 48K Memory
Upgrade, Apple Disk II Drive with Controller,
Integer Basic Firmware Card, and RF Modu-
lator.

Reg. Price $2320.00

Sale Price $1820.00

• Price Includes 24 Hour Burn In

• ROM & RAM Test

• ONE YEAR Guarantee on A-ViddMemory

Optional one year extended warranty now
available on all Apple products.

Apple Specials

Item:

Reg.

Sale

Apple Graphics Tablet

$795.00

$695.00

Programmers Aid # 1

$ 50.00

$ 40.00

Mt. Hardware Rom Plus

with Keyboard Filter

$200.00

$160.00

Apple Disk II w/o

Controller

$495.00

$445.00

Apple Language System

$495.00

$382.00

Apple Firmware Cards

$200.00

$150.00

The Controller Software

$625.00

$510.00

There’s never been a better time to buy an
Apple II. The Apple II personal computer will
challenge your imagination today and for
years to come. Let the Apple II manage your
finances, analyze your stocks, and become
your business partner.

Immediate delivery. Phone and mail orders
accepted. We ship worldwide (F.O.B. Long
Beach).

2210 Bellflower
Boulevard
Long Beach, CA
90815

(213) 598-0444
(714) 821-0870

Three blocks South of the San Diego
Freeway in the Los Altos Center.

A-VIDD

electronics co.

Mon - Thurs 8:30 AM-5:30 FM

Hours: Fri 8:30 AM-9:00 PM

Saturday 10:00 AM-5:30 PM

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 70

A report writing utility, Micro Writer, that
enables users to catalog report formats and
specifications involves calling the report run
time, specifying the report name from the
file catalog, and receiving the desired report
on the printer. The entire system is written in
6800 assembler to obtain the best perfor-
mance for production reporting. The system
turns your printer into a sophisticated print-
ing facility by keeping track of headings and
footings for each page, performing control
headings and footings according to your
specification, and generating any number of
total accumulations you desire. The product
uses a Cobol oriented language syntax to
describe file formats, control structures, and
detail portions of the desired report. File
structures supported are both variable
length (e.g. Basic) and fixed length/fixed
field (e.g. Fortran, Cobol, Bal). Editing is pro-
vided for numeric data items and includes
fixed dollar, floating dollar, decimal point in-
sertion, zero suppression, and editing
around any masked character supplied.
Ripley Computers, 126 N. Main St., Souder-
ton, PA 18964, (215) 723-1509.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 121

Stock market charting and analysis for

the Apple II, Market Charter, is a technical
analysis package for following stocks and
commodities. The program features ‘hi-lo-
close’ charts, negative and positive volume
indicator charts, volume charts, and com-
parison charts. Any simple, exponential, or
weighted average can be plotted, as can
trend lines, speed resistance lines, hori-
zontal lines, and trading bands. Flard copy of
the charts and data can be obtained. A ver-
satile file maintenance program allows for
the creation and updating of the database,
adjusts for stock splits, etc. RTR Software,
P.O. Box 12351, El Paso, TX 79912, (915)
544-4397.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 122

Software package for dentists handles
patient records of charges, payments, insur-
ance, delinquent accounts, and daily and
monthly transactions. It prints out patient
statements and standard insurance forms
for the American Dental Association. The
package can be ordered on standard 8-inch
disk or various minifloppy disks, and includes
software in INT and BAS file form plus a
user’s manual and hard copy source listing
for easy customizing. Storage capacity on
8-inch single-density disk drive: 1200 pa-
tient records and 2100 treatment and pay-
ment records. Graham-Dorian Software Sys-
tems, 21 1 N. Broadway, Wichita, KS 67202,
(316) 265-8633.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 123

Package for translating Basic programs
to Fortran (and vice versa), Convert, allows
simple conversion of software written for
DEC, Prime and any other ANSI standard
Fortran system into microcomputer compat-
ible Basic. Free software has been produced
by users groups and may now be utilized by
microcomputer owners. Additionally, micro-
computer programmers may translate their

Basic routines into Fortran for large system
use. The translator is available in two ver-
sions: version I is written in Basic and ver-
sion II in Fortran. Both will operate on all
computers with a Basic or Fortran compiler
and a minimum of 8K. Price $1 15 postpaid.
Cognitive Electronics Laboratory, P.O. Box
615, New Braunfels, TX 78130, (512)
625-9627.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 124

Structured programming constructs for

Z80 and 8080 assembly programming using
CP/M is available for several assemblers in-
cluding Microsoft Macro-80, Digital Re-
search MAC, CDL/TDL macro assembler,
and the Cromemco ASMB macro assembler.
SPZ80 and SP80 provide ‘do’ for count iter-
ation, ‘ifthen-else’ for alternate path condi-
tions, ‘select-case-case’ and ‘select-option-
option’ for case analysis, ‘repeat-until’ and
‘while-endwhile’ for looping as well as a
‘loop-exitif-exitif-endloop’ with multiple exits
from embedded loops. All conditions (pre-
dicates) may include signed and unsigned
relations (EQ, NE, LE, LT, GE, GT) and con-
ditions code testing. Conjunction (AND) and
disjunction (OR) may be used to specify
multiple conditions or relations. SPZ80 and
SP80 generate efficient code which is
ROMable. A user’s manual, CP/M compatible
8-inch diskette, and laminated reference
card cost $95 (add $5 for overseas and $2
for Canadian postage). Structured Analysis
Systems, Box 2745, Reston, VA 22091.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 125

Mathematics instruction, drills and
games— 17 programs of them— run on
TRS-80 and Apple II computers, and include
graphing, algebra, and arithmetic programs
and games. The programs have been used
and refined in actual classroom applications.
The programs include the “Alphabet Song”
on the Apple and a sketching screen with
graphics code output for the TRS-80. For
computer programming classes, there is a
simulated machine language computer, im-
plemented on the TRS-80 screen. The 17
programs are contained on five different
tapes, two for the Apple and three for the
TRS-80 I. Tapes cost $9.95 each plus $1
per order shipping and handling. Free
catalog available. Steketee Educational Soft-
ware, 4639 Spruce St., Philadelphia, PA
19139.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 126

Real estate index and locator is a system
of Basic programs designed to assist real
estate agencies find properties for custom-
ers. These interactive search and sort pro-
grams, called Reiley, automatically match
home specifications of a prospective buyer
with current active MLS listings. No compli-
cated codes or symbols are required to ac-
cess information, nor is computer expertise
necessary. The system gives comparisons
of mortgage terms, access detailed property
descriptions, print complete amortization
tables, estimate the monthly payment and
sale price which the buyer can afford, and
determine the replacement price of any

106 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

home on the MLS file. The program is initially
being made available for the North Star disk
system, but will also be released in Apple-
soft Basic, CBasic-2, Radio Shack Basic and
IBM 5100 Basic. The Electric Abacus, 19
Mayfield Rd., Regina, Saskatchewan S4V
0B7, Canada.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 127

Multi-function S-100 I/O board has two

serial ports async/sync (RS-232, current
loop or TTL) with individual crystal controlled
programmable baud rate generators. Four
8-bit paralleled ports are available: a latched
input port and three that can be programmed
in combinations of input, output or bidirec-

tional. Other features include: wire wrap
posts for easy port configuration; complete-
ly socketed; an on-board clock divisor for
timers; and an 8-level programmable inter-
rupt controller with auto restart (8080/Z80).
Price $375 each. I/O Technology, 29119
Flowerpark Dr., Canyon Country, CA91351,
(805) 252-7666.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 128

Direct connect auto-answer modem, the

M103-A, is an originate, answer, auto-
answer modem compatible with the Bell
1 03A and 113B modems and connects
directly to the telephone network using the
conventional RJ1 1 C modular phone jack, eli-
minating the cost and need for a Bell DAA
(data access arrangement). Operates from
0-450 baud and allows any terminal with an

RS232 or 20mA interface to automatically
answer incoming phone calls, establish a
data link and receive or transmit information
during early morning or evening hours to
reduce phone costs without the aid of a ter-
minal operator. Price $316 with discounts
for OEMs, distributors and quantity pur-
chases. Modtech, Inc., 1958 Helsinki Way,
Livermore, CA 94550, (415) 447-9349.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 129

Direct-connect modem for TRS-80,

named Lynx, is a total telephone linkage sys-
tem in one package, eliminating the need for
a separate expansion interface, interface
board, telephone coupler and communica-
tions software. Priced at $239.95 (less tax)
it includes “terminal” program on cassette,

instruction manual and power pack. No
acoustic coupler is used. It includes origi-
nate and answer capability, and is program-
mable for word length, parity, number of
stop bits and full or half duplex. Minimum
hardware requirements are a TRS-80 I or II
with 4K RAM. Emtrol Systems, 1262 Loop
Rd., Lancaster, PA 17604.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 130

Two bidirectional printers, specified at
125 cps, 80- and 120-columns, support the
full upper and lower case 96-character Ascii
set in three software-selectable fonts (5, 1 0,
and 15 CPI) on original plus three copies.
The 10 CPI font uses a 9x7 dot matrix. The
pin feed paper-handling system can be ad-
justed to accept fan-fold forms of varying

widths. Forms length is software program-
mable in one-line increments. The vertical
format unit features top-of-form control, up
to 10 vertical tab settings, and a skip-over-
perforation capability. Paper can be loaded
from the bottom or rear. Prices: MT-80P
Centronics-compatible parallel interface ver-
sion $795; MT-80S serial (RS-232) version
$895. Microtek, Inc., 9514 Chesapeake Dr.,
San Diego, CA 92123, (714) 278-0633.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 131

Random access modem for in-house data
distribution applications does away with
traditional cabling requirements. Ram-1 1
utilizes advanced carrier current techniques
to transmit digital information over AC power
lines with low bit error rates. Wireless ran-
dom access offers versatility in intercon-
necting electronic office products and data

6800

Products

A-VIDD

electronics co.

Software Dynamics Compiler

The SD Compiler Basic is the most well
developed basic for the 6800. Some of the more
notable features include: Formatted Print State-
ments, If Then Else & While Do, variable names
up to 15 characters and high speed execution.
Both random and sequential device I/O can be
done, in either binary or ASCII mode for data
flow control to the byte. Now available for
Flex II, Flex I, and SSB Flex II. Package in-
cludes: Basic Compiler, Mai Assembler (with
extensive manuals for each), run time package
and 4 misc. utilities. Call or write for detailed
catalog. Dealer inquiries invited.

Price $330.00

Added Bonus. For every retail compiler
package purchased, you will receive one SPL/M
6800 pure code compiler, a $50.00 value.

Also available, Software Dynamics Editor.

Price $100.00

6800 Forth

Word oriented interactive compiler/interpreter
totally structured language where you define

your own words and syntax.

Kansas City Tape $ 34.95

6800 Hardware:

Smoke Signal Static Memory Boards.

M-16X 16K Memory Board $299.00

M-24X 24K Memory Board $439.00

M-32X 32K Memory Board $539.00

Micotime 6800

Plugs into any I/O port of the SWTPC 6800.
Supplies user with time in hours, minutes,
seconds, AM or PM, month, date and year,
(i.e.: 7/1/80 12:00:00 PM PST). Provisions
for optional battery or external power supply.
Supplied with software to set time, interrogate

clock, and print time.

Assembled & Tested $ 95.00

Bare Board w/DOCS $ 35.00

Immediate delivery. Phone and mail orders
accepted. We ship worldwide (F.O.B. Long
Beach) .

A-VIDD

electronics co.

2210 Bellflower
Boulevard
Long Beach, CA
90815

(213) 598-0444
(714) 821-0870

Three blocks South of the San Diego
Freeway in the Los Altos Center.

Mon - Thurs

Hours: Fri

Saturday

8:30 AM-5:30 PM
8 30 AM-9:00 PM
10:00 AM-5:30 PM

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 71

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 107

terminals, allowing random formation of data
paths by simply plugging into an AC power
outlet. The asynchronous unit is capable of
full duplex transmission at up to 9660 bps.
An RS-232C interface is standard. Free
standing and multi channel rack mount ver-
sions are available. Data-Control Systems,
P.O. Box 860, Commerce Dr., Danbury, CT
06810, (203) 743-9241.

.CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 132

514-inch micro-Winchester, model
ST506, stores 6.38 megabytes, unformat-
ted data, accesses data in 170 milliseconds
and transfers data at 5.0 megabits per sec-
ond. If the system has two minifloppies, the
designer can replace one with a micro-Win-
chester. Voltage requirements are the same.
The simple interface is compatible with cur-

rent floppy and minifloppy designs. A single
controller can handle both drives. The series
uses standard Winchester head technology.
Data is recorded at approximately 7500 bpi,
a higher density than double-sided 8-inch
floppy, but less than the highest capacity
8-inch Winchester. Price $1500 for single
units used for OEM evaluation. Shugart
Technology, 340 El Pueblo Rd., Scotts
Valley, CA 95066, (408) 438-6550.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 133

Digital graphics plotter has a 0.004 inch
step size, an 8V2 x 1 1 inch paper capacity,
and accepts a wide variety of pens. Also fea-
tures an interactive digitizing mode that
allows the user to enter X-Y coordinate data
corresponding to pen location directly into
the host computer. The Model 100 plotter is
controlled directly by the user’s computer

through two parallel output ports and one
parallel input port. Hardware interfaces and
software drivers are available for Apple II,
TRS-80, PET, and S-1 00 bus machines. Also
offered is a plot software package providing
vector generation and alphanumerics that
runs with most versions of Basic and For-
tran. Price $680. Strobe Inc., 897-5A
Independence Ave., Mountain View, CA
94043.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 134

Industrial undersea robots and remotely
operated vehicles and manipulator systems
include spatially correspondent and force
feedback configurations. Simple pick and
place configurations up to programmable
microprocessor controlled configurations

are available. Systems engineering to de-
velop complete manufacturing or assembly
stations around the robots is also offered. In-
ternational Submarine Engineering, 2601
Murray St., Port Moody, B.C., Canada V3H
1X1, (604) 931-2408.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 135

Reinforcer rings to protect standard flex-
ible disks, prevent hole tearing, and reduce
the coating removal and rippling damage that
causes premature flexible disk failure. Made
of manufacturer-weight mular, the rings are
for use with Wang and other drives requiring
reinforced standard flexible disks. Misco
Inc., 963 Holmdel Rd., Box 399, Holmdel,
NJ 07733, (201) 946-3500.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 136

Magnetic tape eraser is designed to erase
(in seconds) virtually all signals from com-
puter cassettes and floppy disks without en-
coded signals. The user sweeps the unit
over the disk or cassette and a magnetic
field cleans all recorded signals. Size is 5

by 3V2 inches; weight is 4 pounds; operates
on 110-120 volts AC and is designed for
intermittent duty. Price is $58.50. Robins
Industries, 75 Austin Blvd., Commack, NY
11725, (516) 543-5200.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 137

Multibus-compatible single-board com-
puter, the AM96/4116, uses the excep-
tional 16-bit processing power of the
AmZ8002 microprocessor. Auxiliary support
for the AmZ8002 includes 32K bytes of dual
ported RAM, 8K bytes of PROM sockets,
two serial and three parallel I/O ports, five
high-speed programmable counter/timers
and a multiple-mode interrupt response cap-
ability. Included is a powerful instruction set
with eight addressing modes and eight data

types, including string handling functions.
On-board memory includes 32K of dual-
ported RAM that provides full 4MHz opera-
tion with the AmZ8002 CPU. Advanced
Microcomputers, 3340 Scott Blvd., Santa
Clara, CA 95051, (408) 988-7777.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 138

Printer adapter for PET provides letter-
quality, low-cost word-processing using
Commodore PET and CBM computers with
an IEEE-488 printer adapter. The Cl 01
translates the modified output code of Com-
modore computers for use with the NEC
5530 Spinwriter or any Centronics-compat-

ible parallel-input high-speed dot matrix
printers. The adapter complies with all
IEEE-488 bus specifications. Price is $225
with 18-inch IEEE cable and six foot printer
ribbon cable. FI Electronics, 968 Piner Rd..
Santa Rosa, CA 95401, (707) 527-0410.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 139

Memory module for the Heathkit/Digital
H1 1, LSI 11/2, and PDP 11/03 features an
8K x 16 dual width board using 200ns 4027
4K x 1 dynamic memory devices or a 32K x
1 6 dual width board using 200ns 4116 1 6K
dynamic memory devices. The CI-1103
plugs directly into the computer, is available

with on-board distributed refresh or external
refresh control logic. Data access time is
300ns and cycle time is 525ns. Power con-
sumption is under 7 watts. Size is 8.44 by
5.187 inches. Prices: $390 for 8Kx16,
$750 for 32Kx16. Chrislin Industries, Via
Colinas #102, Westlake village, CA 91361,
(213) 991-2254.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 140

108 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Floppy disk storage system, the Phrase-
store, attaches directly to an IBM model 50,
60 or 75 electronic typewriter. The system
includes two temporarily working storage
memories with edit capabilities. Data may be
permanently stored on minifloppy diskettes
for later recall. One diskette holds up to 50
pages. No typewriter modifications neces-

sary. When the power is shut off, the unit
electronically isolates itself from the type-
writer. In this mode, it functions as an ordi-
nary typewriter. Edit features include add,
delete, insert, merge and search commands.
Price $1810. California Micro Computer,
9323 Warbler Ave., Fountain Valley, CA
92708, (714) 968-0890.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 141

One-megabit magnetic bubble memory
device, the 7110-1, specified for operation
to 70 °C, extends the operable temperature
of micros beyond the previous 50 °C maxi-
mum. (Integrated circuit range extends to
70 °C.) This also makes bubble use possible
where disk and tape memories (10°C-50°C
range) cannot function. The unit extends the
temperature range of the module’s storage
and bootstrap loops and includes a lower-
amplitude current pulse requirement for
writing. It is available individually or as part of
the BPK71 prototype kit. Price: unit $1985,
kit $2280. Intel Magnetics, 3000 Oakmead
Village Dr., Santa Clara, CA 95051, (408)
987-6046.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 142

Small business computer, 8000 series,
features an 80 character wide display
screen for faster and easier text editing and
report formatting. The series is available in
16K (model 8016) and 32K (model 8032)
and can operate using Basic in both inter-
active and program modes with expanded
commands and functions for arithmetic, edit-

ing, and disk file management. Display
screen generates 64 Ascii characters and
64 graphic characters which are formed
within an 8x8 dot matrix. A 73-key type-
writer-like keyboard and a numeric keypad
offers a repeat key capability. Price: 8016,
$1495; 8032, $1795. Commodore Busi-
ness Machines, 3330 Scott Blvd., Santa
Clara, CA 95050.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 143

High-performance microcomputer
board based on the Z8001 microprocessor
is designed for uses requiring extensive
computer power, access to a large memory
space and high-speed serial communication
capability. The Z8000 MPU can function as
a stand-alone single-board microcomputer or
as the master in a set of several peripheral
boards. It comes with 32K of on-board RAM
with parity protection. 8K of additional ROM
or PROM space, two flexible communication
channels and a real-time clock. Other
features include parity-error detection cir-
cuit, three types of interrupts and three LED
displays. Price $2295. Zilog, 10460 Bubb
Rd., Cupertino, CA 95014, (408) 466-4666.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 144

Micro development system using the
MC68000 microprocessor not only supports
the 16-bit capability of the MC68000, but
anticipates the requirements of the next
generation 32-bit machines. The Exormacs
system has a chassis replete with a basic
complement of functional modules, an intelli-
gent CRT terminal, a 1 32-column printer and
a 1 -megabyte dual-drive floppy disk mechan-

ism. An advanced operating system, sym-
bolic debug assembler/editor and Pascal
compiler make up the software. The basic
chassis houses a switching power supply,
cooling fans and front-panel controls. An in-
ternal card cage accommodates up to 15
modules, four of which are included in the
basic system. Price $28,775. Motorola
Semiconductor Products, P.O. Box 20912,
Phoenix, AZ 85036.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 145

Generalized subroutine facilities for the

TRS-80 II includes the following functions
available through USR calls from Basic:
multi-key multivariable in-memory sort, multi-
key character string in-memory sort, USR
peek and poke capability (both byte and
word), compress and uncompress data,
move blocks of data, propogate across ar-
rays. Sorts are fast and flexible. 1000 ele-
ments in six seconds, 5000 elements in 26
seconds. Carries up to 15 arrays together
with multiple mixed ascending/descending
keys. Racet Computes, 702 Palmdale,
Orange, CA 92665.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 146

A Live-In Servant:!!!

MICROCOMPUTERS FOR EXTERNAL CONTROL DEVICES

James A. Gupton, Jr.

Can you use a microcomputer to control devices in your home? This book will show you
how. It is a guidebook for controlling mechanical or process operations with a
microcomputer. It covers everything from the most basic control functions to
mechanized robot controls. ISO pages paper $“7.95

P S . Don t forget our bestsellers . . .

Peanut Butter and Jelly Guide to Compu-
ters by Jerry Willis

My Computer Likes Me When I Speak in

BASIC by Bob Albrecht

Qwiktran by C. Kevin McCabe

32 BASIC Programs for the PET (8K) Com-
puter by Tom Rugg and Phil Feldman

32 BASIC Program for the TRS-BO (Level
II) Computer by Tom Rugg and Phil Feld-
man

Introduction to TRS-80 Graphics by Don

Inman

To order or send for your free catalog:

dilithium Press

P.O. Box 92, Dept. IAD
Forest Grove. OR 97 IIS

AUGUST 1980

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 15

INTERFACE AGE 109

Disc/3

MART, INC.

DO IT YOURSELF

LOW-LOW PRICES

ANADEX PRINTER, DP-8000 $ 825.00

ANADEX PRINTER, DP-9500 1,425.00

BASE II Printer (complete with options) 645.00

CENTRONICS 730 Matrix Printer 745.00

(with 4 free zip pack)

HAZELTINE 1520 1,319.00

NEC Spinwriter 5510 (RO) 2,643.00

SOROC IQ 120 750.00

SOROC IQ 140 Assembled 1,225.00

Tl 810 Basic (upper & lower case) 1,669.00

Tl 994 Personal Computer 1,150.00

LA 34 DEC Writer Teleprinter 1,195.00

CARTRIDGES • DISKETTES • MAG TAPE • ACCESSORIES

ADDS, CENTRONICS, HAZELTINE, IMSAI, LEAR SIEGLER,
TECHTRAN, Tl, VECTOR GRAPHICS AND OTHERS

STORE HOURS: 9 A M. - 5:30 P.M. Mon. through Fri.
Call or write for quotes or information.

niCP 1840 LINCOLN BLVD.,

fcJ iMkf SANTA MONICA, CA 90404

MART, INC. (213)450-5911

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 76

BITS

B^TES

MICROCOMPUTER SYSTEMS

• Microcomputer Service

• Specialized Hardware Integration

• Hardware and Software Designs

• Software Development Systems to your

Specifications

• Business System Hardware for Resale

• I/Ve Stock Industrial Microsystems ,

North Star , PerSci, So roc. Tar bell.
Vector Graphic

1 1 — t
tth r

BITS N BYTES
College Business Park
679 "D" S. State College Blvd.
Fullerton, Calif. 92631
(714) 879-8386
HOURS

11 A.M. - 6 P.M. M-F
Sat. — By Appt.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 72

■ /ii ra in /in

LtiLci uu«n

Aug 5-7 Data Eighty, Centrepoint, Sydney N.S.W. Aus-
tralia, exhibition of computers, business communication
systems and information handling equipment, including minis,
micros, mainframes, peripherals, hardware and software.
Data 80, P.O. Box 781, Darlinghurst NSW 2010, Australia,
(02) 212 4199.

Aug 21-24 Fifth Annual Personal Computing and Small
Business Computer Show (PCC ’80), Convention Center,
Philadelphia, PA, exhibits and seminars highlighting all
aspects of personal and small business computing. John
Dilks, Rt. 1, Box 242, Mays Landing, NJ 08330, (609)
653-1188.

Sep 3-5 Electronic Business Communications Confer-
ence and Exposition, Convention Center, Las Vegas, NV,
has been postponed. New dates are Sep 9-1 1 , 1981 at the
same location. John Sodolski, Electronic Industries Assoc.,
2001 Eye St. NW, Washington, DC 20006, (202) 457-4934.

Seo 4-6 Personal Computer World Show, Cunard Hotel,
Hammersmith, London, computers, peripherals, supplies, soft-
ware, supporting services, communications, publications for
business, home and educational applications. Timothy Collins,
11 Manchester Square, London WIE 20Z, 01-486 1951.

Sep 11-13 Internepcon/Semiconductor International
Conference and Exposition, PSA World Trade Center,
Republic of Singapore, production machinery, tools, hard-
ware, materials and test instruments keyed to needs of engi-
neering, manufacturing and support personnel of Southeast
Asia. Industrial and Scientific Conference Management, 222
W. Adams St., Chicago, IL 60606, (312) 263-4866.

Sep 16-18 Wescon/80, Convention Center, Anaheim, CA,
High-technology electronics convention and exhibition with
approximately 1200 booths. Robert Myers, 999 N. Sepul-
veda Blvd., El Segundo, CA 90245, (213) 475-4571.

Sep 19-21 The Decade of Opportunity Home Elec-
tronics Show, Brooks Hall, San Francisco, CA, hands-on
demos of home electronic products, VTRs, TV games, TVs,
radio cassettes, calculators, home computes. Ginger Taylor,
J & J Concepts, 5120 Campbell Ave., Suite 208, San Jose,
CA 95130, (408) 866-1494.

Sep 22-25 Twelfth Annual Conference of the Society
for Management Information Systems, Fairmont Hotel,
Philadelphia, PA, examining the need for management infor-
mation executives to incorporate data processing, word pro-
cessing, office automation, image processing, telecommuni-
cations, SMIS, 111 E. Wacker Dr., Chicago, IL 60601.

Sep 22-25 National Software Package Conference and
Exposition, Hyatt Regency, Chicago, IL, recent innovations
in systems houses, data processing, telecommunications and
word processing. Kim Moloney, Software Info, Professional
Exposition Management Co., Suite 545, 222 W. Adams St.,
Chicago, IL 60606, (312) 263-3131.

Sep 25-26 Ada Introduction and Trends Seminar,

Sheraton Motor Inn, Lexington, MA, application examples,
lectures, informal sessions on the Ada language as it applies
to industry. Prof. Donald French, Institute for Advanced Pro-
fessional Studies, One Gateway Ctr., Newton, MA 02158,
(617) 964-1412.

110 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

n nm ✓ n rmmt

ouun nci/icu/d

BASIC FOR HOME COMPUTERS—

A Self-Teaching Guide

ATARI BASIC— A Self-Teaching Guide

K is confusing to beginners and it is a disservice to continue
promulgating it. □

Basic, 336 pages, $6.95 Atari, 329 pages, $5.95

By Bob Albrecht, LeRoy Finkel, and Jerald Brown
John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY

Reviewed by Roger H. Ed el son

The era of cloning is here— in books at least. These books
are virtually identical twins, although the Atari Basic presents
material specific to Atari 400 and 800. I don’t suggest that
this approach is wrong, but the prospective buyer should
know that the books present identical material and those with
Atari machines need not buy the other book.

The books are designed as self-teaching guides with ques-
tions and answers. With this format, the authors feel it isn’t
necessary to have a computer to learn Basic.

Both books are intended to turn a rank beginner into a rea-
sonable facsimile of a Basic programmer. I suspect they will;
after a couple of days my 1 4 year old daughter was writing
programs with ‘if-then’ statements and ‘for-next’ loops.

The books don’t cover more advanced topics than subrou-
tines; for example, ‘tab’ is only mentioned briefly and ‘print
using’ doesn’t exist. The Atari book barely mentions subrou-
tines, substituting a chapter devoted to color and sound. In-
formation covering structured, or top-down, programming
techniques might have been included.

One error in the Atari book is the statement that “K”
stands for “thousands of bytes,’’ when capital K actually rep-
resents a binary thousand (1024). The interchanging of k and

THE A TO Z BOOK QF COMPUTER GAMES

by Thomas C. Mclntire

Tab Books, Blue Ridge Summit, PA

Reviewed by Dennis Doonan

Looking for a collection of computer games in Basic, or an
interesting way to learn programming? This book is sure to be
of interest. It contains 26 games, one for each letter of the
alphabet, ranging from the simple to the complex. The
classics NIM, wumpus, blackjack, poker and battleship are
here, along with dice and artillery practice.

The internal structure of each game is simple, composed
of individual blocks doing assigned tasks. These stand-
alone modules are tied together by the main program. There
are few ‘rem’ statements used, but each chapter has a long
description of the game, the logic behind it, diagrams, flow-
charts, and reasons why it was set up that particular way. For
the student, this is an ideal way to study program design. At
the same time, each game can simply be entered and played.
Output formatting is kept simple with short print lines. Almost
any Basic can be used since each game takes less than 4K of
memory. A section is also included to help translate to your
dialect of Basic.

This is a handy book for both the programming beginner
and the games player. □

308 pages, $12.95

Contact the Export Experts

Export experience is only one of the
reasons MicroAge International is
recognized as the world’s leading
source for microcomputers and
peripherals. We work constantly with
various tariff and duty regulations
in more than 50 countries, helping
overseas dealers with complex
shipping and financing requirements.

But of equal importance is the fact
that no one in the world offers more

products from as many manufacturers
as MicroAge International. Our
inventory is the largest in the U.S.
That means international dealers
get quicker delivery, lower pricing,

ahcroRGE®

INTERNATIONAL

A MicroAge® Distribution Company

and the convenience of dealing with
a single supplier.

From computers for personal use
to computer systems for business,
education, engineering and science —
MicroAge International is the source
you can trust!

Cable MICROAGE for NorthStar,
Hazeltine, Soroc, Cromemco, ADDS,
Televideo, Qume, . . . and over
300 others!

1425 West 12th Place • Tempe, Arizona 85281 USA • (Nearest international airport: Phoenix, AZ, USA) • Telex 165 033 • (602) 967-1421

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 81

Motorola’s MEK 6800

by Stanley F. Lundgren

When I decided to become familiar with microproces-
sors, I wanted a system that would give me experience
with both hardware and software. The Motorola MEK
6800 D2 evaluation kit is such a system.

My decision to purchase the kit was mainly economic.
I did not make a study of the hardware, software or bus
structures. I found that for less than $300 I could have
a microprocessor-driven computer system.

My interest was a system with both machine level
and high level language capabilities. This system met
the requirement.

The kit is an excellent tool for those who wish to
develop systems with the 6800 microprocessor. All the
parts needed are supplied, except the power supply.
The kit is readily expandable into a more complex
system by adding memory, firmware and peripherals.

The kit is reasonable in price, selling in single quanti-
ties for about $250. After a few hours of assembly time
and connecting a suitable 5v DC source, machine lan-
guage programs can be entered through the kit’s hexa-
decimal keyboard or the built-in audio cassette interface.

112 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

D2 Evaluation

Power Supply

This is the heart of the system. Also, in order to inter-
face the D2 to peripherals, you must have an RS-232C
interface. Therefore, any well-designed microprocessor
power supply must provide the ± 1 2v DC required by the
RS-232 interface. My present + VDC requirements are:

Description

I.C. No.

+ 12v mA

- 1 2v

Data Out Interface

1438

Data in Interface

1439

Onboard Eprom

2708

100

Onboard Eprom

2708

100

Another device requiring the + 1 2v DC is the 2708
Eprom. In planning the power supply, allow at least an
additional 200 mA for the two 2708s the D2 has provi-
sions for.

In addition to the above requirements, there are
heavy demands put on the power supply by the main
memory. The standard semiconductor memory devices
such as the 21 L02 are rather power-hungry devices. A
21 L02 can consume up to 35 mA. One 21 L02 is equi-
valent to 1 28 bytes. Therefore, each 8K memory board
should be allowed:

64 x 35 mA = 2.24 Amps

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 1 13

+ 8VDC

Figure 1. Power Supply

Figure 2. Switches allowing permanent cassette recorder connections.

114 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

RESET

•Q

-c

> £
SS c
a 3

.2 |

TJ t

2 •

t g

5 s

CM jj

Q %

•r co
S o

11
CD 10
Q. CD

2 2

u. E

■M

I would recommend the following minimum D2 power
supply requirements:

Description Amps

+ 5v DO

MEK 6800 D2 Kit 1.5

24K bytes of memory 6.6

+ 1 2v DC

RS-232C Interface .03

2708 Eproms .20

- 1 2v DC

RS-232C Interface .05

Physical distances between some components on
the power supply are critical. This becomes increasing-
ly important as more and more current is drawn. An
easily overlooked area is the ground circuit. Do not let
your large filter capacitor negative connection get very
far from the supply ground. A few inches can be signifi-
cant. If you have a problem here it will show up at the
regulator outputs. The outputs will fall below 5 volts
120 times per second.

Case and Front Panel

These represent important considerations in building
a computer system. The case must satisfy the housing
requirement. The front panel must provide the inter-
face between man and machine.

Motorola has done a nice job in providing a hexa-
decimal keyboard for input as part of the D2 kit. The
hexadecimal keyboard provides a much faster means
of inputting data and system commands than
customary toggle switches.

I mounted my keyboard and display circuit board on
an aluminum front panel (photo 2) available at most
large electronic supply stores. The size I used is IOV 2
by 19 inches.

J M

PUNCH

• JL

■ *

□

l 7

r A

I 4

r B

| 1

! 2

r 3

f c

l O

| F

! D

On the left side I cut an opening for my tape
recorder. To cut the hole I used a metal cutting blade
and my hand held jig saw. The tape recorder is a
General Electric model 3-5090A, used because it was
the only recorder that would fit within the lOVHnch
front panel dimension.

To get around the problem of no counter I use a ver-
bal heading at the start of each record and a one-
minute interrecord gap between each record on the
tape. The verbal headings I use consist of:

1. Title

2. Brief description

3. Memory address references

4. Date recorded

5. Special instructions

Verbal
> Heading

Record
No. 1

1 -Minute
Inter-
record Gap

Verbal

Heading

Record l
No. 2 \

In addition to the tape recorder, I added two switches
for isolation (figure 2). These switches allow me to
leave the (ear) and (mic) lines permanently connected
to both the recorder and the D2. Three additional
switches on the front panel are a reset pushbutton, an
on/off power switch, and a monitor select switch.

I removed the reset pushbutton from the MPU board.
I then mounted a heavy-duty pushbutton on the front
panel. The on/off switch, a single pole double throw,
controls the AC line to the power supply. The monitor
select switch allows switching between the J-bug and
Minibug II monitors. When making off-board connections,
it is a good idea to use connectors. I used molex connec-
tors which simplify future modifications and repairs.

Expansion

Motorola D2 kit expansion involves an alternate
monitor, a card rack and a terminal. This expansion will

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 115

Table 1.

Monitor Function

Monitor Comparison
J Bug MiniBug II

MiniBug III

SmartBug

Approximate Cost

(In Kit)

$50.00

$75.00

$20.00

$39.95

1 . Display Internal Registers

2. Load RAM from Tape

3. Punch RAM to Tape

4. Memory Examine/Change

5. Go to Entered Address and Execute

6. Set Terminal Baud Rate

—

7. Test Memory

—

8. Binary Punch RAM to Tape

—

9. Binary Load RAM from Tape

—

10. Abort Program Execution

T-

—

1 1 . Trace One Instruction

—

12. Set a Break Point

—

13. Reset a Break Point

—

14. Continue Execute from Break Point

E,G

—

15. Delete All Break Points

—

16. Print Address of All Break Points

—

17. Trace N Instructions

—

18. Turn Echo On

—

19. Turn Echo Off

—

20. Display Contents of ‘A’ Reg

—

21. Display Contents of ‘B’ Reg

—

22. Display Contents of Condition Code Register

—

23. Jumps to BFD-68 Disk Operating System

—

24. Sets Hardcopy Flag

—

25. Insert a Byte into Range of Memory

—

26. Jump to Program After ‘J’

—

27. Quick Start Boots in BFD-68 Operating Sys.

—

28. Displays Contents of Index Register

—

29. Jumps to E 400 User Defined Monitor
Commands

convert the D2 kit into a computer system. As a guide
for the system expansion, I followed Motorola’s appli-
cation note AN-771 , MEK 6800 D2 Microcomputer Kit
System Expansion Techniques.

This document is a must for all D2 users. It is an ex-
cellent approach to expanding the MEK 6800 D2 kit.
The application note covers 8K and 16K memory inter-
facing. In addition to the memory interface, the paper
covers a data terminal interface using a monitor that
co-resides with the J-bug monitor supplied with the kit.

The J-bug monitor provides control over the hexa-
decimal keyboard, 7-segment displays, and the cas-
sette interface. In order for the system to be con-
nected to an Ascii terminal, an additional monitor is re-
quired. Monitor options are Mikbug, Minibug II, Minibug
III and the Smartbug ROMs. I used the Minibug II
monitor in my system.

At the time I decided to go with the Minibug II
monitor, Smartbug did not exist. Secondly, I was under
the impression an ACIA interface would improve the
system’s data transfer rate. Actually this has only a
small influence on the transfer rate. This interface
transfers data slightly faster from the data bus to the
terminal. Data moving at 300 baud through an ACIA is
moving at approximately the same speed as data mov-
ing at 300 baud through a PIA. With the ACIA there are
slightly faster throughput times, but nothing that is very
significant. The serial and parallel port routines to
move one Ascii character are:

Minibug OUTCH = 30 clock cycles
Mikbug OUTEEE = 1 30 clock cycles

Based on a one megacycle clock, you would only add
Vi o.ooo °f a second per character transfer using a PIA
and the Mikbug firmware.

Most of the 6800 software was written to use with
the Mikbug monitor and a PIA interface. If one chooses
to go with any other monitor, all of this software has to
be modified, patched to make it work. Patching source
code listings is time consuming but not difficult.
However, trying to patch a Basic interpreter without
the source listing is a mind boggier.

I would suggest for anyone using a monitor other than
Mikbug to get the disassembler up and running first.

Table 2. Common MikBug and MiniBug II Patches

MikBug

MiniBug III

Description

Label

Address

Label

Address

Output 2 Hex Char

OUT2H

EOBF

OUT2H

El 73

Output 4 Hex Char

OUT4HS

E0C8

OUT4HS

E17C

Output ASCII Char

OUTEEE

E1D1

OUTCH

El 08

Input ASCII Char

INEEE

El AC

INCH

El 1 F

Output ASCII String

PDATA1

E07E

PDATA1

El 30

Output Left Hex

OUTHL

E067

OUTHL

EOFA

Output Right Hex

OUTHR

E06B

OUTHR

EOFE

Output Space

OUTS

EOCC

OUTS

El 80

Monitor Control

CONTROL

E0E3

CONTRL

E040

116 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Photo 3 Microprocessor system pulled out, illustrating advantage of rack mount.

Hill

*.i:*

Card Rack

This is required to connect all the components of the
system. It provides the common tie to all of the system cir-
cuit boards. There are no commercially available card
racks that combine both the Exorcisor and S-100 bus.

It is a distinct advantage to be able to use S-100
boards in your system. For example, you can purchase
8K static RAM memory boards for about $130, com-
pared to Motorola’s 16K board for $395. The saving is
obvious, and for the cost of a couple of ICs you can
construct an S-100 interface.

To construct my card rack I used wire wrap connec-
tors and mounted them on y i6 -inch thick masonite. I am
using two Exorcisor connectors and three S-100 con-
nectors. The two Exorcisor connectors are used for
the MPU board and an expansion board. The three
S-100 connectors house three 8K memory boards.

I used small screws and solder lugs to provide for the
power connections, soldering the wire wrap wire from the
bus to the solder lugs. Then the power supply lines were
connected to the small screws using wire terminals.
The peripheral ports use 25-pin RS-232 connectors
and I mounted them on the expansion circuit board.

The S-100 Interface

There are two reasons why a hardware interface is
required between the two buses. First, there is a slight
difference in the control signals. The Exorcisor bus
control signals are R/W, 02 and VMA, while the S-100
signals are MWRITE and SMEMR. Secondly, the S-1 00
bus is uni-directional. Data flows only one direction on
each data line. This means there are two data lines for
each data bit. Of course, the Exorcisor is bi-directional
and uses only one line for each data bit.

I constructed my interface (figures 3 and 4) from a
concept provided by Jade Electronics. I made only one
slight modification, adding a buffer to the VMA signal.

The S-100 bus requires an 8v DC unregulated supply
to drive the on-board 5-volt regulators. Don’t be too
generous with this voltage. I have seen specifications
ranging from 8-1 1v DC. At one time I tried to use 9
volts. This worked the 7805s too hard, forcing them to
run hot. My present supply delivers just over 7V . 2 volts.
This keeps everything nice and cool.

Terminal Selection

I am using Southwest Technical Products’ CTC-64.
This system comes complete with a 9-inch Motorola
monitor. The kit is easy to assemble and it comes with
all the documentation necessary. An excellent feature
of this kit is the provision for programming. Using appro-
priate jumpers during assembly you can control with soft-
ware such features as paging, scrolling, control key
assignments, cursor control, bell control and highlighting.

The highlighting function is desirable, but not that
easy to use. Highlighting is when the character and
background are reversed. SWTP uses the 7 bit to con-
trol the highlighting function. The CTC-64 by itself
highlights fine.

However, when combined with the Minibug II monitor,
the 7 bit is lost during the input algorithm. This is be-
cause this algorithm ANDs the incoming data byte with
a 7 F, dropping the seventh bit. It is still possible to gen-
erate highlighted characters. It requires you to gener-
ate your own special character set with the 7 bit high. □

Figures 3 and 4 follow

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 117

ROM"

l/OM

R/W

MOTOROLA

EXORCISOR

Figure 3. Expansion Board

118 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

(Peripheral I/O and MINIBUG II).

IP 125
PRINTER

CTC-64

TERMINAL

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 119

U6/5

8T97

NOTES:

1 . Some unused EXORcisor pins are assigned.

2. Modifications are for a 24.5K system with the
on board 512bytes at address 6 OOO 16 .

3. See Motorola Application Note AN-771.

4. 1C designations refer to D2 kit nomenclature.

Figure 4. Wire Wrap Area MPU Board

120 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

TYPICAL I.C.

NOMENCLATURE

^ X-

CUT

TRACE

UXX/N

PIN NUMBER
I.C. NUMBER

(Dual Monitor Switching Logic w/Auto Reset)

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 121

Why Not Title
Your Printouts?

Leo P. Biese and Emilio lannuccillo :

One of the minor headaches associated with com-
puting is trying to find a reference program “in the pile
somewhere.” Printouts seem to multiply logarithmically.
The first thing we did was to purchase a bunch of
3-ring notebooks in color codes (blue for database,
green for system utilities, etc.) which helped — for
about a month. The green Vi-inch ring was replaced by
a green 3-inch ring, and then needed a “supplement”
green volume II. Nifty catalog index systems were in-
stituted and fancy reference pages generated, but we
still couldn’t quickly find a printout of our mail list ver.
2, and distinguish it from the other four versions.

What was needed was a program to print legible
titles at the top of a printer listing.

Programs of the Banner type have been with us since
the first days of personal computing, perhaps because
they offered a readily understandable demonstration of
our computer power. None of them were, unfortunate-
ly, of much help. Dartmouth DTSS titles all of their pro-
grams, but does it in @ signs and needs a full 14-inch
page; other programs print only vertically or require
some obscure Basic with systems calls.

The A.R. Miller program Poster (IA Oct 79) was the
first real help because it offered letters in a “usable”
7x7 matrix and the concept of overprinting the line
both to approximate a block character and incidentally
darkening the printing. We added a third overprinting of
an O for our printers, but the user should experiment

with various combinations of W, M, etc. All that was
necessary was to strip off the fancy border, eliminate
the centering and the input of small letters, and delete
the provisions for more than one copy. It rapidly
became one of our “most used” programs and is
reproduced below as ‘pgmShead.’

Unfortunately, we wanted to title assembly language
printouts, data listings, and texts created with the
system editor as well. It became a real chore to load
24K Basic just to print a heading and then go back to
the operating system— especially if we goofed later on
and had to do it all over. The answer was an 8080
assembly language version called Masthead.

Masthead is, as far as possible, a “direct” trans-
lation of the Basic program. The main difference is the
need for a buffer routine to achieve that remarkably
simplistic ‘for/next’ loop in Basic. A study of both pro-
grams can be enlightening and suggests, for example,
why Basic needs a noticeable delay to read in the
character array; the assembly version goes to work im-
mediately because the character data is already there.

Both programs have been titled using the programs
themselves and contain sufficient comments so that
further details are not necessary. We use the CP/M
system and file the assembled version as a memory im-
age ‘.com’ file on the disk under the name ‘mh.com.’
With the system, the program becomes a direct com-
mand and a heading title is produced simply by enter-
ing: MH (space)(title).D

122 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

AUGUST 1980 INTERFACE AGE 123

PROGRAM LISTING

BBBBBB

OODDQ

DBBBDfl

BB BB

Bfl B

BB BB

ABB

Boa

Bfl B

BBBBBB

B BB

BBBBB

Bfl

BBS

B BB

BBBBB

Bfl

BBBBBB

BBBBBBB

BBBBB

BBBBBB

Bfl

BBBBBBB

BBBBB

BBBBBBB

Bfl

BBBBBBB

Bfl

BBBBBB

100 'PGMSHEADJ a program to print a large title at the head of a
PRINTER LISTING ♦ THE DATA MATRIX IS FROM THE POSTER PROGRAM
BY A* R* MILLER? INTERFACE AGE 10/79

110 'This program was written by L*P*Biese (10/79) and reouires
a printer terminal that canJ 'carriage return' upon recipt
of an ASCII 13 decimal (OA Hex) code without a LF

120 DEFINT I-N
130 DIM AL$ < 7 j» 59 )

140 FOR J=1 TO 59

150 FOR 1=1 TO 7

160 READ AL$ ( I y J )

170 NEXT IfJ

'define variables I-N as as integer
'dimention the character matrix
'and load it

180 LINEINPUT-PROGRAM TITLE <8 CHARS)

?SI$

190 IF LEN<SI$)>8 THEN PRINT:PRINT"CP/M FILEMAMES ARE LIMITED"?
PRINT" TO 8 CHARACTERS" :PRINT:G0T0 180

200

SI$ =

=SI$+" : "

210

FOR

1=1 TO 7

220

SP$= " A " ♦ GOSUB 310

230

LPRINT CHR$(13)?JSP$="W"

240

GOSUB 310

250

LPRINT CHR$(13)?JSP$="0"

260

GOSUB 310

270

LPRINT

280

NEXT I

290

LPRINT i LPRINT

300

END

'put a colon after the filename

'start one of 7 rows of spots
'print 'A' according to matrix
' backspace ? change font to 'W'

' and overprint the line

' backspace r change to '0'

' and do it a 3rd* time

'advance the paper and
'get the next row of spots

'M.ick up 2 lines
'and ouit

6)0

310

320

330

340

350

360

370

380

390

400

410

420

'Get the position of the char spots from data matrix AL$

FOR L=1 TO LEN(SI$) 'for the length of the heading

LL=ASC(MID$(SI$yLy 1 ) ) -31 'correct each letter's ASCII code
IF LL>64 THEN LL=LL-32 'convert lowercase
A2$=AL$ < I y LL ) ' A2$ = printable position

FOR M=1 TO 7 'check each spot for a blank

IF MID$ ( A2$ y M y 1 ) =

NEXT M
LPRINT
NEXT L
RETURN

" THEN LPRINT " " ?ELSE LPRINT SPU»?

'get the next spot

'put in a space

'and get the next letter

430 '********* ****** CHARACTER DATA ****************************

440

DATA

■

450

DATA

■

460

DATA

■

| >

" !

470

DATA

■

" !

480

DATA

■

" XX XX

490

DATA

500

DATA

* * " y

" * #

510

DATA

■

# * " y

" * *

520

DATA

$**$$$" ,

530

DATA

■

$ *$"y

"$$$$$$

540

DATA

7.7.7.7.7.7. n y

" 7.7. %

550

DATA

% 7.7. " y

"% 7.7.

560

DATA

& " y

" X %

570

DATA

■

& X " y

580

DATA

■

" '

590

DATA

■

600

DATA

■

( " y

" <

610

DATA

( " y

" (

620

DATA

) " y

" )

630

DATA

) " y

" )

640

DATA

■

* * *" y

" * * *

650

DATA

* * * " y

"* * *

660

DATA

■

f " y

" +

“ y " " y "

■ 1

" y " ! " y "

“ XX XX

" # * " y ♦#♦♦♦##

"$$ $

"y" $*$$$ "y"

$$ "

" 7.

" y " 7. "y"

" X

" y " % & " y " X

M / /

" y " ' " y "

" <

" y " ( " y "

(

" )

" y " ) * y "

)

■ ***

■ , "*******• , *

***

" +

" y "+ + + ++++" y "

124 INTERFACE AGE AUGUST 1980

670

DATA

■ + % 0 +

680

DATA

' " f “ “ y

" F “

“ F “

690

DATA

- , % “ y

700

DATA

■ "*■ %

" F "

—

" F “

710

DATA

» " f " "

720

DATA

" “f“ “f

“ F “

" F "

730

DATA

■ ^ ^ ■pH ^ H

740

DATA

" /“ f “ / “ f

/ “ F "

“ F “ /

750

DATA

" / “f“/

760

DATA

“ 00000 “ f 0 OfO

OfO

770

DATA

0 Of" 00000 “

780

DATA

n 1 “ F M 11

1 F

" F “ 1

790

DATA

" 1 "f" 11111 "

800

DATA

“ 2222 “ f " 2 2 " f

2 " F "

“ F " 2

810

DATA

■ 2 " f " 2222222 "

820

DATA

' 33333 " f 3 3 f "

3" F -

33 " f

“ 3"

830

DATA

-3 3 “ f " 33333 -

840

DATA

• 44 " f “ 4 4 “ f

4 "f"

444444

■ F “ 4

850

DATA

“ 4 “ F “ 4 -

860

DATA

“555555 “ f " 5 "f

" F “

55555

“ F “ 5

870

DATA

" 5 “f "55555 “

880

DATA

“ 6666 ■ f "6 " f

“ F "

66666

“ F “6 6

890

DATA

“6 6 “f" 6666 “

900

DATA

7777777 f“ 7 "f"

" F “

F " 7

910

DATA

- 7 - y - 77

920

DATA

■ 8888 "f" 8 8 " f

8“ F “

8888

“ F “ 8 8

930

DATA

"8 8" f " 8888 “

940

DATA

“ 9999 “f“ 9 9 " f

9" F “

99999

* F “ 9

950

DATA

" 9 " f " 9999 "

960

DATA

“ F “ ♦ ♦ " F

; :

"f"

"f° ::

970

DATA

• : : ■ f "

980

DATA

“ " F “ F F " F

F “F“

“ F " F

990

DATA

- $ “ , -

1000

DATA

« < - , •

< “ F “ < “ F “ <

1010

DATA

" < “ F *

< “

1020

DATA

U M B..

m u

1030

DATA

- = ■ y "

1040

DATA

B > “ F “

> ° F " > “ F “

> “

1050

DATA

“ > " F "

> "

1060

DATA

u « 9 « y

y * y “ ? “ F “ ?

N H

? “

1070

DATA

■ « H

? "

1080

DATA

■ i a

1 1 » It

1090

DATA

* ■ ■

■

1100

DATA

“ AAAAA “fAA

AAfAA AAfAAAAAAA

1110

DATA

AA AAfAA

AAfAA AA

1120

DATA

" BBBBBB - fBB

BBfBB BBf“ BBBBBB “

1130

DATA

BB BBfBB

BBf “BBBBBB “

1140

DATA'

' CCCCC “fCC

CCf“CC “f“CC

F “CC

1150

DATA

CC CCf" CCCCC “

1160

DATA

“ DDDDDD “fDD

DDfDD DDfDD DD

1170

DATA

DD DDfDD

DDf “DDDDDD “

1180

DATA

EEEEEEEf “EE

"f“EE “f“EEEEE

■ F “EE

■

1190

DATA

“EE “fEEEEEEE

1200

DATA

F FFF f F F' f “ FF

“f“FP “f“FFFF

“ f “ FF

■

1210

DATA

“PP “ y B F F :

1220

DATA

“ GGGGG “ f GG

GG f “ GG "f“GG

“ fGG

GGG

1230

DATA

GG GG f " GGGGG "

1240

DATA

HH HHfHH

HHfHH HHfHHHHHHHfHH

1250

DATA

HH HHfHH

1260

DATA

- IIII "f“

II S' II “f“ II

“ F “

II “

1270

DATA

“ II “f“

IIII “

1280

DATA

“ JJ“f°

J J “ F “ JJ“F“

JJ“ F “

1290

DATA

“ JJ JJ"f“

JJJJ “

ORG

100H

CALL

START

DB 'Emilio' 's Masthead Printer Dec 1979'

DB ODHf

OAHf

start:

POP

CALL

PRINTLINE

f Save

oldF set

new stack

LXI

HfO

DAD

SHLD

ENTRY$STACK

LXI

SPf STACK

f Check

if anything set to he printed

LXI

HfCPM$IN$BUF

MOO

A f M

ORA

EXIT

f Check

if count exceeds allowable input

CPI

MAXCHR

CNC

ERROR 1

INX

SHLD

IN$BUF$PQ INTER 5save last location

f Zero

priht buffer

LXI

HfPRINT$BUF

SHLD

PB$POINTER

LXI

BfTOP$PB-PRINT$BUF

INR

XRA

ZERO

MOO

M f A

INX

DCR

JNZ

ZERO

DCR

JNZ

ZERO

f MAIN

ROUTINE

CALL

LOAD$PRINT$BUF

CALL

print$mast

CALL

CRLF

CALL

CRLF

JMP

EXIT

ERROR 1

LXI

DfTXTI

CALL

PRINTLINE

JMP

EXIT

TXTl

'TOO LONG A PRINT LINE'

ODHf OAHf '$'

EXIT

LHLD

SPIHL

RET

ENTRY$STACK

f SUB-ROUTINES

i Print line to the console

PRINTLINE:

PUSH H

PUSH D

AUGUST 1980 INTERFACE AGE 125

1300

DATA

KK y "KK KK “ y “ KK KK

“ y

“ KKKK

“ y “1

1310

DATA

“KK

KK " y KK KK

1320

DATA

“LL

" y "LL " y “LL.

“ y “LL

1330

DATA

“LL

“ y LLLLLLL

1340

DATA

M y MM MMyMMM MMMyMM

MMy MM

1350

DATA

MMy MM MM

1360

DATA

NNyNN NNyNNN NNyNN

NNyNN

NNN

1370

DATA

NN y NN N

1380

DATA

“ 00000 “yOO 00 y 00 00 y

00 y 00

1390

DATA

00 y" 00000 "

KKKKK

y “LL

1400 DATA
1410 DATA
1420 DATA
1430 DATA
1440 DATA
1450 DATA
1460 DATA
.1470 DATA
1480 DATA
1490 DATA

■PPPPPP " yPP PPypP PP y " F’PPPPP
"PP "v"PP " r " P P

- QQQQQ “yQG QQ r QQ QO y GO QQ

QQ GO ? QQ QQQ y " QQQQQQ "

■ RRRRRR " r RR RR y RR RR y " RRRRRR

■ RRRR

“RR RR "y
" SSSS8S “ y
“ SS“ y

“ TTTTTT "y
“ TT “ y

RR RR
SS

SSSGSS

1 y“SS

SSSSS

SS"

1500

DATA

UU y UU

UU y UU UU y UU

1510

DATA

UU y " UUUUU "

1520

DATA

Oy" 0

0" y "

00 00" y" 0 0

" y “

0000 "

1530

DATA

00 " y “

00 “

1540

DATA

WW y WW

WWy WW

WW y WW W W y WW W

1550

DATA

UWWWWUUy" w

U "

1560

DATA

XX y “ XX

XX “y“

XXX " y " XXX

" y "

XXX "

1570

DATA

" XX

XX " y XX

1580

DATA

YY y “ YY

YY “ y “

YYY " y “ YY

" y "

YY 0

1590

DATA

YY “ y “

YY "

1600

DATA

ZZZZZZZ y “

Z “ y “

Z “ y " Z

“ y “

1610

DATA

“ Z

" y ZZZZZZZ

BBBBB

BBBBBB

BBBBBBB

BBBBB

BBBBBB

BB BB

QBB

BBB

BB BB

BB B

BBBBBBB

BBBBB

BBBBBBB

BBBBB

BBBBBBB

BB BB

Bfl

BB BB

BBBBBB

BBBBBBB

BBBBBB

MASTHEAD

Emilio D* lannuccillo? based on the Basic version by
Leo. P* Biese

HOW TO USE* Simply type MH <space> <title desired> and the
title will be printed in bold characters on the printer
device* A maximum of 8 characters fit on 8 1/2 “ paper
and 14 on standard 14 “ paper

initalize:

PUSH

PSW

MOI

C y CLCMD

CALL

BDOS

POP

PSW

POP

RET

y Load print buffer

load$print$buf:

LHLD

IN$BUF$P0 INTER

MOO

A y M

ORA

INX

SHLD

IN$BUF$P0 INTER

ANI

7FH

CPI

60H

$+5

ANI

5FH

SUI

20H

CALL

TIMESIO

LXI

Hy C0N0ERT$TABLE

DAD

INX

CALL

FILL*PB

JMP

LOAD*PRINT*BUF

fdet next byte
ybyte in A

ydone when byte=0

ysave next location

ywe want lower ascii droup

yis it lower case

ychande to upper case
y drop off non-print characters
ymult byte in A * 10
ypoint to bedinnind of table
yadd offset from timeslO
yadd one

y put print code in print buffer
y do back for another byte

Enter with subject byte in A

Exit with 10 times subject byte in DE

timesio:

TL. OOP

LXI

DyO

MOO

EyA

ADD

MOI

C y 3

MOO

ByA

y 2 times stored in B <not over

MOO

AyE

y multiply times 8

ADD

MOO

EyA

MOO

AyD

ADC

MOO

Dy A

DCR

JNZ

TLOOP

MOO

AyE

yadd 2 times to 8 times to det

ADD

y 1 0 times

MOO

EyA

JNC

$ + 4

I NR

RET

with

HL pointind to

correct location in convert table

MOI

C y 9

fprint buffer is 9 lines lond

XCHG

yfor each letter to be printed

LHLD

PB$PQINTER

?each byte represents the 7

fill$pb:

126 INTERFACE AGE AUGUST 1980

FLG0P

LDAX

MOV

M * A

INX

DCR

JNZ

FLOOR

SHLD

RET

PB$PQINTER

^horizontal print positions

i Print is done by going through the print buffer as follows*

J Start with first byte of print buffer. Check for bit 7 which

i indicates a print character is present. Then type a character

* horizontally for each of the remaining 7 bit position as

f indicated. Space 2. Then add 9 to the buffer table pointer

r to Set the next character* if any. Continue until the first

* horizontal line is complete. Then return carriage and repeat
? with two more print characters.

f Then add one to the print buffer pointer for the second line.
r Repeat the horizontal printing above again for the second line
i Then repeat the whole process again for 7 lines.

$ Space up two and exit.

print$mast:

PLOOP

LXI

H*PRINT$BUF

SHLD

PB$P0INTER

MVI

A*7

STA

PL00P*C0UNTER

LHLD

PB$P0INTER

PUSH

MVI

A*CHR1

STA

PTCHR

CALL

RESETSPHEAD

CALL

PRINTMATRIX

MVI

A * CHR2

STA

PTCHR

POP

PUSH

CALL

RESET $F*HEAD

CALL

PRINTMATRIX

MVI

A * CHR3

STA

PTCHR

POP

PUSH

CALL

RESET$PHEAD

CALL

PRINTMATRIX

POP

INX

SHLD

PB$P0INTER

CALL

CRLF

LDA

PL00P$C0UNTER

DCR

STA

PL OOP $C0 UN TER

JNZ

RET

PLOOP

5 Set PB pointer

?Print 7 horizontal lines to the mat

? Enter with HL pointing at byte in printer buffer

* Exit when bit 7=0

* Else print out the character stored in PTCHR every

* time a bit is high. Space between letters. Jump
f nine in print buffer for next letter.

ENTRY$STACK

128

STACK

EQU

IN$BUF$POINTER

PRINT$BUF

EQU

200

T0P$PB

EQU

PB$P0 INTER

PTCHR

PLOOPCOUNTER

CONVERSION TABLE FOR THE ASCII CHARACTERS

to the hex code which signals the printer when to print

FORM OF TABLE

! 00 ! 01 ! 02 ! 03 ! 04 ! 05 ! 06 ! 07 ! 08 i 09 !

! 7 or 9 bytes of hex code
A J one hex code for each print line

J start with 7 by 7 matrix

B ! later we can use byte 8X9 for decenders

C !

” here is the ascii code that we will use

to test for a match. The print code follows
in order

convert*table:

/ /

* BOH *

80H *

80H

80H *

80H

80H *

80H

/ | ✓

* 88H *

88H *

88H

88H *

88H

80H *

88H

/ U /

*182*

182*

182

8 OH *

80H

BOH*

80H

'#'

* 94H *

94H *

255

94H *

255

94H *

94H

*191*

232*

232

190*

8BH

8BH *

254

7 % 7

*177*

178*

84H

88H *

90H

166*

198

* 90H *

168*

88H

168*

197

194*

189

27H

* 80H *

98H *

8CH

90H *

80H

80H *

80H

7 ( 7

* 81H *

82H *

84H

84H *

84H

82H *

81H

7 ) 7

*192*

160*

90H

90H *

90H

160*

192

7 # 7

*201*

170*

9CH

255*

9CH

170*

201

7 + 7

* 88H *

88H *

88H

255*

88H

88H *

88H

7 * 7

* 80H *

80H *

80H

80H *

80H

88H *

90H

7 ~ 7

* 80H *

80H *

80H

9CH *

80H

80H *

8 OH

/ /

* 80H *

80H *

80H

80H *

80H

98H *

98H

7 / 7

*81H*

82H *

84H

88H *

90H

160*

192

7 0 7

*190*

193*

193

193*

193

193*

190

7 1 7

* 88H *

98H *

168

88H *

88H

88H *

190

/ 2 7

* 9EH *

161*

82H

84H *

88H

90H *

255

7 3 7

*190*

193*

81H

86H *

81H

193*

190

7 4 7

* 86H *

92H*

162

254*

82H

82H *

82H

7 5 7

*254*

192*

192

252*

82H

82H *

252

7 6 7

*188*

192*

192

252*

194

194*

188

7 7 7

*255*

82H *

84H

88H *

90H

160*

224

7 8 7

*158*

161*

161

9EH*

161

161*

9EH

7 9 7

*158*

161*

161

9FH*

81H

81H *

9EH

7 : 7

*80H*

176*

176

80H *

176

176*

80H

7 * 7

* 80H *

98H *

98H

80H *

84H

9 OH *

BOH

7 < 7

* 84H *

88H *

90H

160*

90H

8BH *

84H

' = '

* 80H *

190*

190

80H *

190

190*

80H

7 > 7

* 90H *

88H *

84H

82H *

84H

88H *

90H

'?/

* 9CH *

162*

82H

84H *

88H

80H *

88H

7 (? 7

* 9CH *

178*

210

210*

204

160*

9EH

AUGUST 1980 INTERFACE AGE 127

PRINT ^MATRIX *

MOV

A f M

RAL

RNC

MVI

Cf7

PML00PJ

XCHG

LHLD

PTCHR

XCHG

RAL

$+5

MVI

Ef20H

CALL

LISTER

DCR

JNZ

PMLOOP

CALL

SPACE

CALL

SPACE

MOV

AfL

ADI

MOV

Lf A

JNC

$+4

I NR

JMP

PRINT$MATRIX

9 number of rotates

5Put print character in E

fadJust HL pointer

reset$phead:

MVI

EfODH

JMP

LISTER

CRLF

MVI

E r 20H

CALL

LISTER

MVI

EfOAH

JMP

LISTER

SPACE

MVI

E r 20H

JMP

LISTER

PUSH

PSU

PUSH

MVI

C f LPCMD

CALL

BDOS

POP

RET

PSU

EQUATES

CPM*IN*BUF

EQU

80H

CLCMD

EQU

9 CONSOLE LINE COMMAND

BDOS

EQU

CHR 1

EQU

"A'

CHR2

EQU

'W'

CHR3

EQU

'0 7

LPCMD

EQU

fLINE PRINT COMMAND

MAXCHR

EQU

STORAGE

'A' * 190*

227

227 f 255 f 227 f 227 f 227

7 B 7 f254f

227

227 f 254 f 227 f 227 f 254

'C' *190*

227

224 f 224 9 224 f 227 f 190

7 D 7 f 254 f

227

227 f 227 f 227 f 227 r 254

'£' f255f

224

224 f 252 f 224 f 224 f 255

7 F 7 f 255f

224

224 f 248 f 224 f 224 » 224

7 G 7 f190f

227

224 f 224 9 231 f 227 f 190

7 H 7 *227 f

227

227 f 255 f 227 f 227 f 227

7 1 7 * 158 r

140

140f140f140f140f158

7 J 7 f83Hf

83H

83Hf83Hf83Hf179f9EH

7 K 7 f 227 9

230

236f248f252f230f 227

7 L 7 f 224 r

224

224 f 224 9 224 f 224 f 255

7 M 7 9 193*

227

247 f 235 f 227 f 227 » 227

7 N 7 f195f

227

243 f 235 f 231 f 227 f 225

7 0 7 f190f

227

227 f 227 f 227 f 227 f 190

7 P 7 f254f

227

227 f 254 f 224 f 224 f 224

7 Q 7 f 190 f

227

227 f 227 f 227 f 231 f 191

7 R 7 f 254 9

227

227f254f248f236f 230

7 S 7 f191f

224

224f190f131f131f 254

7 T 7 f 254 9

152

152f 152 f 152f 152f 152

7 U 7 f 227 f

227

227 f 227 f 227 f 227 f 190

7 V 7 f193f

161

179f 146f 158f 140f 140

7 W 7 f 227 f

227

227 f 235 f 247f 227 f 193

7 X 7 f227f

182

156f 156f 156f 182f227

7 Y 7 f 227 r

182

156f 140f140f 140f 140

7 Z 7 f255f

130

132f136f144f160f255

7 C 7 f 128f

128

128f 128f 128f 128f 128

7 \ 7 f 128f

128

128 f 128 f 128 f 128 f 128

7 3 7 f 128 f

128

128 f 128 f 128 f 128 f 128

7 ” 7 F 128 F

128

128f 128f 128f 128f 128

7 - 7 F 128 F

128

128f 128f 128f 128f 128

7 w f128f

128

1 28 f 1 28 f 1 28 f 1 28 f 1 28

FORMAT FOR THE PRINTING TABLE

line line line line line line line line line
0000 i 01 ! 02 ! 03 ! 04 J 05 ! 06 ! 07 ! 08 ! 09 \

1st letter

7 or 9 bytes of hex code

one hex code for each print line

0009

2nd letter

start with 7 by 7 matrix

later we can use byte 8 & 9 for decenders

0012

3rd letter

~ each letter is 9 bytes apart* If bit 7 set

then it is a character to be printed* A 00
in any position designates the end of the
print line

PRINT$BUFFER t DS 9*14 i Maximum of 14 printable chars*

END

Figure 1. Parallel interface logic for daisywheel

128 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

ALL DAISYWHEEL
PRINTER LINES
ARE NEGATIVE LOGIC

RIBBON LIFT

-Q> platen STROBE
_[2> CARRIAGE STROBE
CHARACTER STROBE

-O 012 (QUME)

H > Dll (DIABLO 12 BIT)
-O Dio
-O 09

-O 08

-O 07
-O 06

-j > 05

HZ> 04

HZ> 03
-O D2
-O oi
-O oo

I.C.’s

74LS42

74LS04

Q3, Q7

74LS00

74LS08

( 3 )

9601

74LS109

Q8, Q9

74LS374

Q10, Q11

74LS257

012

2708

OFF

FUNCTION

CHARS/INCH

(2)

SINGLE

DOUBLE

SPACE

ON ON

ON OFF

OFF OFF

ON OFF

J. PRESSURE

INCREASING PRESSURE

■ <2] DEVICE READY

• <3 PLATEN READY

■ <□ CARRIAGE READY

* <□ CHARACTER READY

printers (Qume, Diablo) connected to the Apple II.

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 129

130 INTERFACE AGE AUGUST 1980

: ASM

6000:

ORG $6000

6000:

OBJ $6000

6000:

PRINTER FIRMWARE

6000:

FOR THE DIABLO HYTYPE I

6000:

JOHN MACDOUGALL

6000:

REVISED APRIL 4,1979

6000:

THE FIRST 256 BYTES ARE

6000:

ESSENTIALLY THE SAME AS THOSE

6000:

IN THE PRINTER CARD FIRMWARE

6000:

WRITTEN BY WOZ AND REVISED

6000:

ON 3/17/78. EXPLANATION OF

6000:

THE DIABLO DRIVER ROUTINES

6000:

CAN BE FOUND IN THE ARTICLE

6000:

BY JM IN INTERFACE AGE P98

6000:

OF THE OCTOBER 1978 ISSUE,

6000:

THE DIABLO PORTS ARE:

6000:

C080+N0=LOW DATA OUT

6000:

C08l+N0=HIGH DATA + STROBES

6000:

C081+N0=READ THE SETUP SWS

6000:

AND DIABLO READIES

6000:

29 LSTRT

EQU

6000:

30 CH

EQU

6000:

31 CSWL

EQU

6000:

32 PWDTH

EQU

6000:

33 MSTRT

EQU

6000:

34 MODE

EQU

6000:

35 ESCHAR

EQU

6000:

36 FLAGS

EQU

6000:

37 COL

EQU

6000:

38 C0UT1

EQU

6000:

39 SETKBD

EQU

6000:

40 PRERR

EQU

6000:

41 IORTS

EQU

6000:

42 »

6000:

43 ATEMP

EQU

6000:

44 BTEMP

EQU

6000:

45 HOUT

EQU

$20 "LEFT MARGIN

$24 "CURSOR RORIZ INDEX

$36 "LOW ORDER COUT SW

$4B8 "PRINTER WIDTH

$538 "MARGIN START

$5B8 "AFTER ESC CHAR IN B7

$638 "CURRENT ESC CHAR

$6B8 »B7=VID ALSO,BO=CRLF

$738 "COLUMN COUNT

$FDFO "VIDEO OUTPUT ENTRY

$FE89 "RESETS TO PR#0

$FF2D "PRINT ERROR SUBR.

$FF58 "FIXED RTS INSTRN

$678 "SCRATCH FOR DIABLO ROUTINES LOW B

$6F8 "SCRATCH FOR DIABLO ROUTINES HIGH E

$C08l "DIABLO DATA HIGH BYTE

6047* ?9

103

CMR

#$11

6049: BO

104

BCS

ESCTST

604B: 09

105

ORA

#$F0

604D: 3D

38 07

106

AND

COL ,X

6050: 65

107

ADC

6052: 85

108

STA

6054: 4A

109 ESCTST

LSR

6055: 38

110 DEFAULT

SEC

6056: BO

111

BCS

ESCTST 1

6058:

112 •

6058:

113 *

6058: 18

114 SETFLG

CLC

6059: 6A

115

ROR

605A: 3D

B8 06

116

AND

FLAGS, X

605D: 90

117

BCC

SETFLG 1

605F: 49

118

EOR

#$81

6061: 9D

B8 06

119 SETFLG 1

STA

FLAGS, X

6064: DO

120

BNE

DONE

6066:

121 •

6066:

122 *

6066: AO

123 DIG

LDY

#$A

6068: 7D

38 05

124 DLOOP

ADC

MSTRT, X

606B: 88

125

DEY

606C: DO

126

BNE

DLOOP

606E: 9D

B8 04

127

STA

PWDTH, X

6071: 9D

38 05

128 MINIT

STA

MSTRT, X

6074: 38

129

SEC

6075: BO

130

BCS

D0NE1

6077:'

131 *

6077:

132 »

6077:

133 VIDEO

EQU

6077: C5

134

CMP

6079: 90

135

BCC

SETCH

607B: 68

136

PLA

607C: A8

137

TAY

607D: 68

138

PLA

607E: AA

139

TAX

607F: 68

140

PLA

6080: 4C

FO FD

141

JMP

C0UT1

6083:

142 »

6083:

143 •

6083: 20

00 C9

144 OUT

JSR

STARTD

6086: 90

145

BCC

PRNT1

6088: 49

146

EOR

608A: A8

147

TAY

608B: 49

148

EOR

#$A

608D: OA

149

ASL

608E: DO

150

BNE

FINISH

6090: B8

151

CLV

6091: 85

152

STA

6093: 9D

38 07

153

STA

COL,X

6096: BD

B8 06

154 FINISH

LDA

FLAGS, X

6099: 4A

155

LSR

609A: 70

156

BVS

FINISH1

609C: BO

157

BCS

ESCTST 1

609E: OA

158 FINISH1

ASL

"MAKE IT POSITIVE
"CHAR IN Y, CN# IN X
"BRANCH ALWAYS

"ADD 10«MSTRT TO DIG AND STORE

"UPDATE MARGIN START INDICATE AFTER
"BRANCH ALWAYS

"MUST KEEP CURSOR HORIZ
"WITHIN RANGE OF WNDWDTH
"BRANCH IF >40

"RESTORE REGS AND END WITH VIDEO OUT

"OUTPUT CHAR TO PRINTER
"LOOP IF WAS TAB
"IF CR, MAKE IT LF
•COPY TO REG, Y

•BR IF WAS NOT CR
"INDICATE THAT IT WAS CR
"SET THE LEFT MARGIN
"CLEAR COLUMN COUNT
"FOR CRLF CHECK (BIT,0)

"BRANCH IF LAST CHAR WAS NOT CR

•CHECK HIGH ORDER BIT OF FLAGS

AUGUST 1980 INTERFACE AGE 131

6000:

46 LOUT

EQU $C080

•DIABLO DATA LOW BYTE

6000:

47 LCARP

EQU $3B8

•DIABLO CARRIAGE POSITION

6000:

48 HCARP

EQU $438

•DIABLO CARRIAGE POSITION

6000:

49 RESET

EQU $CFFF

•OVERLAY RESET ADDRESS

6000:

50 RIBBON

EQU $0082

•RIBBON LIFT

6000:

51 *

6000:

52 *

6000:

53 *THE APPLE

PRINTER ROUTINES

START HERE

6000:

54 •

6000: 18

55 ENTO

CLC

•DEFAULT ENTRY

6001: BO FF

BCS ENT1

•FAKE TO HIDE CARRY SET

6002:

ORG ENT0+$2

6002:

OBJ ENT0+$2

6002: 38

59 ENT1

SEC

•NORMAL ENTRY

6003: 48

PHA

6004: 8A

TXA

6005: 48

PHA

•SAVE THE REGISTERS

6006: 98

TYA

6007: 48

PHA

6008: 08

PHP

6009: 78

SEI

600A: 8D FF CF

STA RESET

•RESET ANY OVERLAYS

600D: 20 58 FF

JSR IORTS

•GET THE $CN IN STACK

6010: BA

TSX

6011: 68

PLA

6012: 68

PLA

6013: 68

PLA

6014: 68

PLA

6015: A8

TAY

•CHAR TO Y-REGISTER

6016: CA

DEX

6017: 9A

TXS

•GET $CN

6018: 68

PLA

6019: 28

PLP

601A: AA

TAX

*$CN TO REG X

601B: 90 38

BCC DEFAULT

•FIRST ENTRY

601D: BD B8 05

LDA MODE,X

•AFTER ESC CHAR?

6020: 10 19

BPL ESCTEST

•BRANCH IF NO

6022: 98

TYA

•CHAR TO A REGISTER

6023: 29 7F

AND #$7F

•MASK OUT BIT 7

6025: 49 30

EOR #$30

•ALTER BITS

6027: C9 OA

CMP #$A

* 0 TO 9?

6029: 90 3B

BCC DIG

•BRANCH IF YES

602B: C9 78

CMP #$78

•H TO 0?

602D: BO 29

BCS SETFLG

•YES, SET OR CLR FLGS

602F : 49 3D

EOR #$3D

•CHECK FOR CR

6031: FO 21

BEQ ESCTST

•DON’T CH ESC IF CR

6033: 98

TYA

•GET ORIGINAL CHAR AGAIN

6034: 29 9F

AND #$9F

•MAKE IT A CONTROL CHAR

6036: 9D 38 06

STA ESCHAR, X

•STORE NEW ESC CHAR

6039: 90 7A

95 DONEO

BCC DONE

•BRANCH ALWAYS

603B:

96 *

603B:

97 *

603B: BD B8 06

98 ESCTEST

LDA FLAGS, X

603E: 30 14

BMI ESCTST

6040: A5 24

100

LDA CH

6042: DD 38 07

101

CMP COL ,X

6045: BO OD

102

BCS ESCTST

LOW BYTE
HIGH BYTEi

609F: OA

159

ASL A

60A0: A9

160

LDA #$27

•LOADED JUST FOR VIDEO MODE

60A2 : BO

161

BCS VIDEO

60A4: BD

162

LDA COL ,X

•CHECK FOR WITHIN 8 CHARS

60A7: FD

163

SBC PWDTH ,X

• OF THE PRINTER WIDTH

60AA: C9

164

CMP #$F8

60AC: 90

165

BCC SETCH

60AE: 69

166

ADC #$27

•ADD 32 FORMING 32-39

60B0: AC

167 DUM

LDY IORTS

•DUMMY LDY ABSOLUTE

6 OBI :

168

ORG DUM+1

60B1:

169

OBJ DUM+1

60B1: A9

170 SETCH

LDA #0

60B3: 85

171 SETCH 1

STA CH

60B5: 18

172 DONE

CLC

60B6: 7E

173 D0NE1

ROR MODE,X

60B9: 68

174

PLA

60BA: A8

175

TAY

60BB: 68

176

PLA

60BC: AA

177

TAX

60BD: 68

178

PLA

60BE: 60

179

RTS

60BF:

180 •

60BF:

181 •

60BF : 10

182 ESCTST 1

BPL ESCTST2

60C1:

183 *

60C1:

184 »

60C1: 20

185 DFALT1

JSR INIT

•INITIALIZE ON ENTRY

60C4: A9

186

LDA #$89

•CONTROL I

60C6: 9D

187

STA ESCHAR, X

60C9: 9D

188

STA FLAGS, X

•VIDEO ALSO, CRLF ON

60CC: A9

189

LDA #$28

60CE: 9D

190

STA PWDTH, X

60D1: A9

191

LDA #ENT1

60D3: 85

192

STA CSWL

•SET FOR NORMAL ENTRY

60D5: 98

193 ESCTST2

TYA

•MOVE CHAR TO REG-A

60D6: 5D

194

EOR ESCHAR, X

60D9: OA

195

ASL A

•ESC CHAR? (7LSB'S)

60DA: FO

196

BEQ MINIT

•BRANCH IF YES

60DC: 5E

197

LSR MODE,X

•NO, CLR AFTER ESC CHAR

60DF: 98

198

TYA

•CHAR TO STACK

60E0: 48

199

PHA

60E1: 8A

200

TXA

60E2: OA

201

ASL A

60E3: OA

202

ASL A

• GENERATE N#$10 AS AN INDEX

60E4: OA

203

ASL A

60E5: OA

204

ASL A

60E6: A8

205

TAY

60E7: BD

206 PRNT1

LDA COL,X

60EA: C5

207

CMP CH

•IF COLUMN >= CURSOR HORIZ

60EC: 68

208

PLA

•THEN USE CHAR

60ED: BO

209

BCS CTLTST

60EF: 48

210

PHA

60F0: 29

211

AND #$80

•ELSE GEN BLANK (7LSB’S)

60F2: 09

212

ORA #$20

•FOR TAB CATCH UP

60F4: 2C

213 CTLTST

BIT IORTS

60F7: FO

214

BEQ PRNT2

•INCR COLUMN COUNT

132 INTERFACE AGE AUGUST 1980

60F9

215

INC

COL, X

•IF NOT A CONTROL CHAR

60FC

216

PRNT2

BVS

OUT

' *TAKEN WHEN PRINTER READY

C900

217

ORG

$C900

C900

218

OBJ

$6100

C900

219

*************** a**#*#***#***#**#*#*# **##*****#*##*#*

C900

220

C900

221

•THE MAIN

DIABLO DRIVER ROUTINE

STARTS HERE

C900

222

C900

223

•WHILE

THE

ABOVE CODE IS RELOCATABLE

C900

224

•AND ACCESSED ON A SLOT BASIS

C900

225

•THE FOLLOWING CODE IS FIXED AT

C900

226

*C900 AND

ABOVE,

C900

227

C900

228

C900

229

STARTD

STA

ATEMP

•SAVE THE BYTE

C903

230

PHA

C904.

231

TXA

C905

232

PHA

C906

233

TYA

C907

234

PHA

C908

235

PHP

C909

236

LDA

#$E0

•INITIALIZE THE STROBES

C90B

237

STA

HOUT,Y

C90E

238

LDA

ATEMP

C911

239

AND

#$7F

•STRIP PARITY

C913

240

STA

ATEMP

C916

241

CMP

#$21

•IF THE BYTE IS

C918

242

BCC

SPACE

• NON-ASCII THEN

C91A

243

CMP

#$7F

* GO AND SEE

C91C

244

BEQ

SPACE

• WHAT TO DO

C91E

245

PRASC

LDA

HOUT, Y

•GET THE PRESSURE

C921

246

ROR

C922

247

ROR

C923

248

AND

#$C

C925

249

ORA

#$E0

C927

250

STA

BTEMP

C92A

251

STA

RIBBON, Y

•SET RIBBON LIFT

C92D

252

LDA

ATEMP

C930

253

EOR

#$FF

•INVERT FOR NEGATIVE LOGIC

C932

254

NOP

•THE QUME NEEDS AN ASL A (CODE

C933

255

STA

LOUT, Y

•DATA TO PRINTER

C936

256

PRN1

LDA

HOUT, Y

•PR WHEEL STATUS

C939

257

AND

#$01

C93B

258

BNE

PRN 1

C93D

259

LDA

BTEMP

C940

260

AND

#$DE

C942

261

STA

HOUT , Y

•SET STROBE

C945

262

ORA

#$20

C947

263

STA

HOUT, Y

•AND UNSTROBE

C94A

264

AND

#$E0

C94C

265

STA

HOUT , Y

•DROP THE RIBBON

C94F

266

JMP

SPC1

C952

267

•THESE

ROUTINES

DO THE VARIOUS

PRINTER FUNCTIONS

C952

268

SPACE

CMP

#$20

C9C1

322

AND #$80

C9C3

323

BNE TENCI

C9C5

324

LDA #$A

*12 CHARS/IN

C9C7

325

RTS

C9C8

326 TENCI

LDA #$C

•10 CHARS/IN

C9CA

327

RTS

C9CB

328 *SET PLATEN SPACING FROM THE SW POSITION

C9CB

329 LINSP

LDA #$0

C9CD

330

STA BTEMP

C9D0

331

LDA HOUT, Y

C9D3

332

AND #$40

C9D5

333

BNE LINS2

C9D7

334

LDA #$8

•SINGLE SPACE

C9D9

335

STA ATEMP

C9DC

336

RTS

C9DD

337 LINS2

LDA #$10

•DOUBLE SPACE

C9DF

338

STA ATEMP

C9E2

339

RTS

C9E3

340 «MOVES

THE CARRIAGE

C9E3

341 CARMV

LDA ATEMP

•GET LOW BYTE

C9E6

342

EOR #$FF

C9E8

343

STA LOUT,Y

C9EB

344

LDA BTEMP

•GET THE HIGH BYTE

C9EE

345

EOF #$FF

•CM A

C9F0

346

AND #$0F

•LOW NIBBLE

C9F2

347

ORA #$E0

•STROBES OFF

C9F4

348

STA HOUT , Y

C9F7

349

STA BTEMP

•HOLD THE BYTE

C9FA

350 CARDY

LDA HOUT , Y

•LOOK AT READY

C9FD

351

AND #$2

C9FF

352

BNE CARDY

CA01

353

LDA BTEMP

CA04

354

AND #$AF

CA06

355

STA HOUT, Y

•STROBE IT

CA09

356

ORA #$40

CAOB

357

STA HOUT,Y

•RESET

CAOE

358 *KEEPS

TRACK OF CARRIAGE

POSITION

CAOE

359

CLD

CAOF

360

LDA BTEMP

CA12

361

EOR #$FF

CA14

362

AND #$0F

CA16

363

STA BTEMP

CA19

364

AND #$8

CA1B

365

CLC

CA1C

366

BNE SUBTR

CA1E

367

LDA ATEMP

CA21

368

ADC LCARP ,X

CA24

369

STA LCARP, X

CA27

370

LDA BTEMP

CA2A

371

ADC HCARP,X

CA2D

372

STA HCARP ,X

CA30

373

RTS

CA31

374 SUBTR

SEC

CA32

375

LDA LCARP, X

CA35

376

SBC ATEMP

AUGUST 1980 INTERFACE AGE 133

C954

269

BNE BKSP

C956

270

SPC1

LDA #00

C958

271

STA BTEMP

•SET TOP BYTE ZERO

C95B

27 2

SPVAL

JSR CARSP

•GET THE SPACING

C95E

273

STA ATEMP

•SAVE THE SPACING

C961

274

JSR CARMV

C964

275

JMP RETN

C967

276

BKSP

CMP #$8

C969

277

BNE CR

C96B

278

LDA #$8

C96D

279

STA BTEMP

C970

280

JMP SPVAL

C973

281

CMP #$0D

C975

282

BNE LF

C977

283

JSR CARTN

C97A

284

JMP RETN

C97D

285

CARTN

LDA LCARP,X

•LOW CARR POSN

C980

286

STA ATEMP

C983

287

LDA HCARP,X

•HIGH CARR POSN

C986

288

ORA #$8

C988

289

STA BTEMP

C98B

290

JSR CARMV

C98E

291

RTS

C98F

292

•LINEFEED

FUNCTIONS

C98F

293

CMP #$A

•LINEFEED?

C991

294

BNE RLINF

C993

295

LINEF

JSR LINSP

C996

296

LINF1

JSR PLTMV

C999

297

JMP RETN

C99C

298

RLINF

CMP #$C

C99E

299

BNE RSETL

C9A0

300

JSR LINSP

C9A3

301

LDA #$ 8

C9A5

302

STA BTEMP

C9A8

303

JMP LINF1

•REVERSE THE PLATEN

C9AB

304

•RESET THE LEFT MARGIN

C9AB

305

RSETL

CMP #$0F

• RESET MARGIN?

C9AD

306

BNE RETN

•TRAP TO HOME

C9AF

307

LDA #$0

C9B1

308

STA LCARP,X

C9B4

309

STA HCARP, X

C9B7

310

RETN

PLP

•RETURN TO SYSTEM

C9B8

311

PLA

C9B9

312

TAY

C9BA

313

PLA

C9BB

314

TAX

C9BC

315

PLA

C9BD

316

RTS

C9BE

317

•END OF MAIN PROGRAM

C9BE

318

•SPECIAL

SUBROUTINES FOLLOW

C9BE

319

C9BE

320

•SET CARRIAGE SPACING FROM THE

SW POSITION

C9BE

321

CARSP

LDA HOUT , Y

CA38

377

PHP

CA39

378

STA

LCARP,X

CA3C

379

LDA

BTEMP

CA3F

380

AND

#$7

CA41

381

STA

BTEMP

CA44

382

LDA

HCARP, X

CA47

383

PLP

CA48

384

SBC

BTEMP

CA4B

385

STA

HCARP ,X

CA4E

386

RTS

CA4F

387 *SET AND

STROBE

THE PLATEN

MOVEMENT

CA4F

388 PLTMV

LDA

ATEMP

CA52

389

EOR

#$FF

CA54

390

STA

LOUT, Y

•SET THE LOW BYTE

CA57

391

LDA

BTEMP

CA5A

392

EOR

#$FF

CA5C

393

AND

#$0F

CA5E

394

ORA

#$E0

CA60

395

STA

HOUT, Y

CA63

396

STA

BTEMP

CA66

397 PLRDY

LDA

HOUT, Y

CA69

398

AND

#$4

CA6B

399

BNE

PLRDY

CA6D

400

LDA

BTEMP

CA70

401

AND

#$6F

CA72

402

STA

HOUT, Y

CA75

403

ORA

#$80

CA77

404

STA

HOUT, Y

CA7A

405

RTS

CA7B

406 INIT

PHA

•SETS LEFT MARGIN ON INITIAL ENTRY

CA7C

407

PHP

CA7D

408

LDA

#$0

CA7F

409

STA

LCARP,X

•INIT THE CARRIAGE POSITION

CA82

410

STA

HCARP, X

• REGISTER TO ZERO

CA65

411

TYA

CA86

412

PHA

CAB?

413

TXA

CA88

F 8

414

STA

$7F8

•SET RTI LOCATION

CA8B

415

ASL

CA6C

416

ASL

CA8D

417

ASL

CA8E

418

ASL

CA8F

A 8

419

TAY

CA90

420

LDA

#$EF

•SET ALL THE STROBES OFF

CA92

421

STA

HOUT, Y

CA95

422

PLA

CA96

423

TAY

CA9?

424

PLP

CA98

425

PLA

CA99

426

RTS

i *•* SUCCESSFUL ASSEMBLY: NO ERRORS

SAVE MORE THAN 20%

NORTH STAR— INTERTUBE— MICROTEK
ZENITH— HEATH— ITHACA
THINKER TOYS— GODBOUT— SOFTWARE

The smartest computers at the smartest price

FACTORY ASSEMBLED & TESTED LIST ONLY
HORIZON 1 16K DOUBLE DEN KIT SPECIAL $1269

HORIZON 1-32K DOUBLE DEN KIT $1999 1575

HORIZON 2 32K DOUBLE DEN KIT 2399 1879

HORIZON 132K DOUBLE DEN 2695 2129

HORIZON 2 32K DOUBLE DEN 3095 2435

HORIZON 2 32K-QUAD DENSITY 3595 2839

HORIZON 2 64K QUAD +HARD DISK 9329 7229

HORIZON MEMORY 16K 389 32K 579

NORTH STAR HARD DISK 18 Mb 4999 3949

PASCAL FOR NORTH STAR ON DISK 199 190

Powerful NORTH STAR BASIC.Jhe Best FREE

2 NORTH STAR SOFTWARE DISKS w/HORIZON FREE

NORTH STAR BUSINESS PROGRAMS & NORTHWORD, PHONE
COLOR! RAINBOW 2000 & CAT-100 PHONE

ITHACA FRONT PANEL COMPUTER 64K 2885 2449

Z 8000 CPU CARD 16 bit ITHACA S 100 PHONE

ITHACA MEMORY 8/1 6 bit PHONE

8086 CPU 16 bit lOxfaster SEATTLE COMPUTER
SEATTLE COMPUTER MEMORY PHONE

SSM Z 80 CPU, VIDEO BOARD, MEMORY PHONE

MEASUREMENT MEMORY 64K A & T 4mHz 650

JAWS MEMORY 64KA8.T4mHz PHONE

GODBOUT MEMORY - Static, Super Selection 8t Price
THINKER TOYS DISCUS/2D A & T 1199 975

THINKER TOYS HARD DISK 26 Mb 4995 4149

DISCUS/2+2 1.2 Mbytes A & T 1545 1285

THINKER TOYS SUPERRAM PHONE

DELTA COMPUTER & DISK DRIVES PHONE

TARBELL COMPUTERS & DISK DRIVES PHONE

INTERTUBE II SMART TERMINAL 995 725

ZENITH HEATH SMART TERMINAL Z 19 A & T 795

ZENITH COMPUTER TERMINAL DISK Z 89 2595 2195

CAT NOVATION MODEM 179 169

MICROTEK PRINTER 795 725

AXIOM PRINTER 795 695

ANADEX PRINTER 995 865

NEC PRINTER Fast Typewriter Quality 2915 2799

SECRETARY WORD PROCESSOR The Best! 85 77

TEXTWRITER III Book Writing Program 125 112

GOFAST NORTH STAR BASIC Speeder Upper 79 71

PDS Super Z 80 ASSEMBLER & More 99 89

COMPILER FOR NORTH STAR $150 w/PDS & HDS 90
EZ 80 MACHINE LANGUAGE TUTORIAL $25 HDS 40

EZ CODER Translates English to BASIC 79 71

ECOSOFT FULL ACCOUNTING PKG 350 315

DATABASE, THE SOURCE $90, CROSS ASSEMBLERS CALL
BOX OF DISKETTES 29 IN PLASTIC CASE 30

Which Computers are BEST? BROCHURE FREE

North Star Documentation refundable w/HRZ 20

ORDER 2 or more COMPUTERS. . . BIGGER DISCOUNTS
FACTORY ASSEMBLED & FACTORY WARRANTY

AMERICAN
SQUARE COMPUTERS

KIVETT DR • JAMESTOWN NC 27282
(91 9)-889-4577

'll

<li

■rH

•rH

■rH

L L

L U'l

0 0

0 Of

•If TO

V P

P -i

Ml 0

XI ^

o» a>

■rH

•rH £

•XI

0 c

»A

a»

O' P'

•rH

■

r-H

H 1 — f

r-H 0

Tf O'

'll

iTJ

-P

P P

P 1 L

m’i

ill

<r- Ml

l-H

P P*

P X

»TJ

1 1*0

111

M’I 71

0 0

0 P'

•H

r-H Ol

L »~i

L. L

■0

V- L

'll LL

X X

X OI

•ll

111

P P*

P' X

>li

C C

Oi 'XI

Qf *rH

I'D

ill

r-H

Oi Oi

►H

l-H

X X

X mi

1/1

3 M'I

A C

•M

•rH

P 1

■+-' P’

P Oi

1 V

■

P *1J

J-

Oi Oi

M'i Ml

U! 6

3 U'l

M»

1.0 Ml

•rH

O' Oi

0i E

•rH

r-H

M'I

y ->

J’

'll

•r- 1

0 0

■rH

j z

r-H

a«

r-H

■o

M'I

•rH

71 0

U'l

s C

'*5 P

iXl

X *•

<X>

cm n

•ll

ili

in in

M'i

ill L

••-i L

0i 0>

•ll

it}

5 3

r— 1 *rH

111

Oi C

L 0

C L

C O'

ai 71

111 c

x n

•H

•H H

•rH

0 =

71 x -h

xn xn

xn P

Oi v

>H Oi

£.

P rH

L. C

C rH

C, Oi

U'l

IX Ml

Ll) LU

UJ X

111 p

■rH 2

r-H

J- 0

trt ili

r-H

Of Of

PL =

2 C

Oi J|

•H X

•rH

L 'll

= CM = w

= X?

•h 7i

■d ui rr

ill X

▼H

: 1*: IDC

r-H X.

• Ol

X rH CD

Q> r-t [v

p th p cm v- r) rr P *h oq h

Ct!

HH Qj

= 3h =

Ml -

= X

Z z

= s xn

Z r-H

= XJ =

- 3

s Oi

• 2 *r H •

Of O'

Oi Of c

••■n 3 P

ilihdih I!

P P

CKh

Cl — Cl — ©

h- Oi H P H Ml H

Oi | — s

h- 3

hUh H Ml

■Jr

i-Ijl Oi

X X

•rt x -H 2

•rt X -H X

X P

X 0 z u'l X

P X

X 0

0)2 ifX 3

11 H 1 0 H

HH l-H

tji i-h tn m

UlMUlMrtH U HH L.

H Ol H

Oh 3

H fc H

LL l-H -rt HH L

Of CL O CL P Cl CL

co: ca:

CQt: C CL p X CL X

Ob: c a:

X CL 0 CL 0 iV

71 OL x CL X

Ol XJ CL O CL 0 Ol CL

'll tL Oi Cl

Oi Q. OiCL

Ol 0 . Ol

'-^CL 7 ' CL OOlPOlHCLP

cs 0

\ N © CTv n

v CM s bO

'• Tf N If) s

N N

00 '• CTi

s © \

rH '•

v- fO \ Tt ^

*H h

CM CM

04 CM

M W

C 4 CM

Ki M

' © ©
© ©

\ © \ ©
© ©

' 8' § s

§'•

8' §

' g N g V

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 69

134 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

AUGUST 1980 INTERFACE AGE 135

File C FLIGHT. BAS 3 Page #1

00610 PRINT CHR$ < 27 > » CHR$ < 69 >

00020 PRINT TAB<26> 5 "Boeing 747 flight, simulator'’

00030 PRINT

00040 PRINT " Vou are the captain of TOR flight- 409,
x x non-stop service to”

00050 PRINT "Hartford < Brad lew Field in Windsor Locks > from
x ' New York's”

00060 PRINT "Kennedy International Airport. Flight- 409
x x departs at 1520 pm.”

00070 PRINT "EST (or 1920 GMT> and is due to arrive in
' ' Hartford at 2:00 pm."

00080 PRINT

00090 LINE INPUT "Do you desire complete instructions? ";R$

00100 IF LEFT $ < R$ , 1 > = " V ” THEN CHRIN "INSTRUCT”

00110 CHRIN " DISPLAY"

*::*:*EMD OF FILE** 1 *

PRINTED 15— Sep-79

File [INSTRUCT. BAS 3 Fade #1

00010 PRINT CHR*<27>;CHR$<69} J

00020 PRINT " This prodram is a simulation of a Boeing 747
x ' airplane. "

00038 PRINT "Your objective is to pilot your plane from New
x x York to”

00040 PRINT "Hartford. To accomplish this task, you must be
x ' able to”

00058 PRINT "taxi to the proper runway, take off , navi date,
x x land, and"

00060 PRINT "taxi to the proper* date. The instructions that
' ' follow will"

00070 PRINT "outline the steps you must take."

00080 PRINT " In addition, you will need a navigation map
' ' and a”

80090 PRINT "keyboard layout. These are supplied with the
' ' dame. "

00100 PRINT " Commands are entered into the computer by
x x typing the key"

00110 PRINT " correspond ind with the desired command. < Refer
x x to the"

00120 PRINT "keyboard layout- sheet for the followind> For
' ' example, if you"

00130 PRINT "desire to lower the land ind dear, you simply
x ' type *'G'. The"

00140 PRINT "computer will only recognize an input from the
' *' user when the"

00150 PRINT "control lidht- on the left steering wheel is
' x blinking < about"

00350

✓ X

00360

00370

y y

00330

y y

00390

00400

y y

00410

y y

00420

y y

00430

/ /

00440

y y

00450

✓ /

00460

00478

y y

00480

y y

00490

y y

00500

y y

00510

y y

00520

y y

00530

y y

00540

✓ /

PRINT " pr-essind this key adain, the

engines will"

PRINT " return to forward thrust. "

PRINT "Tab Reserve brake Applies the reserve

brake <Only for emergency >. "

PRINT "E Window heat Turns off the window

heat. "

GOSUB 1740

PRINT "V Set frequency Used to set the radio

frequency < Notes after"

PRINT " typing this key, the computer

will start"

PRINT "

NORMALIZE key, and"

PRINT "

frequency <One at"

PRINT "
the NORMALIZE"

PRINT "

computer will prompt"

PRINT "
but be ready ! "

PRINT "Return Normalize
systems"

PRINT " < Throttles, flap angle,

hor* i zon , brake > . "

PRINT " If the light on the steering

wheel blinks"

PRINT " and you don't enter a

command, the computer"

PRINT " will use the previous

command. If you do not"

want the previous command

asking you to type the
then the 5 digits of the
a time>. You must then press
key when finished. The
you for all this information.
Used to maintain all

PRINT "

executed adain, and"
PRINT "

the particular time,
PRINT "

< Example- You"

00550 PRINT "

' ' back < Keypad key 2> "
PRINT "

00560

✓ ,

00570

00580

00590

y y

00600

✓ ,

00610

00620

00630

00640

✓ /

you do not have a command at
then press the NORMALIZE key.
have Just pulled the stick
and the flap went to 5

degrees. Vou wish to"

PRINT "
have no new"

PRINT "

NORMALIZE key, the"

PRINT "

command is processed > .

PRINT "A Radio on

< Necessary before you can"

PRINT " begin to taxi>."

GOSUB 1740

PRINT "D Radio off

PRINT "F Window heat-

(Necessary to have on"

keep the flap there, but you
command. By pressing the
flap stays at 5 and no new
Turns on the radio

Turns off the radio. "
Turns on the window heat

136 INTERFACE AGE AUGUST 1980

00650

00660

y y

00670

80680

00690

✓ /

00700

80710

/ /

00720

00730

00740

y y

00750

00760

✓ /

00778

00780

00790

00800

y y

00810

/ y

00820

y y

00830

y y

00840

y y

00850

00860

/ /

00870

00880

00890

00900

00910

00920

00930

00940

00950

00960

00970

00980

00990

01000

01010

y y

01028

/ y

01038

PRINT " after climbing past 10,000

feet, or the window”

PRINT " will fog up and you won't be

able to see the runway”

PRINT ” when landing}."

PRINT "G Gear down Lowers the landing dear. "

PRINT "H Gear up Raises the landing

dear. ”

PRINT ”Z Brake decrease Lets up on the brake.”

PRINT "X Reserve brake Releases the reserve

brake- "

PRINT "Space Brake Applies the brake-”

PRINT " The following keys are on the keypad on
the right of the terminal.”

PRINT ”0 Auto pilot Turns on the auto pilot

•C Maintains the airspeed"

PRINT " and levels out the aircraft

so that the"

PRINT " vertical speed = 0088. ”

PRINT ”. Auto pilot Turns off the auto pilot."

PRINT "2 Stick back Increases the flap angle

< T i 1 1 s the p 1 ane up > . ”

PRINT "3 Stick forward Decreases the flap

and 1 e < T i 1 ts the p 1 ane down > - "

PRINT ”5 Stick center Brings the flap angle

and horizon angle to zero. ”

PRINT "4 Wheel left Tilts the plane left

< Decreases the hor i zon and 1 e > . "

PRINT "6 Wheel right Tilts the plane right

. "

GGSUB 1748

PRINT ” The displayed values of the instruments are
i n the f o 1 1 ow i ng un its 2 "

PRINT "Air speed <RSP>

PRINT "Horizon <HOR>

PRINT "Altitude <RLT>

PRINT "Time <GMT>

PRINT "Fuel <FUEL>

PRINT "Heading < HDG >

PRINT "Brake pressure <BPR>

PRINT "Vertical speed <VSP>

PRINT "Longitude <LON)

PRINT "Latitude < L AT >

PRINT "Radio Frequency <UHF>

PRINT " Most of these instruments will be on the
left side of the”

PRINT "display. Some of the indicators will be
repeated on the right side"

PRINT "of the display. These are for the co- pilot and
will not be used in"

PRINT "the simulation. "

Miles per hour"
Degrees"

Feet"

Hours and minutes, GMT"
Pounds"

Degrees "

Pounds per square inch"
Feet per minute"
Degrees "

Degrees"

Mhz "

feet and your plane is over the

01358

/ /

0136 ©

y y

01370

y y

01380

y y

01398

✓ y

01400

y y

01410

/ /

01420

✓ y

01430

y y

01440

✓ y

01458

01468

01470

/ y

01480

✓ ,

81490

y y

01500

y y

01510

01528

PRINT "

airport < Notes "

PRINT "

heat in order to"

PRINT "

1 and i ng > . When the "

PRINT "
the vertical"

PRINT "

-458 Ft. /Min. or"

PRINT "

Af ter 1 and i ng "

PRINT "
to slow you"

PRINT "

the reverse key"

PRINT "
down! This will"

PRINT " put the engines back into

forward and permit you"

PRINT " to tax i > . "

PRINT "TAXI TO GATE: The tower will give you

instructions on how to"

PRINT " proceed to the proper gate.

Once you arrive at"

PRINT " the gate < Vou will see the

sign} , Apply full"

PRINT " brake and shut down the

engines. "

GOSUB 1748

PRINT " All instructions from the tower will be

Vou must turn on the window
clear the window before
landing gear touch the ground,
speed must not be less than
you will damage the aircraft,
reversing the engines will help-
down < Caution: Be sure to press
again after you have slowed

*' •' transmitted over the"

81530 PRINT "radio < Printed out on the Alternate Terminal}.
•' x Make sure that"

81548 PRINT "this device is on before you begin the
•' x simulation. ”

01558 PRINT " There are a few instruments on the display
' *' that require"

81560 PRINT "further exp 1 a i nat i on . In the center of the
' ' display you will"

81578 PRINT "find a box that is divided into four rows and
*' ' four columns. "

01588 PRINT "These are warning lights for the engines. The
' ' four rows"

8 1 590 PR I NT " represent Oil pressure < OPR > , Hydro 1 i c
' ' pressure CHPR}, Water"

01688 PRINT "flow < WFL } , and Fire <FIR>. If a light comes
y ' on in any of these"

01618 PRINT "four rows, you must suickly turn off the
' x corresponding engine. "

01628 PRINT ” The brake pressure < BPR } indicator is on the
x ' left side of the"

01638 PRINT "display. If the reading drops below 68, it
' *' will become necessary"

AUGUST 1980 INTERFACE AGE 137

01G40 PRINT " Here are a few hints that may heir you at

' ' specific stages of”
01050 PRINT "your flights "
01060 PRINT : GOSUB 1740
01070 PRINT "TAXI TO RUNWftV
x ' before you begirt to"
01080 PRINT "

' ' will tell you"

01090 PRINT "
x ' get to a specific”
01100 PRINT "
y ' < Throttles up and"

01110 PRINT ”

' ' heading to match"
01120 PRINT "

' ' number. When you"
01130 PRINT "

Hi ways turn on the radio
taxi the aircraft. The tower
which runway you must go to. To
runway.* simply bed in moving
brake partway off > and turn the
< with in 3 degrees > the runway
reach the runway.* it will

01140

01150

x /

01160

x x

01170

✓ /

01180

x /

01190

01200

01210

x ✓

01220

X X

01230

X X

01240

x x

01250

X X

01260

x x

01270

01280

01290

X X

01300

X X

01310

X X

01320

x x

01330

X X

01340

x x

appear in the window. "

PRINT "TRKEOFF:
your airspeed must be”

PRINT "

flaps must be at”

PRINT "

degrees <Flaps up>."

PRINT "

vertical speed”

PRINT ”

PRINT "NAVIGATION:
simply use the longitude”

PRINT "

display. Vou must ”

PRINT "

B.* or C> specified"

PRINT ”
are going is”

PRINT "

the display. The"

PRINT ”

right is 98/ down”

PRINT ”

GOSUB 1740
PRINT "LANDING:
aircraft safely, your"

PRINT ” heading must be within 3

degrees of the runway"

PRINT " number specified by the tower

< Examp le- If you "

PRINT ” were instructed to land on

runway 45, your heading"

PRINT " must be between 42 and 48>. The

runway will come”

PRINT ” into view when your altitude is

less than 1O0”

In order to takeoff,
greater than 186 Mph and the
an angle greater than zero
After takeoff, be sure that the
does not go above 6808 Ft. - Min. '

To plot your position,
and latitude coordinates on the
follow the flight pattern <A,

by the tower. The direction you
given by the heading »CHDG> on
top of the map is 8 degrees,
is 188, and left is 278. ”

In order to land your

01648 PRINT "to use the reserve brake when you want to slow
x ' down. "

01650 PRINT " The radio frequency is located at the upper
x ' right side of the"

01660 PRINT "display. The radio on/off indicator is on the
x x lower right side"

01670 PRINT "of the display. The throttle controls are
x ' located Just below"

01680 PRINT "the engine warning lights. As the engine slide
' x switches move"

01690 PRINT "up the display. The engines will increase. As
' ' the brake slide”

01700 PRINT "switch moves up the display. The brake will
x x release."

01718 GOSUB 1748s PRINT " S^our aircraft is due to depart in
' ' six minutes <At 1926>."

01720 PRINT " Vou ■’ d best begin now. Good luck!"

01738 PAUSE 3000: PRINT : CHAIN "DISPLAV"

01740 PRINT SPRINT " Press the 'RETURN' key to
' ' cont i nue . " ; : PAUSE

0 1 750 PR I NT CHR$ < 27 > ; CHR$ < 69 > i : RETURN

***END OF FILE***

PRINTED 15— Sep— 79

File C DISPLAV. BAS 1 Page #1

80010 PRINT

00828 PRINT "To start up your aircraft, press the repeat-
•' ' key and then the comma"

80038 PRINT "key. Hold both keys down until you hear a
•' loud, continuous beep. "

00048 PALISE 28000
00050 DATA 37R ,MT,3R ,Mt,38R ,X
08068 DATA R ,37N ,R , Gi , R , 38N ,R ,X
00070 DATA R , 37N , MT , R ,Mt,38N ,R ,X
00088 DATA R , 37N , MT , R ,MT,38N ,R ,X

00890 DATA R , 37N , MT , R ,MT,3*SN ,R ,X

08100 DATA R , 37N , MT , R ,MT,38N ,R ,X

00110 DATA R , 37N ,MT,R , MT , 38N ,R ,X

08128 DATA 21 R ,RC,RO,RM,R ,N ,3R ,RA,RU, RT,RO, R
' ' , RP , R I , RL , RO , RT , 1 5R ,N ,R ,RC

00130 DATA RO, RM, 21 R ,X

00148 DATA 5R , RU, RH, RF, R , RN, RA, RU, R , N1 , N1 , N4, N5, NO, 3R
y ' , RO, 2RF, R , GT , 28R , GT

00150 DATA R , RO , 2RF , 3R , N1 , N1 , N8, N9, N8, R ,RU, RH, RF , R
x x , RN, RA, RU, 5R ,X

138 INTERFACE AGE AUGUST 1980

00160 DATA 35R , R1 , R2, R3, R4, 41 R , X
00170 DATA 5R , RA,RS,R ,3N0,2R ,RH, RO, RR, R ,2N0,2R
" ' ,RA,RL,RT,R ,5N0,R ,RO,RP
00180 DATA RR.. R ,4N ,R ,RF,RL, RA,RP,R ,2H©,2R ,RA,RS,R
' " , 3N0, 2R ,RH,RQ,RR,R ,2N0

00190 DATA 2R ,RA,RL,RT,R ,5N0,6R ,X
00200 DATA 31R ,RH,RP,RR,R ,4N .. 41R , X
002 1 0 DATA R , RW , RI , RN.. R , N , 1 5R .. RU , RS , RP , R , 4H0 , 2R
' •' ,RW,RF,RL,R , 4N ,3R , RG,RF
00220 DATA RA,RR,2R .. RF, RU, RE, RL, R ,N1,5N0,6R ,RU,RS,RP,R
" " ,4W0,7R ,X

00240 DATA R ,H , UR ,RH,RD,RG,R ,3N0, 16R ,X
00250 DATA 13N , 8R .. RG, RH, RT , R ,H1,H9,H1,N5, 13R , RD,RH,R
' ' ,Gt,19R .■ RG, RM, RT

00260 DATA R ,4N0,R , 6H ,X

00270 DATA "N ", M 2R ","2H " , "Mr" , "R ","M_","2H ","2R ","8H
' ' ", " 13R ", "N ","R "

00280 DATA 4H , 10R ,RB,RP,RR,R ,H7

00290 DATA N5, 4R ,9H ,2R ,2H ,Mr

00300 DATA "R ", "M_", "2H ","2R ",”H ”,"X"

00310 DATA H , R ,3H ,3R ,3H ,R ,SH ,R , RR, RB, RK
00320 DATA R ,H , 7R ,H ,R ,4H , 20R ,9H ,R ,3H ,3R ,3H ,R ,H
, ^ , X

00330 DATA "N

00340 DATA 2H ,3R ,2H , Mr , Gr

00350 DATA "3H ","13R ","M ","R ","4H ",”20R ", "9H

/ / II t II Q II ll|v| »l

00360 DfiTfl 2N ,3R , 2N ,Mr,Gr,N ,X

00370 DATA 2N , 3Gf- , 3R , 3Gf- , 1 1 N , R , RL , RO , RN , R , N7 , N3 , N
' x > N3 .• NS .• R > N ,R ,4N , 3R ,RL
00380 DRTR RO,RN,R ,2N0, N. , 2N0,6R , 12N ,3Gp,3R ,3Gp, 2N ,X
00390 DRTR NR,NC,NA,2N , 3R , 14N ,R ,RL,Rfl,RT,R ,N4,N0,N
' ' ,N6,N9,R ,NB,R ,N1,N2,N3

00400 DRTR N4,3R ,RL,RA,RT,R , 2N0, N. , 2N0, 6R , 15N ,3R , 2N
' ' ,NR,NC,NA,X

00410 DRTR 3Gi,2N ,3R , 14N , 35R , 15N ,3R , 2N ,3Gi,X
80420 DRTR 3Gi , 2N ,3R ,20N ,3R , RU, RH, RF, RC, RO, RM, 2R
' ' ,N1,N2,N3,2R ,RU,RH,RF,RC

0O430 DRTR RO,RM,R ,2 IN ,3R ,2N , 3Gi , X
00440 DRTR 5N ,3R ,2©N ,2R ,RO>RN,N , GT, RO, 2RF, 2R
' ' ,N4,N5,N6,R ,RO,RN,N ,GT,RO

00450 DRTR 2RF,R ,21N , 3R , 5N ,X

00460 DRTR 5N ,3R , 28N , 11R ,N7,N3,H9,9R ,21N ,3R , 5N ,X
00470 G$=CHR$ < 27 > +CHRT < 70 > +CHR$ < 27 > +CHR* <113 >

00480 MS=CHR$ < 27 > +CHR$ < 78 > +CHR$ < 27 > +CHR* (112)

00490 N*=CHR$ < 27 > +CHR* < 7 1 > +CHR$ < 27 > +CHR* < 1 1 3 >

00580 R$=CHR* < 27 > +CHRT < 7 1 > +CHR$ < 27 > +CHR$ < 1 1 2 >

80510 PRINT CHR$ < 27 > ; CHRT < 69 > : FOR L=32 TO 55
00528 C=0
88530 RE RD T*

00540 IF T$= ,, X M THEN 648

00558 IF LEN<T$>=2 THEN 8=1: GOTO 570

00568 R=URL < LEFT * < T $ , LEN < Tt > -2 > >

00170 IF Cl =50 THEN Sl=l:GOTO 708
00180 IF Cl =53 THEN S 1=0: GOTO 780
00190 IF Cl =56 THEN SI =2: GOTO 700
00280 IF Cl =52 THEN SI =4: GOTO 788
00218 IF Cl =54 THEN S1=3:G0T0 700
00228 IF Cl 032 RND Cl 098 THEN 278

00238 X=47+Bs V=65s Z1=0: GOSUB 90: PRINT N$J" ":B=B+1:IF Cl=98
' ' THEN B=B— 2
00248 IF B>4 THEN B=4
00250 IF B<0 THEN B=0

80270 IF Cl 048 RND Cl 046 THEN 328

00288 X=39 : V=57 : Z 1 =0 : GOSUB 90: IF Cl =46 THEN R1=0: PRINT N$J M
' ' *• s GOTO 308

00298 PRINT G$* "t M : Rl=l

00308 X=40: GOSUB 90: IF R1=0 THEN PRINT G* J "t" : GOTO 700

00318 PRINT N$J" " : GOTO 708

80320 IF Cl 065 AMD Cl 068 THEN 350

00338 X=54 : V=64 : Z 1 =0 : GOSUB 90 : I F Cl =65 THEN C= 1 : PR I NT G * ;"t
' ' 11 : GOTO 780

00348 C=8 SPRINT G$;" t" 8 GOTO 788
00358 IF Cl 071 RND Cl 072 THEN 398
00360 I =C 1-71 SPRINT

' ' CHR$<27>;CHR^<89>iCHR^<Cl-26>;CHR^<77 "

00378 Z2=45: IF Cl=71 THEN 22=46

00338 PR I NT CHR* < 27 > l CHR^ < 89 > 5 CHR* < 22 > i CHR^ < 77 > l G* l " T M : GOTO
*' x 700

80398 IF Cl 09 THEN 418
00488 PRINT

' x CHR^ < 27 > ; CHR* < 89 > 5 CHR^ < 48>J CHR^ < 57 > ; G^ l M T " : E= 1 : GOTO
' x 700

00410 IF Cl 088 THEN 438

00428 K3=l : PRINT CHR^<27> ;CHR^<89> 5CHR^<48> JCHRt<57> ;NT; M

^ ' " :E=0: GOTO 780

80438 IF Cl 070 THEN 458
00440 PRINT

^ x CHR-^ < 27 !> J CHR^ < 89 > Z CHR^ < 44 > ; CHR^ < 37 > ; G^ J " T " : W = 1 : GOTO
y ' 700

80450 IF Cl 069 THEN 478

00468 PRINT CHR^<27> ;CHR$<39> 5CHR$?<44> iCHR^<37> 5N $ : ”

' x ” s W=0: GOTO 708
00470 IF Cl 089 THEN 598
00488 PRINT

' x CHRt<27> iCHR^<39> iCHR^<56> ;CHR^<37> iCHRt<27> ;CHR$< 123>
/ / ■

08498 PRINT " Input, frequency re achy. Press NORMAL 1 2E" »

00508 IF PIN<232>< >13 THEN 500
00518 X=0

00528 PRINT : PRINT CHR*<27> JCHR*<75> i : R=0: 21=10880: FOR 2=1
y TO 5

00538 PRINT "Di-ait" JZ;"?";

00548 V=PIN<232>: IF V=X OR V>57 OR V<48 THEN 548
00558 X= V s R= < V-43 > *2 1 +R : 2 1 =2 1 s 10: PR I NT : PRINT : NEXT 2: PRINT
y x "Press NORMALIZE"

00568 IF PI N< 232 >=13 THEN PRINT
•' ' CHR^ < 27 > ; CHR* < 1 25 > ; CHR^ < 27 > ; CHR^ < 75 > : GOTO 530

AUGUST 1980 INTERFACE AGE 139

08570 P$=R I GHT* < T$ , 1 > : S$=M I D* < T$ , LEN < T$ > - i , 1 > : I F S$= H G"

' ' THEN PRINT G ti
00580 IF S$="M n THEN PRINT M$J
00590 IF 5$='^" THEN PRINT N*J
00600 IF S*="R" THEN PRINT R$;

006 1 0 PR I NT CHR$ < 27 > ; CHR$ < 72 > s PR I NT

00620 PR I NT CHR$ < 27 > ; CHR* < 89 > ; CHR$ < L > ; CHR$ •: 32+C > ;

00630 FOR Ll=l TO ft: PRINT P$;:NEXT LI : C=C+ft: GOTO 53G
00640 NEXT L

00650 PR I NT CHR$ < 27 > ; CHRT < 72 > J CHR$ < 27 > ; CHR$ < 1 20 > ; CHRT < 49 >
00660 PRINT

' ' CHR$ < 27 > ; CHR$ < 1 20 > J CHR$ < 53 > i CHR$ < 27 > J CHR* < 89 > j CHR$ < 56 >
x ' JCHR$<32>

00670 CHAIN "CONTROL”

***END OF FILE***
PRINTED 1 5— Sep-79

File C CONTROL -BAS 3 Paste #1

000 1 0 C=0 : L=0 : K3= 1 : B=4 : T=40 . 69 : N=73 . 39 : K=75 : D=95 : G= 1 9 1 5 : R= 1 1
' x 450 :U= 100000

00020 H9=RND < 1 > * 1 0+5 : W9=RND < 1 > * 1 88+ 1 80 : D I M
' y 0<4> > H<4> , W<4> , F <4> , E<4> : POKE 8220,0
00030 PR I NT CHR* < 27 > ; CHR* < 1 20 > 5 CHR* < 52 >

00040 Z 1 =2 : X=5 1 : V=59 Z2=T : GOSUB
y ' 90: V=62:Z2=100*CT-INT<T>>: GOSUB 90: X=50

00050 V=59 : Z2=N : GOSUB 90 : V=62 : Z2= 1 00* < N- 1 NT < N > > : GOSUB
x •' 90 : X=42 : V=7 7 : 22=P

00060 GOSUB 90: V=49: Z2=H: GOSUB 90:21=3: V=40:22=S: GOSUB
x x 90s X=45s V=49

00070 Z2=D: GOSUB 90: Z 1 =4 : X=44 : V=57 : Z2=U : GOSUB
*' ' 90: X=46:Z2=G: GOSUB 90

00080 Zl=5: X=42: Z2=L: GOSUB 90:21=6: X= 44: V=85: Z2=U: GOSUB
x x 90: GOTO 140

00090 PR I NT CHR* < 27 > i CHR$ < 89 > ; CHR$ < X > : CHR* < V > ; : I F 21=0 THEN
' ' RETURN

00100 IF Z2< 0 THEN PRINT CHR$<8> iN^i ,, ~ M » s 22=-Z2: GOTO 120
00110 PRINT CHR*(8);R*;" "ibfrS

00 1 30 2$=2*+M I D$ < STR$ >,2, LEN < STR$ > > -2 > : PR I NT
' ' Z$ : RETURN
00140 PRINT

' ' CHR* < 27 > J CHR$ < 89 > J CHR^ •:! 47 > ; CHR^ < 4 1 > ; CHR* < 27 > ; CHR* <121 >
' x ;CHR^<53>;

00150 PRINT CHR^<27>;CHR^<123>;: PAUSE 1080: C1=PIN<232>

00160 PRINT

x x CHR^ < 27 > ; CHR* < 1 20 > 5 CHR* < 53 > ; CHR* < 27 > ; CHR^ < 125> : IF
*' x Cl = 13 THEN 700

00570 GOTO 568

00580 X=40:V=45: 21=5: Z2=R: GOSUB 90: GOTO 700
00590 IF Cl =30 THEN El=-l:GOTO 700
00680 IF Cl =81 THEN El=l:GOTO 700
00618 IF Cl 082 THEN 630
08620 FOR 2=1 TO 4: E<Z>=-E<2> : NEXT
x *' 2: 09=E< 1 >+E<2>+E<3>+E<4> : GOTO 706

00630 FOR 2=1 TO 4: IF Cl 082+2 AND Cl 087 THEN 690
00640 PRINT

' ' CHR$ < 27 > ; CHR$ < 89 > i CHR^ < 5 1 -ABS <E<2> > > > CHR^ < 66+2 > ; ” "
00650 IF E<2>=0 THEN E<2>=E<2>+E1 : GOTO 670
00660 E<2>=SGN<E<2> >*<ABS<E<2> >+El >: IF ABS<E<2>>>4 THEN
x ' e<z:>=4+sgn<e<2:>>

00680 PRINT

' x CHR^ < 27 > >CHR^ < 89 > i CHR$ < 5 1 -ABS < E < 2 > > > ; CHRt < 66+2 > ; m ; M I D
' x ^<STR^<2>,2, 1>

00690 NEXT 2s 09=E< 1 >+E<2>+E<3>+E<4>

00700 T1=PEEK< 8220 5 13726: POKE 8220,0: IF C=0 THEN 720
00710 ON R9+1 GOTO

x y 2370, 2390, 2410, 2430, 2450, 2470, 2490, 2510, 2538, 2550
00728 IF U>7500 OR <L=0 AND U<-750> THEN 2=8: GOTO 1320
08730 IF L=0 AND 1=1 THEN 2=2: GOTO 1320
00740 IF E<Q9>>0 AND RND<1>>.85 THEN 2=3: GOTO 1328
00750 21=100*<INT<G/100>>:2=G-2l:2=2+Tl/60: IF 2 >=60 THEN
2=2-60: 21=21 + 180

00760 G=21+2:U=U-105*T 1^60*09,' 16: IF U<=0 THEN FOR 2=1 TO
' y 4s E<2>=0: NEXT 2

00770 IF L=8 AND G8=l AND <T>41.99 OR T<41.93 OR N>72.77 OR
x ' N<72.66> THEN 2=1: GOTO 1328

00780 2=S-168: IF 2<0 THEN 2=0
00790 T8=T3+<P*Z/900>: IF T8<-98 THEN T8=-98
00808 T9=T8*. 01745: T3=850000: IF L=0 THEN T3= 1508060
00310 IF E=1 THEN B=4:K3=75

00826 fl=09/16*T3/<TAN<T9> + l >/< < 200000+U > + < T AN < F'+ . ©1745> + 1 > >
00830 IF <S< 180 OR 09=0 > AND L>8 THEN T8=TS- 1 0 : A=32 : GOTO 888
00840 IF A 1=8 AND 09/2*1 25+ < W8*H8*SIN<W3*. 81745> ><S THEN
' x S=S- < RND < 1 > *50 > : A=0
00850 IF U>5000 OR T3>30 THEN S=S-<RND< 1 >*130>

00860 IF G=0 THEN A=A-. 1

0087G IF L=0 THEN A=A-< <K*K3*B>^80>

00880 IF Al=l AND A<>32 THEN A=0: T8=0: T9=0: P=0
00396 S=A/5280*3600*T1+S: IF S>999 THEN S=999
00900 IF S<0 THEN S=0
00910 2=S-40: IF 2<0 THEN 2=0
00920 IF R9>2 AND R9<5 AND L=0 THEN
' ' U9=U9+<2*Tl/3600+5230>: IF U9>9508 THEN 2=4: GOTO 1320

00938 IF R9=7 AND L=0 THEN U8=U8+ < < S-40 > *T 1 •■'*3688*5230 > : I F
x x U8 >9500 THEN 2=4: GOTO 1320
80946 U=S*88*SIN<T9>: IF ABS>9999 THEN U=SGN*9999
00958 L=U/60*T1+L: IF L<=8 THEN TS=8:L=G
00960 IF G8=8 AND L>8 THEN G8=2
00976 IF G8=2 THEN GOSUB 2320
08980 W8=H9*L^3080

140 INTERFACE AGE AUGUST 1980

00996 IF Cl >57 OR Cl <46 THEN 1070

01000 IF Sl = l THEN P=F'+5

01010 IF SI =2 THEN P=P-5

01020 IF S1=0 THEN P=0:H=0

01030 IF FIBS >45 THEN P=45*SGN

01040 IF S=0 THEN 1090

01050 IF SI =3 THEN H=H+<5*<RND< 1 >+. 5> >

01060 IF Sl=4 THEN H=H-<5*<RND<l>+.5>>

01090 W3=W9+180-D: IF W3>360 THEN W3=W3-360
01100 IF W3<0 THEN W3=W3+360

01110 HS= 1 : 1 F <W3>9© FIND W3<180> OR W3>270 THEN HS=-1
01120 W6=W8*H3*S I N < W3* . 0 1 745 > +S : UI7=W3*H3*C0S < W3* . 0 1 745 > : W5=S
' ■' GN •; W6 > : W6=ABS < W6 >

01130 IF W5=0 THEN UI2=0:GOTO 1150
01140 W2=W5*57 . 295*RTN < W7--W6 >

01150 D5=S*T 1 -'4300 : B5=D+W2 : IF B5>360 THEN B5=B5-360
01160 IF B5<0 THEN B5=B5+360

01170 B5=B5* .81745: N=N- < D5+S I N < B5 V51 > : T=T+< D5+C0S < B5 > .'72 > : I
' ' F C3=0 THEN 1200
01130 K=K— <RND< 1 >*20> s IF K<0 THEN K=0
01190 21=2: X=47: V=85: 22=K: GOSUB 90: GOTO 1210
01200 IF RND< IX. 0005 THEN C3=l
01210 IF RND<1X.0005 THEN 1260

01220 IF L=0 OR U9=l OR <G3=1 AND L>100> OR <D<357 FIND
' " D>48> THEN 40

01230 IF D>3 FIND D<42 THEN 40

01240 IF TM1.92 AND T<41.99 FIND N>72.66 FIND N<72.77 THEN
' " GOSUB 1930
01250 GOTO 40

0 1 260 Z=RND < O : V= I NT < RND < 1 > *4 > + 1 : Q9= V
01270 21=0: IF 2< . 25 THEN 0<V>=1 :X=42: GOTO 1310
01230 IF 2< . 5 THEN H<V>=1 : K=43: GOTO 1310
01290 IF Z< . 75 THEN W<V>=1 : X=44: GOTO 1310
01300 F<V>=1:X=45

01310 V=V+66: GOSUB 90: PRINT Gf;"T":GOTO 1250
0 1 320 PR I NT CHRf < 27 > ; CHRf < 39 > ; CHRf < 56 > ; CHR-t < 32 >

01330 PRINT CHRf<7>;"Vour- air-craft has. crashed. In 30
' •* seconds- the Fane 1 will be erased.";

01340 PAUSE 15000: PRINT CHRf < 27 > ; CHRf < 1 22 > ; CHRf < 27 > ; CHRf < 69 >
01350 ON Z+l GOTO 1360, 1520, 1570, 1610, 1650
01360 IF U>0 THEN 1470
01370 IF U<— 1000 THEN 1440

01380 PRINT " Vour rate of descent was too fast. The
' •' landind dear struts"

01390 PRINT "broke on impact and sent the F-Iane scrapind
' ■' a lend the dround. "

01400 PRINT "One of the fuel tanks idnited due to sparks.

' ' created by the"

01410 PRINT "aircraft. Two of your- passenders. were killed,

' ' 47 were"

01420 PRINT "seriously injured. The rest escaped with only
* ' minor"

01430 PRINT "cuts and bruises. ": GOTO 1700

01760 R8=0: V=0: FOR V1=0 TO 4

0 1 780 R8= < X* < 1 0tV 1 > > +R3 : V=X : NEXT V 1 : RS= I NT < R3 >

01790 PRINT H1,TAB<20>; "Please tune frequency to" ;R3; "Mhz. "

01800 CLOSE H 1 : R9= 1 : GOTO 720

01810 OPEN "AT:" FOR WRITE AS FILE #1

01820 GOSUB 2310: PRINT # l," Trans World 489, proceed to
' ' runway";

01330 R7=INT<RND<1>*3>: IF R7=8 THEN PRINT HI, " 00 .”:GOTO
' ' 1850

01840 PRINT H1,R7*45;"."

01850 PRINT #1, "Weather Report.:"

0 1 860 PR I NT # 1 , " Ground w i rids : " ; W9+ < RND < 1 > *20 > — 1 0; " Dedrees
•' •' at";H9;"Mph. "

01870 PRINT HI, "30,000 Feet : " ;W9; "Dedrees at" ;H9*1 1 ; "Mrh. "
01880 PRINT HI, "Sky conditions: 28,000 Scattered 30,088
* ■' Broken. "

01890 CLOSE HI : R9=2: GOTO 720
01900 OPEN "AT:" FOR WRITE AS FILE HI
01918 GOSUB 2310: PRINT HI, "Trans World 409, hold for
' ' clearance. ": GOSUB 1930
81928 GOTO 1970

01938 IF G8=l AND W=0 THEN RETURN
01940 FOR 2=1 TO 6: PRINT

' •' CHR* < 27 > ; CHRf < 39 > ; CHRf < 2+32 > ; CHRf < 6 1 -2 > ; Gf ; CHRf < 1 20 >
01950 PRINT

' ' CHRf < 27 > ; CHR$ < 39 > ; CHRf < 2+32 X CHRf < 8 1 +2 > i Gf i CHRf <1 2 1 > : P
' AUSE 1808

01960 NEXT Zs IF G3=l THEN U9=l: RETURN

01970 R9=3: CLOSE Hi: GOTO 728

01980 OPEN "AT:" FOR WRITE AS FILE HI

01998 GOSUB 2318: PRINT HI, "Trans. World 409, Vou are now
■' ' cleared for takeoff . "

02800 PRINT HI, "Proceed on flidht pattern ";

02010 IF R7=0 THEN PRINT H1,"B"

02020 IF R7=l THEN PRINT HI, "A"

02830 IF R7=2 THEN PRINT H1,"C"

02048 PRINT HI , "Leoel at";INT<RND<l>*5+15>*1000;"feet. "

02850 R9=4: CLOSE HI: GOTO 720

02060 OPEN "AT:" FOR WRITE AS FILE HI

02070 GOSUB 2310: PRINT HI, "Trans World 409, This is JFK
' ' flidht control."

02038 PRINT HI, "Vou are now leavind our radar scan.": CLOSE
' •' Hl:R9=5:G0T0 720

02090 OPEN "AT:" FOR WRITE AS FILE HI
02100 GOSUB 2310

02118 GOSUB 2310: PRINT HI, "Trans World 409, Vou are now
' ' enterind Bradley"

02120 PRINT HI, "radar field. Proceed
' " to" ; INT <RND< 1 >*5+5 >*1000; "feet. "

02138 CLOSE Hl:R9=6:G0T0 720

02148 OPEN "AT:" FOR WRITE AS FILE HI

82150 GOSUB 2310: PRINT HI, "Trans World 409, Vou are cleared
' ' into runway ";

02160 IF R7=0 THEN PRINT HI, "45"

AUGUST 1980 INTERFACE AGE 141

81440 PRINT " Vour rate of descent, was too fast- . Vour
x ■' aircraft, slammed"

01458 PRINT "into the around and blew apart- on impact.
y y There were no"

0 1 468 PR I NT " surv i vor-s . " : GOTO 1 708

81470 PRINT " Vour climb rate was much too fast. The
y ■' G— force was too"

81488 PRINT "much for the aircraft. Major damages occurred
y y in the control"

01490 PRINT "lines.* and the water* flow to engines 1 and 2
' y were cut off. "

01580 PRINT "The enaines blew apart.* takina the rest of the
y y aircraft"

01510 PRINT "with it.":GOTO 1780

01528 PRINT " Vou have landed fliaht 409 off the runway.
y y fis your"

01530 PRINT "aircraft rolled throuah the residential area.-
y y 5 homes"

01548 PRINT "were totally destroyed. Six people were killed
y and"

01558 PRINT "scores of others were seriously injured.
y y Seventeen"

01568 PRINT "passenaers were killed and 126 are
•' *' c-r i t- i ca 1 . " s GOTO 1 788

81578 PRINT " Vou have landed your aircraft with the
y y landina aear up. "

01580 PRINT "Rs the aircraft scraped a Iona the around.*
y y sparks ianited"

01598 PRINT "one of the fuel tanks. The explosion blew
y •' apart the wina of your"

01680 GOTO 1418

01618 PRINT " Vou nealect-ed to shut down er.aine" ;Q9;" . The
y *' enaine blew"

01628 PRINT "apart- and flames auickly spread to a nearby
x y fuel tank."

01630 PRINT "The resultina explosion ruptured the fuselaae
y •' and your"

81640 PRINT "aircraft disintearated in mid-air. "s GOTO 1708

01658 PRINT " SV«u have run out of runway. Vour aircraft
y y slammed into"

01668 PRINT "the barrier at the end of the runway.* Killina
y y everyone in"

01670 PRINT "the first four rows of the first, class
y y section. Many"

01680 PRINT "people received major injuries from the
y y impact. The"

01698 PRINT "aircraft was badly damaaed. "

81700 PRINT SPRINT SPRINT "Please press and hold the CTRL
y y key.* and then"

01718 PRINT "the C key to end the simulation. " SPRINT

81720 PRINT "Thank you for flyina Trans World fiir lines. "

01738 GOTO 1738

01748 OPEN "RTs" FOR WRITE RS FILE # 1 : FOR Z=1 TO 13s PRINT
y •' # 1 ; s NEXT Z

01758 GOSUB 2318

02170 IF R7< >0 THEN PRINT #1.- "00"

02188 PRINT #1 ; "Beain descent. " s CLOSE #lsR9=7:G0T0 720
02190 OPEN "RTs" FOR WRITE RS FILE #1

82280 GOSUB 2310s PRINT #1.. "Trans World 489* turn to 98 and
y y proceed to"

02218 PRINT #1.* "aate lR"s GOSUB 2320s G8=0s CLOSE #lsR9=8sG0TQ
y y 720

02220 R$=G$+ "iiiiiiiiii"

02230 FOR Z=1 TO 2: PRINT

y y CHR* < 27 > ; CHRS < 89 > ; CHR$ < 33+Z > 1 CHR* < 68 > l R* s NEXT Z
02240 PRINT

•' y CHR$ < 27 > ; CHR* < 89 > ; CHR* < 36 > ; CHR$ C 68 > 1 G$ l " i i i i M ; n* ; " GRTE
1 "

02250 FOR 2=1 TO 2s PRINT

' y CHR$ <27)1 CHR* < 89 > ; CHR$ < 36+Z > 1 CHR* < 68 > 1 R* s NEXT Z
02268 FOR 2=1 TO 5s PRINT

y ' CHRS < 27 > ; CHR* < 89 > 1 CHR* < 33+2 > ; CHR* < 73 > 1 RS s NEXT Z
02270 R9=9s GOTO 720

02280 PR I NT CHR$ < 27 > ; CHR$ < 89 > ; CHR* < 56 > 1 CHRS < 32 >

82290 PRINT "Welcome to Hartford. Vou successfully landed
y y your aircraft!";

02308 PRUSE 3000s PRINT

y y CHRS < 27 > ; CHRS < 122)1 CHRT < 27 > ; CHRS < 69 > s GOTO 1 780
02310 PRINT # 1 ; s PRINT #1.* s FOR 2=1 TO 5s PRINT
y y # 1 .* CHRS < 7 > s NEXT Zs RETURN
02328 IF G8=l RND W=0 THEN RETURN
02338 IF GS=2 THEN GS=1
02340 FOR Z=1 TO 6s PRINT

y y CHRS < 27 > ;CHRS<39> JCHR$CZ+32> ;CHRS<61-Z> ;NS;CHRS<32:>
02350 PRINT

y y CHRS < 27 > ; CHRS < 89 > ; CHR $ < Z+32 > ; CHRS < 8 1 +Z > ; NS 1 CHRS < 32 >
02368 PRUSE 8005 NEXT Zs RETURN
02370 IF G8< >0 THEN 728
02380 GOTO 1748
02398 IF R< >R3 THEN 720
02480 GOTO 1818

82418 IF D>R7*45+3 OR D<R7*45-3 THEN 720
02420 GOTO 1900

02438 IF SO0 OR RND < IX. 75 THEN 728
02440 GOTO 1980

02450 IF T < 4 1 . 2 RND M>72.85 THEN 728
02468 GOTO 2060

02470 IF T< 4 1 . 25 RND N>73.25 THEN 728
02488 GOTO 2090

82490 IF T< 4 1 . 32 RND N >73. 18 THEN 726
02508 GOTO 2148

02518 IF LOO OR S>58 THEN 750
02520 GOTO 2198

02538 K9=S+Tlx3600+K9s IF K9C.5 THEN 720
02548 GOTO 2220

***END OF FILE***
PRINTED 15— Sep— 79

(D Free Literature (§)

Computer-based Service. A four-color brochure
describes a system that combines typography with
graphics ready for reproduction by a variety of pro-
cesses. The service can also integrate type and
graphics into page formats. Infoconversion, 280
Crossways Park Dr., Woodbury, NY 11797, (516)
57 5-2093. circle inquiry no. isi

Correct Ribbon Cable. A ribbon cable connector

* selector chart helps in selecting the right one for a
particular requirement. The chart lists electrical
specifications, number of contacts, dimensions and
part numbers. TRW Cinch Connectors, 1501 Morse
Ave., Elk Grove Village, IL 60007. circle inquiry no. isz

Storage Planning. A 1 6-page instant storage cat-

* alog offers equipment, illustrations and space sav-

ing ideas on storage. Included is steel shelving, pallet
racking, storage retrieval and mezzanine systems,
lockers, gondolas, benching and shop equipment. Ber-
nard Franklin Co., 4424 Paul St., Philadelphia, PA
191 24, (21 5) 744-9300. circle inquiry no. is3

Superman Meets TRS-80. The Computers That
Saved Metropolis’ is a comic book combining fac-
tual information about microcomputers with a typical
Superman adventure. It is available for schools, clubs,
youth groups, and individuals from participating Radio
Shack stores and dealers. circle inquiry no.

DP Cabinets and Equipment. A four-page bro-
chure describes the Spectron line of data commu-
nication cabinets and paraphernalia for organizing a
network management system. Spectron, 344 New
Albany Rd., Box 620, Moorestown, NJ 08057, (609)
234-5700. CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 1SS

Components Cataloged. An eight-page brochure

# lists such component parts available as bus bars,
heat sinks, flex circuits, diode driver modules and diode
arrays. Basic Electronics, Inc., 1 1 762-Q Western Ave.,
Stanton, CA 90680, (714) 530-2400. circle inquiry no. ise

Interface Guide. A booklet serves as an alterna-

# tive to the exhaustive installation manual for MFE

floppy disk drives. MFE Corp., Keewaydin Dr., Salem,
NH 03709, (800) 258-3884. circle inquiry no. is7

Disk Drive Data. A data sheet describes the
SA4100 14-inch disk drive, comparing it to the
SA4000 model. Kevin Burr, Shugart, 475 Oakmead
Pkwy., Sunnyvale, CA 94086, (408) 733-0100.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 158

# Hard-to-Find Tools. A catalog of tools for elec-

" tronic assembly and precision mechanics, including

micro-tools, test equipment, drafting supplies. Jensen
Tools, 1230 S. Priest Dr., Tempe, AZ 85281.

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 159

And, if you buy an
ACT-1A, we’ll sell you
a 9" Sanyo monitor for

"”$150

Only 400 ACT-IA’s left!

After a long and successful run (thousands sold) we’re phasing
out our ACT-1A in favor of our newer models. However, these
last 400 units still have all the virtues that made the ACT-1A
so popular in the first place: upper and lower case letters,

1024 character memory, cursor control & bell, 16 lines of
64 characters, 110 to 19200 baud, auto scrolling, rugged
straightforward design,
extreme reliability,
and a full warranty.

Close out price:

$225

WHILE THEY LAST

For Details: miCRO-TeRm, IflC.

1314 HANLEY INDUSTRIAL COURT • ST LOUIS. MISSOURI 63144 • (314) 968-8151 • TWX 9107601662. MICRO-TERM, STL

142 INTERFACE AGE

CIRCLE INQUIRY NO. 88

AUGUST 1980

rr\ i an n /n nn i swrm

iiJiLriuiiJflnnc i

MICRO-MARKET ADS
SELL

YOUR PRODUCTS

A new format has been estab-
lished for the Micro-Market sec-
tion. All ads are now 2 inches
wide by 3 inches deep. Price is
$200. Submit ads with check or
money order to:

INTERFACE AGE Magazine
Micro-Market Ads
P.O. Box 1234
Cerritos, CA 90701

(213)926-9544

FREE ADVERTISING

The Software Trader
423 Bedford Rd.

Schenectady, NY 12308
The classified magazine devoted to microcomputer
software, exclusively. Let us help end your search
for software. Be sure to write your ad exactly as you
want it printed.

Subscription rate $7.00 per year (12 issues).
Advertising rates:

All user, noncommercial, or club advertising is free.
The only requirement for free advertising is; be a
subscriber.

Commercial and display advertising is also free, you
pay only if you sell your product or service, at the

following rates:

For each 47 character line, per issue $1.62

For each 2” wide x 3" long camera ready

display ad per issue $17.25

For each 4” wide x 3" long camera ready
display ad per issue $34.50

NOTE: Display ads will be accepted in only 2 sizes;
2"wx3”l&4"wx3"l

We have discounts, manufacturer's warran-
ties, FREE shipping and insurance and a
TOLL FREE ORDER NUMBER available.
CALL US!

Pan American Electronics

INCORPORATED *>.

a Radio /haelc

AUTHORIZED SALES CENTER

1117 Conway, Mission, Texas 78572
TOLL FREE ORDER NUMBER
800/531-7466
Texas & Principal No.
512/581-2765

BUSINESS SOFTWARE
IBM* 5110 & 5120

Significantly enhanced versions of the
Osborne 8- Associates systems. Price is
$300 per system or all four $1000. Demo
disks $15.00. Documentation books $20.
General Ledger/Cash Journal: Flexible
organization and reporting. Nine levels of
user defined totals by month, quarter and
year. Detail transactions report with
descriptions.

Accounts Payable: Good reporting aged
reports. Fully integrated to General Ledger.
Accounts Receivable: Open item apply
payments by invoice or without invoice.
Aged reports 8 statements. Fully in-
tegrated to general ledger.

Payroll: Regular, overtime & piecework
pay. Departmentalization. Open ended
number deductions 8 special pay with
quarter and year totals.

COMPUTER SUPPORT SYSTEMS,
INC.

Box 2134

N. Mankato, MN 56001
(507) 625-2205

*IBM trademark of International Business Machines

Connect your TRS-80 . Apple or ANY
other computer to the phone lines.

USR-330 Originate—
Auto-Answer Modem

• 0-300 Baud

• Stand Alone

• RS232

• 1 Year Warranty

• Crystal Controlled

• Bell 103/113

• State of the Art LSI circuitry

• 5 stage active filters

FCC certified for direct
connection to phone lines via
standard extension phone jack

Call or write for free literature

U S. ROBOTICS, INC.

1035 W. LAKE ST.

CHICAGO, ILL. 60607

( 312 ) 733-0497

NORTH STAR SOFTWARE

PROFESSIONAL BUSINESS PROGRAMS

PROPERTY MANAGEMENT $225

Office/Apartment/Condo
200 Units/500 Expense Entries

TIMECLOCK/BILLING $265

200 Clients/50 Employers
20 Billing Rates/200 Word Codes

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE $225

350 Accounts
800 Invoices/month

ALL PROGRAMS INTEGRATED WITH G/L
★*******************************

GENERAL LEDGER $225

300 Ledger Accounts
1 000 Checks/Month

LADCO

DEVELOPMENT CO., INC.

P.O. BOX 464 716-372-7040

OLEAN, NY 305-334-8235

MICRODEX

OSI-1 P SOFTWARE including practical
applications, games, business, and utili-
ties are available. Free Price List. Bill’s
Micro Services, 210 S. Kenilworth, Oak
Park, IL 60302.

VIRTUOSO PET. 8/16/32K Commo-
dores play Bach, Beethoven, etc. Music
Box & Allen Animation have 4 programs,
$10 each. Order both for free CB2 con-
nector. Add $1 shipping. Allen Compu-
ter Products, Box 22838B, Livonia, Ml
48151.

MONITORS, HIGH resolution B/W-
color Sony, Sharp, Hitachi, S-C, all
sizes, most from stock— lowest prices.
Catalog $1.00. M-CA/isa. Video Tech-
nology, Inc., 14422 N.W. 7 Avenue,
Miami, FL 33168, (305) 688-6618.

QUALITY SOFTWARE. Database man-
ager/report generator requires no user
programming. Advanced mailing list, in-
ventory, word processor, GL, A/R, A/P,
and payroll systems. Available for TRS-
80, Mod-1, II, CP/M and Heath from

MICRO INDEX CLASSIFIED

Micro Architect Inc., 96 Dothan St.,
Arlington, MA 02174.

MICRODEX is a classified advertising
section available to readers wishing to
buy, sell or trade hardware and soft-
ware. Price is $1 per word, with a 25
word minimum. The first two words are
printed bold. Additional bold type is $5
per word.

Send copy with check or money order
to INTERFACE AGE, Dept. M-l, 16704
Marquardt Ave., Cerritos, CA 90701.

AUGUST 1980

INTERFACE AGE 143

ADVERTISER INDEX

Info

Inquiry

Number Page

MANUFACTURERS

1 A.E.1 21

2 Applied Digital Data Systems IBC

* BWW 95,98

4 Basic Electronic Distributors 10

5 CP Aids 53

6 California Data Corp 84

* CHIP Magazine 41

7 CompuServe 27

8 Computer Marketing Corp 44

9 Computer Pathways Unltd., Inc 65

10 Cromemcolnc 1

* Cybernetics Inc 23

* Data Dynamics Technology 31,56-57

* DDT Best of INTERFACE AGE 20

1 1 Datasouth Computer Corp 12

.12 Diablo Systems 87

13 DigiacCorp 30

1 4 Digital Graphic Systems 54

1 5 dilithium Press 109

* Directory of Data Processing 69

16 Ecosoft 43

17 Electronic Control Technology 44

1 8 Electronic Specialists, Inc 46

19 Epson of America, Inc 3

20 FMG Corporation 48

21 FairCom 28

22 GR Electronics 105

86 Graham-Dorian BC

23 Hayden Book Co 22

34 Heath Company 75

25 Industrial Micro Systems IFC

26 Innovative Software 16

27 Integrand 45

* INTERFACE AGE Subscriptions 1 7, 64

Plus insert between pages 1 6 & 1 7

28 International Micro Systems 18

29 JS&A 51

* Lifeboat Associates 83

31 Lobo Drives 55

32 M Data Systems 45

Measurement Systems & Controls 11

35 Micah 84

36 Micro-Ap 29

37 Micro Applications Group 86

38 Microcomputer Broker . Insert between pages 48 & 49

39 Micro Management Systems 95

* MicroPro 32-33

41 Microtek 73

88 Micro-term, Inc 142

42 Midwest Computer Peripherals 25

43 Monument Computer Service 49

44 Mountain Hardware 4

Info

Inquiry

Number Page

45 National CSS T9

46 North Star Computers, Inc 7

47 Organic Software 37

* Personal Computing ’80 47

48 Personal Software 5

49 Pickles and T rout 4

32 Rochester Data 45

50 SD Systems 9

51 SZ Software Systems 94

* Shugart 13

52 Sigma International Inc 28

53 Sigma Foreign insert between pages 48 & 49

54 Sorrento Valley Associates 35

55 Spectrum Software 26

56,57 Structured Systems Group 14-15

58 Supersoft 39

59 The Swingline Co 17

60 Sybex 85

61,62 TIS 43,54

63 t aranto & Associates, Inc 19

64 Tarbell Electronics 53

65 T rionyx Electronics 49

66 Universal Business Automation 35

67 Vandata 46

COMPUTER STORES/SURPLUS STORES

68 ABM 86

87 Apparat, Inc 99

69 American Square Computers 134

70,71 A-Vidd Electronics 1 06-1 07

* Beta Computer Devices 101

72 Bits N Bytes 110

73 The CPU Shop 102

74 ComputerTextile 90

75 Data Discount Center 91

76 Disc-3 Mart, Inc 110

77 Futra Company 105

78 Microcomputer Technology 99

79 Micromail 97

80 Micro Mike’s, Inc 94

81 MicroAge Ill

82,83 Netronics R&D Ltd 60, 61

84 Orange Micro 103

University Microfilms International 104

* Computer Support Systems Inc 143

Ladco 143

Pan American Electronics 143

* Software T rader 143

* U.S. Robotics, Inc 143

* Manufacturer requests factory-direct inquiry.

144 INTERFACE AGE

AUGUST 1980

Tony Famiglietti

Applications Development Manager

“At ADDS, we’ve just designed a compact
computer family with software that takes you all the
way from mini disk to multi-user.

“MULTIVISION ™ 1 (top module) starts you off
with a 5 MHz processor, 64K bytes of RAM, and
700K bytes of mini disk storage. All for $3,785.

“MULTIVISION 2 (top and bottom) adds 5M
or 10M bytes of hard-disk storage.

“MULTIVISION 3 (entire stack) adds multi-user
capability. It can serve up to four display terminals
simultaneously.

“ADDS’ advanced software enables this upgrading
with no costly conversion, no change in operating
system, utilities, or program languages.

“It includes a multi-user operating system that
can run one to four CP/M®-compatible programs
simultaneously. . .a Microsoft BASIC Interpreter to help
you develop and run your own programs. . . Microsoft
BASIC Compiler for high-speed running of protected,
proprietary programs. . .and BASIC Data. Management
for multi-key, multi-record access to large ISAM files.

“We even offer an ADDS-developed package that
permits Multivision to be used as a word processor.”

Before you decide upon any small computer,
look into ADDS Multivision. Write: Systems Division,
Applied Digital Data Systems Inc., 100 Marcus Boule-
vard, Hauppauge, N.Y. 11787. Dealer inquiries invited.

CP/M is a registered trademark of Digital Research, Inc.

“Nmit go mini disk to multi-user
with no software conversion:

Graham-Dorian
Software Systems, Inc.

211 North Broadway Wichita, KS 67202 (316) 265-8633

Yes, there's a world of difference in
business software. Graham-Dorian has more
per-package capabilities and more packages.
(With new ones added every few months.)

Get the most out

At any given time, your hardware
only as useful as the software you insert in it.

So it pays to rely on Graham- Dorian,
the software that gets your micro performing
to its fullest — almost like a mini.

Graham-Dorian, the industry leader,
offers highly detailed and well-documented
programs. All pretested on the job. Each so
comprehensive that it takes little time to
learn to run a program — even for someone
who's never operated a computer before.

Programs are compatible with most
major computers using CP/M disk operating
systems, and come in standard 8" or on
various mini-floppy disks. Each package
contains the software program in INT and
BAS file form plus a user's manual and hard
copy source listing. Graham-Dorian stands
behind dealers with technical advice.

Medical Apartment Management
Dental Construction Job Costing

Surveying Accounts Receivable

Inventory Accounts Payable

Payroll General Ledger

Cash Register
CBASIC-2

Ask your dealer for a demonstration soon.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Interface Age 1980 08"

See other formats